2012 Faculty of Community & Health Sciences - University of the ...

NOTICE 

2012 

Faculty of Community 

& Health Sciences 

All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2012. The University reserves the right to 

amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. 

Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not 

accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar.

CONTENTS 

GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 3 

MISSION STATEMENT ......................................................................................................................... 5 

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ..................................................... 6 

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE PERSONNEL ........................................................... 7 

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ............................................................................................ 8 

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ............................................................................................................. 16 

Baccalaureus Artium (Human Ecology) - 8511 ................................................................................. 16 

Baccalaureus Artium (Human Ecology) (Education) - 8521 ............................................................. 20 

Baccalaureus Artium (Sport , Recreation and Exercise Science) - 8061 ............................................ 24 

Baccalaureus Artium (Sport and Exercise Science) - 8041 ................................................................ 28 

Baccalaureus Artium (Sport and Recreation Management) - 8414 .................................................... 30 

Baccalaureus Psychologiae - 8431 ..................................................................................................... 31 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Dietetics) - 8231 .......................................................................................... 35 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Occupational Therapy) - 8111 ..................................................................... 39 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Physiotherapy) - 8211 ................................................................................. 44 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Sport and Exercise Science) - 8051 ............................................................ 48 

Bachelor of Nursing - 8311 ................................................................................................................ 50 

Bachelor of Nursing (Foundation Programme) - 8310 ..................................................................... 55 

Bachelor of Science (Complementary Health Sciences) - 8104 ......................................................... 60 

Bachelor of Social Work - 8411 ........................................................................................................ 67 

Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme) - 8560 ............................................................... 71 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Biokinetics) - 8021 ........................................................................ 75 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Human Ecology) - 8711 ................................................................ 76 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Psychology) - 8753 ....................................................................... 78 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Sport and Exercise Science) - 8013 ............................................... 79 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Sport and Recreation Management) - 8017 ................................... 81 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Honours) (Biokinetics) - 8024 ..................................................................... 82 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Honours) (Physiotherapy) - 8217 ................................................................ 84 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) - 8344 ...................... 85 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) - 8334 ........................................................... 86 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) - 8324 ........................................................... 88 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Unani-Tibb Medicine) -8324 .............................................. 90 

1

Magister Artium (Child and Family Studies) - 8850 .......................................................................... 92 

Magister Artium (Human Ecology) (Structured) - 8681 .................................................................... 93 

Magister Artium (Human Ecology) (Thesis) - 8848 ........................................................................... 94 

Magister Artium (Psychology) (Structured) - 8813 ........................................................................... 95 

Magister Artium (Psychology) (Thesis) - 8671 .................................................................................. 96 

Magister Artium (Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science) - 8661 .................................................... 97 

Magister Psychologiae - 8815 ............................................................................................................ 98 

Magister Scientiae (Nutrition Management) - 8783 ........................................................................... 99 

Magister Scientiae (Occupational Therapy) (Structured) - 8178 ...................................................... 100 

Magister Scientiae (Occupational Therapy) (Thesis) - 8118 ............................................................ 102 

Magister Scientiae (Physiotherapy) (Structured) - 8250 .................................................................. 103 

Magister Scientiae (Physiotherapy) (Thesis) - 8218 ......................................................................... 104 

Master of Nursing (Structured) - 8863 ............................................................................................. 105 

Master of Nursing (Thesis)- 8868 .................................................................................................... 108 

Master of Public Health - 8801 ........................................................................................................ 109 

Master of Social Work (Structured) - 8470 ...................................................................................... 113 

Master of Social Work (Thesis) - 8828 ............................................................................................ 114 

Philosophiae Doctor - 8950 ............................................................................................................. 115 

Philosophiae Doctor (Physiotherapy) - 8911 ................................................................................... 117 

Advanced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies - 8601 ......................................................... 118 

Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health - 8846 ................................................................................ 119 

MODULE DESCRIPTORS ................................................................................................................. 121 

Dietetics ........................................................................................................................................... 121 

Human Ecology ............................................................................................................................... 146 

Nursing ............................................................................................................................................ 187 

Occupational Therapy ...................................................................................................................... 225 

Physiotherapy .................................................................................................................................. 254 

Psychology ...................................................................................................................................... 290 

Social Work ..................................................................................................................................... 329 

Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science ........................................................................................... 360 

School of Natural Medicine ............................................................................................................. 415 

School of Public Health ................................................................................................................... 467 

2

GENERAL INFORMATION 

CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY 

All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: 

The University of the Western Cape 

Private Bag X17 

Bellville 

7535 

Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: 

The Registrar 

University of the Western Cape 


Bellville 

7535 

Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: 

Mr M Simpson 

Faculty Manager 

Faculty of Community and Health Sciences 

The University of the Western Cape 


Bellville 

7535 

Tel: +27 (0)21 959 2856 

Fax: +27 (0)21 959 2266 

Email: msimpson@uwc.ac.za 

CONTACT NUMBERS 

UWC Switchboard +27 (0)21 959 2911 

UWC Call Centre +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 

General Fax +27 (0)21 959 3126 

THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za 

GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS 

Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: 

Financial Aid Office 

University of the Western Cape 


Bellville 

7535 

Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3114 

3

CALENDAR 

The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: 

Part 1 General Information 

Part 2 Faculty of Science 

(a) Undergraduate 

(b) Postgraduate 

Part 3 Faculty of Arts 



Part 4 Faculty of Economics and Management Sciences 



Part 5 Faculty of Education 

Part 6 Faculty of Dentistry 



Part 7 Faculty of Law 

Part 8 Faculty of Community and Health Sciences 

Part 9 Schedule of Fees 

A separate publication containing the Faculty‘s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the 

Faculty Office. 

4

MISSION STATEMENT 

The University of the Western Cape has an explicit commitment to the development of historically 

disadvantaged communities in South Africa from which it draws most its students. It aims to play a 

particular role in this development by making its education accessible to students from these communities. 

The Faculty of Community and Health Sciences is a multi-disciplinary team committed to the promotion of 

a new vision of Health and Welfare Services. Both in the training and education it offers and in the 

professionals it produces it aims to advance the transformation of existing Health and Welfare Services in 

South Africa. 

The Faculty is committed to: 

1. a proactive approach to managing it‘s own affairs as well as to the professional issues which it must 

address; 

2. the pursuit of excellence in education, research and community service; 

3. the generation of knowledge which amongst other things, addresses the realities, problems and needs of 

the community; 

4. student education which promotes: 

• a progressive primary health care approach to health and welfare services which is firmly rooted in 

the community 

• inter-disciplinary teamwork 

• competency in problem-solving, leadership and advocacy 

• critical analysis 

• an attitude of creativity and adaptability 

5. student academic development, generating appropriate teaching strategies to address educational 

inadequacies and ensure the acquisition of competencies; 

6. the development of dynamic, accessible and responsive models of training and intervention; 

7. contributing to the formulation and implementation of policy which will ensure an equitable, efficient 

and effective Health and Welfare System in South Africa; 

8. developing a collaborative relationship with the broader community; 

9. staff development, both as an important function of departments, and as requiring vigorous and 

structured attention from the Faculty. 

5

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY 

DEGREES 

Baccalaureus Artium (Human Ecology)** BA (HE) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Human Ecology) (Education)** BA (HE) (Ed) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Physical and Health Education)* BA (PHE) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Sport , Recreation and Exercise BA (SRES) 

Science) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Sport and Exercise Science)* BA (SES) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Sport and Recreation Management)* BA (SRM) 

Baccalaureus Psychologiae** BPsych 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Dietetics) BSc (Diet) 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Occupational Therapy) BSc (OT) 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Physiotherapy) BSc (PT) 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Sport and Exercise Science) BSc (SES) 

Bachelor of Nursing BNurs 

Bachelor of Science (Complementary Health Sciences) BSc (CHS) 

Bachelor of Social Work BSW 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Biokinetics) BA (Hons) (Biokinetics) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Human Ecology) BA (Hons) (HE) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Psychology) BA (Hons) (Psych) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Sport and Exercise Science) BA (Hons) (SES) 

Baccalaureus Artium (Honours) (Sport and Recreation 

Management) 

BA (Hons) (SRM) 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Honours) (Biokinetics) BSc (Hons) (Biokinetics) 

Baccalaureus Scientiae (Honours) (Physiotherapy) BSc (Hons) (PT) 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and 

Acupuncture) 

BCM (CMA) 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) BCM (NAT) 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) BCM (PHYT) 

Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Unani-Tibb 

BCM (UTM) 

Medicine) 

Magister Artium (Child and Family Studies) MA (CFS) 

Magister Artium (Human Ecology) MA (HE) 

Magister Artium (Psychology) MA (Psych) 

Magister Artium (Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science) MA (SRES) 

Magister Psychologiae MPsych 

Magister Scientiae (Nutrition Management) MSc (NM) 

Magister Scientiae (Occupational Therapy) MSc (OT) 

Magister Scientiae (Physiotherapy) MSc (PT) 

Master of Nursing MNurs 

Master of Public Health MPH 

Master of Social Work MSW 

Philosophiae Doctor PhD 

DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES 

Advanced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies ACE: Consumer Studies 

Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health PGDPH 

* Not offered from 2010 

** Not offered from 2011 

6

FACULTY BOARD 

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF 

The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio). 

Profs: Prof H Klopper (Dean), RB Mpofu (Emeritus), A Travill, T Khanyile, K Jooste, U Lehman, C 

Zarowsky, D M Sanders (Emeritus), K Mwaba, J Frantz, J Phillips, A Rhoda, EC Swart, V Bozalek, PS 

Daniels, P Struthers, T Puoane, N Mbombo, O Adejumo, M Ganga-Limando, L Wegner, S Koch, D 

Jackson, M Keim-Lees. 

Drs: A Beytell, N Roman, M Londt, N Henderson, M de Jager, M Brown, J Campbell, W Cassiem, N 

Kisten, X Ma, K Leisegang, B Benjamin, A Fakir, L Curtolo, G Sedupane, X Wang, J Jeggels, F Daniels, B 

van Wyk, G Reagon, E Igumbor, S Bassett, E Kunneke, C Erasmus, S Arunachallam, J de Jongh, S Soeker, 

M Smith, S Savahl, M Tjelele-Mqaise, F Waggie, A Dison. 

Messrs: M Simpson, J Hoffman, A Mafilika, T Mthembu, C Joseph, M Rowe, M Adam, C Davids, G 

Filies, L Leach, B Andrews, R Safodien, R Ahmed, K Kamaloodien, U Bawa 

Mmes: A Basson, J Cooke, C Lombardo, N Solomons, L Luhanga, F Murray, L Cornellissen, P Bimray, H 

Boltman, L Fakude, H Julie, E Kearns, L Le Roux, N Linda, P Martin, R Marie Modeste, E Nako, M 

Rosenberg, W Rosenthal, A Traut, S Walker, J Willemse, L Richards, L vd Berg, I Essa, J Erasmus, F 

Firfirey, L Hess-April, A Kalam, N Vermeulen, F Karachi, N Mlenzana, T Steyl, C Hendricks, M Andipatin, 

M Florence, S Isaacs, E Munnik, H Bradley, V Matthews, S Mohamed, L Tsolekile, S Carelse, G Dykes, N 

Lukelelo, M McDonald, V Saville, E Rich, S Titus, M Young 

Representatives from the faculties of: 

Natural Science: Prof D Dietrich, 

Economic & Management Sciences: Mr E Mentoor, 

Education: Ms N Moolla, 

Law: Prof J Gallinetti, 

Arts: Ms A van Huyssteen 

Dentistry: Vacant 

SRC: Vacant 

FACULTY OFFICE STAFF 

Dean: Prof H Klopper, Dipl GND & Midwifery (Rand Afrikaans), 

Dipl Psych NS (Sterkfontein), BA Cur, Health Science Man 

(South Africa), M Cur, PhD (Johannesburg), Int Dipl in 

Teaching and Training (United Kingdom), MBA (Luton) 

Deputy Deans: Prof A Travill, BA (Phys Ed) (Hons), HDE (Rhodes), MA 

(Phys Ed) (San Diego), PhD (Science) (Witwatersrand) 

Prof TD Khanyile, PhD (Natal), MEd (UNISA), B Cur (Hons) 

Nursing Education (South Africa), B Cur, (South Africa) RN, 

RM, RNE, RCH 

Faculty Manager: Mr M Simpson, BMan (Cape Peninsula UT), PGD Ind Eng 

Man (Cape Town) 

Secretary to the Dean: Ms D Gahiza 

Faculty Officers: Mrs B Petersen, ADM (Western Cape) 

Mrs C S Johnson 

Ms BN Mtotywa, BA (SES) (Western Cape) 

Financial Officer: Mrs A George, BCom (Law), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) 

Administrative Officers: Ms C Cloete 

Ms L Davids 

Computer Lab Assistant: Mr Y van Reenen 

General Administrative Assistant: Mr K Cox 

Helpdesk Assistant: Ms B Balie 

7

DIETETICS 

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF 

Head of Department: Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics 

(Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health) 

(Western Cape) 

Senior Lecturer: Dr E Kunneke, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics) (Stellenbosch), 

Dipl Hospital Dietetics (Free State), M Nutrition 

(Stellenbosch), PhD (North West) 

Lecturers: Ms N Solomons, BSc (Dietetics), MSc (Nutrition Management) 


Ms C Lombardo, BSc (Dietetics), MPH (Western Cape) 

Ms J Cooke, BSc (Dietetics) (Western Cape) 

Ms S Durao, BSc (Dietetics) (Western Cape) 

Ms A Basson, MSc (New York) 

Secretary: Ms E Rosant 

HUMAN ECOLOGY 

Head of Department: Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics 

(Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health) 


Associate Professsor: Prof P Daniels, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology), BEd (Western 

Cape), MSc (Cornell) 

Senior Lecturers: Vacant 

Lecturers: Dr CJ Erasmus, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology), MPhil, PhD 


Senior Academic Assistants: Ms F Murray, BA (Hons) (Western Cape), H E D (South 

Africa) 

Ms L Du Plessis, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology) (Western 

Cape) 

Secretary: Ms E Rosant 

NURSING 

Departmental Chairperson: Prof TD Khanyile, BA Cur, BA Cur (Hon) Nursing Education, 

MEd (South Africa), PhD (KwaZulu Natal) 

Professor: Prof TD Khanyile, BA Cur, BA Cur (Hon) Nursing Education, 

MEd (South Africa), PhD (KwaZulu Natal) 

Prof O Adejumo, BSc (Hons), MSc, (Ibadan), D Litt et Phil 

(South Africa) 

Prof K Jooste, BA Cur, MA Cur, D Litt et Phil (South Africa) 

Associate Professors: Prof N Mbombo, BCur (Fort Hare), MCur (KwaZulu Natal), 

PhD (Western Cape) 

Prof R Ganga-Limando, MCur, PhD (KwaZulu Natal) 

Senior Lecturers: Dr JD Jeggels, BCur (Western Cape), B Nursing (Hons) (Clin) 

(Stellenbosch), MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) 

Dr S Arunachallam, BACur (South Africa), MCur 

(Johannesburg), PhD (Western Cape) 

Ms H Julie, BCur (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (South Africa), 

MPh, MCur (Western Cape) 

Dr FM Daniels, MPh, PhD (Western Cape) 

Lecturers: Ms E Kearns, BCur (Western Cape), BCur (Hons) 

(Stellenbosch), MPh (Dundee), 

Ms P Bimray, BCur (Westen Cape), MCur (Stellenbosch) 

8

Ms L Fakude, BA Cur, BA Cur (Hon) Nursing Education, 

(South Africa), MSc (Nursing) (Witwatersrand) 

Ms A Traut, B Nursing (Stellenbosch), MCur (Western Cape) 

Ms RR Marie Modeste, B Nursing, M Nursing (KwaZulu 

Natal), RN, RM, CHN 

Ms L Le Roux, BCur, BCur (Hons) (Stellenbosch), MCur 


Ms N Linda, BA Cur (South Africa), M Nursing (KwaZulu 

Natal) 

Ms E Nako, B Nursing (Botswana), MSc Nursing (Cape 

Town), RN, RNE, CHN 

Ms P Martin, BA Cur, MA Cur (South Africa) 

Ms S Walker, MCur (Western Cape) 

Ms L Richards, MA Cur (South Africa) 

Ms L van der Berg, B Cur, M Cur (Western Cape) 

Ms I Essa, B Cur, (Western Cape), M Phil (Higher Education) 

(Stellenbosch) 

Mr J Hoffman, B Cur, M Cur (Western Cape) 

Senior Administrator & 

Financial Officer: Mr C Patani, BCom (Western Cape) 

Administrative Officer: Ms N Jooste 

OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

Associate Professor and Chair Prof L Wegner, PhD, MScOT(Cape Town), BScOT 

(Witwatersrand) 

Senior Lecturers: Dr J de Jongh, PhD, MPhil (Western Cape), BOT 


Dr S Soeker, PhD, MScOT, BScOT (Western Cape) 

Lecturers: Ms L Hess, MPH (Western Cape), PGD Disability Studies 

(Cape Town), BScOT (Western Cape) 

Ms A Shabudin-Kalam, MECI (Pretoria), BScOT (Cape 

Town) 

Mr T Mthembu, MPH, BScOT (Western Cape) 

Vacant 

Clinical Teaching Coordinators: Ms J Erasmus, B.OT (Stellenbosch) 

Administrator: Ms S Haupt 

General Assistant: Mr G Opperman 

PHYSIOTHERAPY 

Head of Department: Prof J Phillips, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape) 

Professor: Prof JM Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape) 

Associate Professor: Prof P Struthers, BSc (PT) (Cape Town), PhD, MPhil (Public 

Health) (Western Cape) 

Prof A Rhoda, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), BSc (Hons) (PT), 

MSc Medical Sciences (Rehab) (Stellenbosch), PhD (PT) 


Lecturers: Ms N Mlenzana, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), MSc Med (Public 

Health) (Cape Town) 

Ms T Steyl, BSc (PT) (Stellenbosch ), MSc (PT) (Western 

Cape) 

Ms F Karachi, BSc (PT) (Cape Town), MSc (PT) 


Mr M Rowe, BSc, MSc (PT) (Western Cape) 

Contract Part-Time Lecturer: Dr J Diener, BSc (PT) Stellenbosch), PhD (PT) (Western Cape) 

Ms C Hendricks, BSc, MSc (PT) (Western Cape) 

9

Mr C Joseph, BSc (PT) (Western Cape) 

Ms D Hess BSc (PT) (Western Cape) 

PG Administrator: Ms M Warner 

PT Clinic Administrator: Ms E Presens 

Administrator: Ms M Coetzee, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Head of Department: Prof K Mwaba, MA, PhD (Social Psychology) (Syracuse), 

Registered Research Psychologist 

Vice – Chairperson: Mr ME Adam, STD, MA (Psychology), MPsych (Western 

Cape) Registerd Counselling Psychologist 

Professors: Prof K Mwaba, MA (Social Psychology), PhD (Syracuse), 

Registered Research Psychologist 

Senior Lecturers: Dr M Smith, MA (Psych) (Western Cape), MA Clin 

Psychology, PhD (Columbia), Registered Clinical Psychologist 

Dr MW Tjelele-Mqaise, BA (Psych) (Limpopo), HDE 

(Witwatersrand), MEd (Ohio), PhD (Zululand) 

Mr ME Adam, STD, MA (Psychology), MPsych (Western 

Cape), Registerd Counselling Psychologist 

Mr R Ahmed, MA (Cape Town), Registered Clinical 

Psychologist 

Ms M Andipatin, MA (Psych) (Western Cape) 

Mr UL Bawa, MA (Psych) (Witwatersrand), Registered 

Clinical Psychologist 

Lecturers: Dr S Savahl, MA, PhD (Western Cape), Registered Research 

Psychologist 

Ms M Florence, HDE, MA (Western Cape) 

Mr K Kamaloodien, BSoc Sc (Cape Town), MPsych (Western 

Cape), Registered Clinical Psychologist 

Mr C Davids, MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Counselling 

Psychologist 

Ms E Munnik, MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Clinical 

Psychologist 

Ms S Isaacs, MA Research Psychology (Western Cape), 

Registered Research psychologist 

Senior Officers: Mr L Daniels, BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) Personnel 

Management (Free State), MA (Western Cape) 

Ms V Jamalie, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) 

Ms K Styer, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) 

Ms T Fennie, Dipl Personnel Management, Dipl Admin 

Management (Damelin), PDE (Bellville) BA (Hons) (Western 

Cape), MPhil (HIV/Aids Management) (Stellenbosch) 

Secretaries: Ms YP Kleinhans 

Ms RK Klink 

SOCIAL WORK 

Head of Department: Dr N Roman, BA, HDE, B.Ed (Psychology), MA (CFS) (Cum 

Laude), PhD (Western Cape) 

Professor: Prof R Schenk, BA (Hons) (Pretoria), MA (SW) (Pretoria) MA 

(SS) (Pretoria), DPhil (SW) (UNISA) 

Senior Lecturers: Dr A Beytell, BA (SW) (Pretoria), BA (Hons) (Med SW) 

(Stellenbosch), MA (SocSc) (Johannesburg), PhD (RAU) 

Dr MS de Jager, Sen Diploma (SW) (Huguenot College), DPhil 

(SW) (Nelson Mandela Metropolitan) 

10

Lecturers: Ms ML Minnaar-McDonald, BA (SW) (Western Cape), 

MSocSc (Uppsala) 

Dr M Londt, Higher Dipl (SW), MA (SW) (Cape Town), PhD 


Ms G Dykes, Higher Dipl (SW), MA (SW) (Western Cape) 

Ms V Saville, BA (SW) (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (SW) 

(Western Cape), MA (SW) (Stellenbosch) (Cum Laude) 

Ms N Lukelelo, BSoc Sc (SW) (Cape Town), MA (SW) 


Masters Programme Manager 

(Masters Child and Family Studies): Dr N Roman, BA, HDE, BEd (Psychology), MA (CFS) (Cum 

Laude), PhD (Western Cape) 

Ms E Rich, High Dipl (ETD), MA (CFS) (Western Cape) 

Senior Departmental Officer: Dr N Henderson, BSoc Sci (SW) (Cape Town), IMSSW 

(Gothenburg), PhD (Western Cape) 

Ms S Carelse, BA (SW), MSW (Western Cape) 

Academic Officers: Mr R Safodien, BA (SW) (Western Cape) 

Administrative officers: Ms MM Moloi 

Ms V Langenhoven 

Ms A Amansure 

SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 

Head of Department: Dr S Bassett, PhD, MSc (Sport Science) (Utah), BSc (Hons) 

(Biokinetics) cum laude (Western Cape), BSc (Hons) (Sport 

Science) (Sussex) 

Professors: Prof A Travill, PhD (Witwatersrand), MA (PhysEd) (San 

Diego), BAHons (Phys Ed), HDE (Rhodes) 

Associate Professors: Prof M Keim-Lees, DPhil (Sport Science) cum laude, MA 

(Phys Ed) (Heidelberg),) LLB (Western Cape), BEd (Hons), 

BA (Hons), HDE (Heidelberg) 

Lecturers: Mr L Leach, MA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Biokinetics), 

(Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Phys Ed) , BA (Phys Ed) (Western 

Cape), PTD (Rand College of Education) 

Ms S Titus, MA, BA (Sport and Recreation Management) cum 

laude (Western Cape) 

Ms M Young, MPhil, BA (Hons) (Sport Management) 

(Johannesburg), PGCE (Tshwane UT), BA (Potchefstroom) 

Mr B Andrews, MSc (Sport Science) cum laude, BSc (Hons) 

(Sport Science), BSc (Sport Science) (Stellenbosch) 

Administrative Officers: Ms C Tsoli, BCom (Western Cape) 

Mr J Edas, PTD, HDPE (Hewat Training College) 

SCHOOL OF NATURAL MEDICINE 

Head of School: Dr J Campbell, Dipl (PHYT) (United Kingdom) 

Coordinators: Dr M Brown, BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT) (Western Cape) 

Dr N Kisten, BSc (CHS), BCM (UTM), MSc (Western Cape) 

Dr X Ma, MA, PhD (Shandong University of Traditional 

Chinese Medicine) 

Full-time Lecturing Staff: Dr W Cassiem, BSc (CHS), BCM (CMA) (Western Cape)Dr X 

Wang, BSc (Chinese Medicine) (Medical University of Jining), 

MSc (MBS) (Western Cape) 

Dr G Sedupane, BSc (CHS), BCM (PHYT) (Western Cape) 

Dr L Curtolo, BSc (CHS), BCM (PHYT) (Western Cape) 

Dr B Benjamin, BSc (CHS), BCM (CMA) (Western Cape) 

Dr A Fakir, BSc (CHS), BCM (UTM) (Western Cape) 

Dr L Leisegang, M Tech (Hom) (Durban UT) 

11

Administrative Officer: Ms M Petersen 

Clinical Administrator: Ms S Abrahams, BA (Human Ecology) (Western Cape) 

SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH 

Associate Professor and Director: Prof U Lehmann, MA, PhD (Hannover) 

Senior Professor: Prof Helen Schneider, MBChB (Cape Town), Masters of 

Medicine (Com Health), Dipl in Tropical Medicine & Hygiene 

(Witwatersrand), Dipl in Child Health (SA College of 

Medicine) 

Professor and Director (HIV Centre): Prof C Zarowsky, MD (McMaster), MPH (Harvard), PhD 

(McGill) 

Professor: Prof T Puoane, BCur, BA Soc Sci (UNISA), MPH, Dr PH 

(Berkeley) 

Emeritus Professor: Prof DM Sanders, MBChB (Birm), DCH (RCS Eng), MRCP 

(UK), DTPH (London) 

Extraordinary Professor: Prof D Jackson, RNC (Florida State), MPH (San Diego State), 

DSc (Boston) 

Senior Lecturers: Ms H Bradley, BPharm (Hons) (Bath, UK), MPH (Western 

Cape) 

Dr EU Igumbor, BSc.Hons (Venda), MPH (Zimbabwe), PhD 


Dr G Reagon, MBChB, FCPHM (Cape Town) 

Dr B van Wyk, BSc (Hons), MSc Psychology, DPhil 

Psychology (Stellenbosch) 

Lecturers: Ms V Mathews, BA (Hons) Soc Science, MPH (Western Cape) 

Ms S Mohamed, Nat Dip (RAD) (Cape Peninsula UT), MPH 


Ms LP Tsolekile, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), MPH (Western Cape) 

Researchers: Dr AS Aku, MBBS, (Ahmadu Bello) 

Ms L Alexander, BA (Hons) (Wits), BAFA (South Africa), Dip 

(Adult Ed), MPhil (Adult Ed) (Cape Town) 

Mr W Amde, BA (Addis Ababa), MA (Rhur Bochum), MA 


Ms W Binza, HRM Dipl (Varsity College) 

Ms P Booi, Dipl. Gen Nursing and Mifwifery 

Dr K Harper, FC Paediatrics (College of Medicine SA) 

Ms V Henge, BPharm (Rhodes) 

Prof GJ Hofmeyr, MBBCh, MRCOG (Witwatersrand) 

Ms F Jakeni-Gomba, BCur (Admin & Educ) (North West), 

Dipl in Midwifery, Psychiatric & Community 

Ms K Kerber, MPH (Cape Town), BA (Hons) (Alberta) 

Ms C Kinyua, BSc (Hons), MSc, (Western Cape), MPH (Cape 

Town) 

Dr H Leng, PhD (Cape Town) 

Mr W Lerebo, BEd (Ethiopia), MSc (Western Cape) 

Ms B Magadzire, BSc (Solusi), MPhil, PGD (Stellenbosch), 

Dr T Mathole, BSc (Hons), MPA (Zimbabwe), PhD (Uppsala, 

Sweden) 

Ms N T Matshanda, BSocSc (Cape Town) 

Dr B Nkosi, BPaed (Home Economics) (Zimbabwe/ KwaZulu 

Natal), BA (Hons) Human Ecology (Western Cape), MA 

Environmental & Dev. (Natal), PhD Family Social Science 

(UMN), USA 

Dr C Okegbe-Eze, MBBS (Nigeria) 

Ms N Schaay, BA (Hons) (Natal), MPH (Western Cape) 

Dr V Scott, MBChB, DCH (Cape Town), MPH (Western 

12

Cape) 

Ms M Singata, Master in Business Admin (Regent Business 

School) 

Dr K Ward, PhD (Western Cape) 

Dr R Stern, BScPhysio (Wits), Dip Health Promotion, MA, 

DrPH (London) 

Ms SX Williams, Dipl in Child Nursing Science 

Honorary Professors: Prof M Chopra, BSc (Med Sociology), BM (Soton), DCH 

(South Africa), MSc, PHDC (London) 

Prof H Hausler, BSc (Hon) (British Columbia), MDCM 

(McGill), MPH (Johns Hopkins), PhD (London) 

Prof S Tilford, BSc, MA, PGCE (Leeds) 

Project Manager: Dr Shun Govender, BA (South Africa), BD (Durban), Drs, Th 

D (Netherlands) 

Senior Coordinator: Ms M Petersen 

Administrative Officer: Ms B Basson, B. Admin (Hons) (Western Cape) 

Financial Administrator: Ms T de Lima 

Administrative Officer: Ms L Martin 

Senior Programme Officer: Ms C Carolissen, ND Exec Sec, NHD Post School Ed (Cape 

Peninsula UT) 

Administrative Officer: Ms J Kader 

Administrative Officer (HIV Centre): Ms T Petersen 

Finance Admin Officer: Ms S Abbas 

Financial Assistant: Mr Z Najaar 

Office Assistant: Mr M Adams 

Receptionist: Ms N Gojo, BCom (Western Cape) 

Project Administrative Coordinator: Ms E Chademana, BSc (Hons) (Africa), DipPers Mgt 

(Zimbabwe), M.Dev Studies, KwaZulu Natal 

Research Assistant: Ms L Cook 

Mr H Snyder 

Ms C Valentine 

Doctoral Students: Dr J Cailhol, MD, MPH (Paris) 

Ms A Parsons, BSocSci (Cape Town), MSc (London) 

Ms T Ramela, MPharm (Rhodes) 

Mr S Shamu, BSc Soc (Hons), MSc Soc & Soc Anthro 

(Zimbabwe), 

Ms P Stevens, BA (Hons) Psychology, MA Anthro (Western 

Cape) 

Ms J Uwimana, BSc (Hons) (Rwanda), MSc PT, PGD Public 

Health (Western Cape), PGC Int Comm Health (Oslo) 

INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIT 

Unit Co-ordinator: Dr F Waggie, BSc (PT), MSc (PT), PhD (Western Cape) 

Service-Learning Sites Co-ordinator: Mr GC Filies, BSc (OT) (Western Cape) 

Fieldwork Co-ordinators: Mr Joseph Appolis 

Ms Adrienne Simpson 

Ms Nariman Laattoe MPhil (Cape Town) 

Administrator: Ms C Fester 

UWC Community Rehabilitation 

Project Co-ordinator: Ms R Hull, BSc (OT) (Western Cape) 

CAMPUS HEALTH CENTRE 

Head of Department: Dr DH Bagwandeen 

Medical Officer: Dr Talita Seegers 

Professional Nurses: Sr Valencia Prince 

Sr Avril Colville 

13

Practice Manager: Mrs Mareth Abrahams 

Receptionist: Mrs Mariam Adams 

Receptionist: Mrs Shain Brown 

Health care is available to all registered students, staff & related persons on campus. Comprehensive 

primary level treatment is offered with referrals being made as appropriate to other hospitals or 

professionals. Health education programmes are carried out regularly, the primary aims of which are to 

empower patients to manage their health and lifestyle for the prevention of illness and the promotion, 

maintenance and restoration of their own health. 

The clinic has a visiting dietician and optometrist. We liaise closely with other health related service 

departments on campus, viz the UWC Physiotherapy Clinic, Institute for Counselling (psychologists), Sports 

Administartion and the HIV/AIDS unit. 

Contact Details: 021 959 2875/6 

CENTER FOR STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES 

Director: Birgit Schreiber 

Student Development: Winston Middleton 

Academic Support: Laetitia Permall 

Psychological Services : Shahieda Jansen 

Students with Disabilities: Evadne Abrahams 

Leadership and Social Responsibilities: Dr Christina Lunceford (PhD) 

Our Center for Student Support Services reports directly to the Deputy Vice-Chancellor, Student 

Development and Support, Professor Lullu Tshiwula. 

This Center provides broad student-centered development and professional services, programs, training 

opportunities and resources aimed at enhancing the quality of life and wellness of the campus community. 

The focus is to engage students‘ potential in order to assist in achieving goals at UWC and to develop 

responsible and responsive citizens for tomorrow. The vision is to develop a safe, secure and supportive 

campus environment which enhances student learning on multiple levels. We conduct research and engage 

with national issues and debates to provide a cutting edge service which meets students‘ development needs. 

We are staffed by dynamic professionals who are registered with national bodies and provide high quality, 

free and confidential services. Each staff member is highly qualified, brings a range of experiences and 

bases the interventions in current theory to effectively deliver outcomes. 

We are located on the 2 nd floor, Community and Health Science Building. Please visit us anytime to benefit 

from our work and help you enhance your academic performance. 

Contact Details: Tel: 021 959 2299 

Office Hours: 8h30-4h30 

Student Development 

This department facilitates the successful entry and exit of students. It organizes a nationally renowned and 

campus wide Orientation Program which facilitates academic, social and personal-emotional adjustment of 

first year students to UWC‘s higher education campus. This sets a firm foundation for a successful career at 

UWC. 

The Career Development Program provides information, career assessments, exhibitions, assistance with 

CV writing and interviewing skills. This is particularly valuable for students who want to enter the work 

careers with success. 

In addition, this department also assists the Student Governance on campus and in residences (SRC and 

CHC) with elections, training, and induction. 

14

Student Academic Support 

This department focuses on offering effective, flexible, creative, and student-centered academic 

development initiatives and aims to support students in achieving their academic goals. It offers workshops, 

ongoing group, and individual training to develop specific and generic learning skills. 

This department runs the flagship program: the Student Mentoring Program, which utilizes highly 

performing senior students to mentor all first year students. This vibrant program has multiple benefits for 

the mentor, the mentee, and the campus community overall. 

Regular experiential workshops that focus on students‘ immediate skills enhancement, such as time 

management, coping and stress management skills, memory enhancement, study skills, exam preparation 

and many others are also offered. 

Psychological Services 

This department provides professional and confidential, developmental, preventative and curative 

psychological services for personal, social, familial, and other problems and concerns. The interventions are 

usually based on brief-term psychotherapy principles but might utilize longer-term approaches. 

Open workshops and psycho-educational therapeutic groups which allow access to problems and offer 

resolutions in a safe space shared with peers are also conducted. Other services include trauma debriefing, 

crisis intervention, and any kind of mental health related work with students. 

The Service also trains and supervises intern psychologists from national and international academic 

institutions. It provides dynamic learning experiences in a wide and varying context, in line with 

requirement of the Professional Board of Psychology. The internship program is recognized as an exemplar 

of excellence in the country. 

Students with Disabilities 

UWC aims to offer disabled and challenged students the specific assistance to achieve maximum potential. 

At present, the University has students with a range of disabilities and this department boasts a long history 

of effectively supporting disabled students to achieve graduation. 

This department provides assessment and support to the special requirements a student might present, in 

addition, the department advocates the rights of challenged students to the campus community to create an 

environment of equality and fairness. 

Prospective students are encouraged to contact the department to ascertain how best UWC can assist once 

registered for a degree at UWC. 

Leadership and Social Responsibilities 

This department develops individual and collective leadership skills, facilitates the Leadership Academy and 

capacity building for student governance on all levels. UWC students have the opportunity to develop a 

leadership portfolio, which enhances their civil functioning and enables responsible leadership. 

15

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES 

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HUMAN ECOLOGY) - 8511 

Please Note: 

The BA (Human Ecology) Degree will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st 

year students into this programme. 

J.1 ADMISSION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for 

the degree: BA (Human Ecology) 

J.1.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‘s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 

points calculated according to the University‘s approved points system, as well as the following 

specific subject requirements: 

� level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy 

(b) Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) 

OR 

(c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed 

to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. 

J.1.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 

(a) A Matriculation Exemption with one of the following subject requirements: 

� HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics or 

� HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or 

� HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or 

� HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology 


OR 

(c) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be 

equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above 

16

J.1.3 Alternate admission 

J.1.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008 

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points 

calculated according to the University‘s approved points system. 

(b) Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). 

OR 



J.1.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008 

(a) Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate 

Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). 

OR 

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be 

equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above 

J.1.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior 

Learning (RPL) 

Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be 

considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL 

portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be 

assessed. 

Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have 

obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for 

particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an 

RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or 

experience will be assessed. 

J. 2 SELECTION 

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a 

selection procedure. 

J.3 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time. 

J.4 CURRICULUM 

J.4.1 Level 1 

Module Name Num Code Alpha Code Cred 

Eng for Educ Dev 111 231137 EED111 10 

Computer Literacy 121 - CCL121 5 

Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 113 831114 SRE113 15 

Intro to Philosophy of Care (H/E) 851011 IPC112 5 

Psychology of Child Development 121 861012 PSY121 7.5 

Introduction to Health Psychology 124 861011 PSY124 7.5 

Mathematics 110 (Numeracy) 392110 MAM110 15 

Intro to Economics and Business 111113 IEB131 15 

17

Management 132 111132 MAN132 15 

Family Development 110 812110 HEC110 5 

Community Development 171 812171 HEC171 5 


Intro to Human Ecology 111 854111 HEC111 10 

Anthropology/Sociology 111 (N) 286115 ANT111 15 

Sub-total 140 

J.4.2 Level 2 


Nutrition 239 816233 NUT239 15 

Study of Human Development 211 861215 PSY211 10 

Community Psychology 223 861223 PSY223 5 

Health Psychology 224 861224 PSY224 5 

Human Ecology 230 812230 HEC230 10 




Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 241 812241 HEC241 5 



Anthropology 212 206212 ANT212 10 


Gender Studies 212 287212 WGS212 10 

Sub-total 125 

J.4.3 Level 3 


Nutrition 319 816319 NUT319 10 






Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 

18 

812341 HEC341 10 


Sociology 311 286311 SOC311 10 

Sociology 321 286321 SOC321 10 

Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 

861322 PSY322 10 

Research Methods for Human Ecology 381 812381 HEC381 10 

Sub-total 120 

J.4.4 Level 4 


Integrated Human Ecology Practice 401 812401 HEC401 15 

Applied Statistics 501 395501 STA501 15 

Research Methods for Human Ecology 480 812480 HEC480 20 





Project Management 111720 MAN720 15 

Professional Orientation 483 812483 HEC483 10 

Sub-total 130 

TOTAL 515

J.5 ASSESSMENT 

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 

J.6 PROMOTION RULES 

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: 

J.6.1 Level 1 

Students will be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study when Intro to Human Ecology 111, Family Development 

110 and Community Development 171 and 172, which are qualifying modules for the second year of 

study, have been passed and a minimum of 110 credit points have been obtained. 

J.6.2 Level 2 

Students will be promoted to the 3 rd Level of study when Human Ecology 230, Family Development 211 

and Community Development 271 and 272, Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 241 and 

Nutrition 239 have been passed and a minimum of 225 credit points have been obtained. 

J.6.3 Level 3 

Students will be promoted to the 4 th Level of study only when Human Ecology 330 and 331, Family 

Development 311 and Community Development 371 and 372, Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 

and 320, Research Methods 381 and Nutrition 319 have been passed and a minimum of 345 credit points 

have been obtained. 

J.6.4 Level 4 

Students will complete the 4 th Level of study only when all required modules have been passed and 515 

credit points have been obtained. 

J.7 ADVANCE REGISTRATION 

J.7.1 Level 1 

If a student does not promote to the 2 nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level 

modules to the value of 30 credits, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable 

clashes. 

J.7.2 Level 2 

J.7.2.1 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more 

than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower). 

J.7.2.2 Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, 

consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. 

J.7.3 Level 3 





19

J.8 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION 

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: 

General Information Part 1. 

J.9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME 

There are no special requirements for this programme. 

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HUMAN ECOLOGY) (EDUCATION) - 8521 

Please Note: 

The BA (Human Ecology) (Education) Degree will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new 

intake of 1st year students into this programme. 

J.10 ADMISSION 


the degree: BA Human Ecology (Education) 










OR 




(a) A Matriculation Exemption with one of the following subject requirements: 


� SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics or 




� SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or 

� HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology 


OR 

(c) A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be 


20






OR 





Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) 

OR 








assessed. 









J.12 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over four year‘s full time. 


J.13.1 Level 1 


Literacy & Numeracy 420111 EDC111 15 

Lifeskills 125 420121 EDC121 15 

Second Additional language 420122 EDC122 15 

Education Practice 101 420101 EDC101 15 

Introduction to Human Ecology 854111 HEC111 10 

Method of Consumer Studies 113 811113 MCS113 5 

Intro to Health Psychology 124 861011 PSY124 5 

Intro to Psychology 111 861013 PSY111 7.5 

21

Brain and Behaviour 112 861015 PSY112 7.5 

Introduction to Economics & Business 

111113 IEB131 15 

Management 132 

111132 MAN132 15 

Chemistry 128 (CHS) 311128 CHM128 15 

Sub-total 140 




Method of Consumer Studies 213 811213 MCS213 7.5 

Intro to Psychological Intervention 214 861214 PSY214 10 


Health Psychology 224 

861224 PSY224 5 

Housing 205 

812205 HEC205 10 

Nutrition 239 

816233 NUT239 15 


812241 HEC241 5 


22 

812222 HEC222 5 



Sub-total 97.5 




Education 313 

402313 EDU313 15 

Education 323 402323 EDU323 15 

Method of Life Orientation 301 432301 MTL301 5 

Method of Life Orientation 302 - MTL302 15 


Housing 305 812305 HEC305 10 

Nutrition 319 816319 NUT319 10 



Consumer Studies 306 812306 HEC306 10 

Sub-total 135 



Education Practice 401 - EDC401 60 

Education 413 

402413 EDU413 15 

Education 423 

402423 EDU423 15 

Method of Life Orientation 401 432401 MTL401 15 


Housing 450 812450 HEC450 15 



Sub-total 145 

TOTAL 517.5 




Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:


Students will be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study when Introduction to Human Ecology 111, Chemistry 

128, Literacy and Numeracy, Lifeskills 125, Second Additional Language and Education Practice 101 which 

are qualifying modules for the 2nd Level of study, have been passed and a minimum of 110 credit points 



Students will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study when Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 

241, Housing 205 and Education Practice 201 have been passed and a minimum of 180 credit points have 

been obtained. 


Students will be promoted to the 4th Level of study when Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 and 

Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320, Housing 305 and Education Theory 313 and 323 have been passed 

and a minimum of 270 credit points have been obtained. 


Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 517.5 credit points have been 

obtained. 




modules to the value of 30 credits, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable 

clashes. 
















23

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE) - 8061 



the degree: BA Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science 










OR 




(a) A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements: 


� SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and 



� HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science 


OR 




Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning 

(RPL) 




assessed. 






24




J.21 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three year‘s full time. 




Compulsory 

Group 1 

Theory (SRE111) 831113 SRE111 20 

Fundamentals of Exec Phys (SRE113) 831114 SRE113 15 

Practical (SRE101) 831111 SRE101 15 

Practical (SRE102) 831112 SRE102 15 

Group 2 

Introduction to Philosophy of Care (HMS) 881011 IPC115 5 

Health Development and Primary Health Care (HMS) 881012 HMS121 5 

Computer Literacy 111 371111 CCL111 5 

*(Select 1 module) 


Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) 296002 XHO001 10 

Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED) 201002 AFR002 10 

** Group 3 – Electives (select only 1 major to the value of 30 credits) 

History 

History 111 246111 HIS111 15 

History 121 246121 HIS121 15 

Psychology 




Intro to Research Methods 123 861014 PSY123 7.5 

Management 


Intro to Economy & Business 111113 IEB131 15 

English 

English 111 231141 ENG111 15 

English 121 231142 ENG121 15 

Sub-total 120 

*Students who have obtained an A or B symbol in English at Grade 12 level are required to do either Xhosa 

or Afrikaans. 

**Students may only choose one elective/major from group 3. Students must continue with this 

elective/major throughout the programme. 


Module Name Num Code Alpha Cred 

Group 1 - Compulsory 

Theory: Sport Psychology 238 881217 

Code 

SRE238 10 

Theory: Motor Control & Development 236 881219 SRE236 10 

Theory: Exercise Physiology 217 881215 SRE217 10 

Theory: Recreation 237 881214 SRE237 10 

Sport in Society 221 880221 SRE221 10 

Evaluation and Measurement (216 PRACT) 881216 SRE216 10 

25

Sport Recr Exercise (SRE224 PRACT) 881221 SRE224 10 

Management of Sport 211 880211 SRE211 10 

*Group 2 – Electives 

History (select modules to the value of 40 credits) 

History 211 236211 HIS211 10 

History 212 246212 HIS212 10 

History 221 246221 HIS221 10 

History 222 246222 HIS222 10 

History 223 246223 HIS223 10 

Psychology (select modules to the value of 40 credits) 


Intro to Psychological Interven 214 861214 PSY214 10 

Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221 861226 PSY221 10 



Intro to Psychopathology 213 861213 PSY213 10 

Management 




Finance for Small & Med Enterprises 111239 MAN206 10 

English 

English 211 231211 ENG211 20 

English 221 231221 ENG221 20 

Sub-total 120 

*Students must continue with the elective/major subject area that was selected in Level 1. 


There are two (2) streams, namely Fitness & Coaching and Recreation & Management. Students have to 

select one (1) stream. These are made up of: 

Stream 1 - Fitness & Coaching 



Theory: Biomechanics 312 881312 

Code 

SRE312 10 

Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 881313 SRE313 10 

Sport Safety 316 881316 SRE316 10 

Advanced Ex Physiology 318 880318 SRE318 10 




Sport Recr Exercise (SRE327 PRACT) 

* Group 2 – Electives 

History 

881326 SRE327 10 

History 311 246311 HIS311 10 

History 312 246312 HIS312 10 

History 321 246321 HIS321 10 

History 322 

Psychology 

246322 HIS322 10 

Psychopathology 311 861315 PSY311 10 

Intro to Personality Theory 312 861312 PSY312 10 

Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321 861328 PSY321 10 

Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 

Management (select modules to the value of 40-45 credits) 

861322 PSY322 10 






26

English 

English 311 231311 ENG311 20 

English 321 231321 ENG321 20 

Sub-total 120-125 

TOTAL 360-365 

*Students must continue with the elective/major subject area that was selected in Level 1. 

Stream 2 - Recreation & Management 



Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313 881313 

Code 

SRE313 10 


Theory: Management of Sport 315 881315 SRE315 10 

Sport and Community Dev 317 880317 SRE317 10 





*Group 2 – Electives 

History 

881326 SRE325 10 

History 311 246311 HIS311 10 

History 312 246312 HIS312 10 

History 321 246321 HIS321 10 

History 322 

Psychology 

246322 HIS322 10 





Management (select modules to the value of 40-45 credits) 

861322 PSY322 10 





Management 314 

English 

111030 MAN314 15 

English 311 231311 ENG311 20 

English 321 231321 ENG321 20 


TOTAL 360-365 






A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits at the 1 st Level, provided the 

student passed at least 60 credits from group, which must include 1 theory module (15 credits) and 2 

practical modules (30 credits), obtain at least 15 credits from group 2 and pass all modules from group 3 

(electives). 


A student shall be promoted to the the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2 nd Level, provided 

the student passed all 1 st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group 1. 

27


A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 360-365 credits 

(depending on the major choosen) to complete the degree. 



A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up 

at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting 

of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no 

timetable clashes. 


A student can only register for 3 rd Level modules if all 1 st Level modules have been passed, if s/he does not 

have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take 

more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the 

pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. 





No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously. 

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE) - 8041 

Please Note: 

The BA (SES) Degree is currently being phased out. There will be no new intake students into this 

programme. Kindly refer to the 2009 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and 

curriculum pertaining to the first and second year levels. 



Module Name 


Num Code Alpha Code Cred 

Theory: Biomechanics 312 881312 SRE312 10 



Theory: Management of Sport 881315 SRE315 10 





Group 2 – Electives 

History 

881326 SRE327 10 

History 311 246311 HIS311 10 

History 312 246312 HIS312 10 

History 321 246321 HIS321 10 

History 322 246322 HIS322 10 

28

Psychology 




Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 861322 PSY322 10 

Management (select modules to the value of 45 credits) 






English 

English 311 231311 ENG311 20 

English 321 231321 ENG321 20 


29 


TOTAL 360-365 






the student passed all 1 st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group , which must include 3 

theory (30 credits) and 3 practical (30 credits) modules. 














No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously.

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (SPORT AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT) - 8014 

Please Note: 

The BA (SRM) Degree is currently being phased out. There will be no new intake students into this 

programme. Kindly refer to the 2009 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and 

curriculum pertaining to the first and second year levels. 

J.34 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three year‘s full time. 



Module Name 






Theory: Management of Sport 315 881315 SRE315 10 





Group 2 – Electives 

History 

881326 SRE325 10 

History 311 246311 HIS311 10 

History 312 246312 HIS312 10 

History 321 246321 HIS321 10 

History 322 

Psychology 

246322 HIS322 10 





Management (select modules to the value of 45 

861322 PSY322 10 

credits) Management 339 111339 MAN339 15 





English 

English 311 231311 ENG311 20 

English 321 231321 ENG321 20 


30 


TOTAL 360-365 



Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:



the student passed all 1 st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group , which must include 3 

theory (30 credits) and 3 practical (30 credits) modules. 















BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY - 8431 

PLEASE NOTE 

The BPsych programme will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st year 

students into this programme. Kindly refer to the 2010 Community and Health Science Calendar for 

the rules and curriculum pertaining to the 1st Year Level. 

J.41 DURATION 





Compulsory 



Intro to Psychological Intervention 214 861214 PSY214 10 


Intro to Psychometry 222 861222 PSY222 10 


Applied Psychological Intervention 225 861225 PSY225 10 


Health Promotion 211 (Psych) 861219 HLP212 10 

31

Electives (Select 1 group) 

Group 1 

Ethics 211 220211 ETH211 10 

Ethics 212 220212 ETH212 10 

Ethics 222 220222 ETH222 10 

Ethics 221 220221 ETH221 10 

Group 2 

Anthroplogy 211 206211 ANT211 10 




Group 3 (Select 4) 

Geography 211 241211 GES211 10 

Geography 212 241212 GES212 10 

Geography 213 241213 GES213 10 

Geography 221 241221 GES221 10 

Geography 222 241222 GES222 10 

Geography 223 241223 GES223 10 

Group 4 

History 211 246211 HIS211 10 

History 212 246212 HIS212 10 

History 221 246221 HIS221 10 

History 222 246222 HIS222 10 


Language & Comm Studies 211 266131 LCS211 10 






Group 6 

English 211 231211 ENG211 20 

English 221 231221 ENG221 20 

Group 7 

Sociology 211 286211 SOC211 10 

Sociology 231 286225 SOC231 10 

Sociology 221 286221 SOC221 10 

Sociology 232 286226 SOC232 10 

Group 8 

Philosophy 211 291211 PHI211 10 





Latin 211 256211 LAT211 10 

Latin 212 256212 LAT212 10 

Latin 221 256221 LAT221 10 

Latin 222 256222 LAT222 10 

Latin 223 256223 LAT223 10 

Latin 224 256224 LAT224 10 

Sub-total 120 



Compulsory 

Group 1 



Advanced Psychometry 313 861313 PSY313 10 

Adv App Psychological Interventions 314 861314 PSY314 10 

32


Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 861322 PSY322 10 

Psychology 323 861323 PSY323 10 


Applied Community Psychology 326 861326 PSY326 10 

Applied Health Psychology 327 (exchange students only) 861327 PSY327 10 

Electives (Select 1 group) 

Group 1 

Ethics 311 220311 ETH311 10 

Ethics 312 220312 ETH312 10 

Ethics 321 220321 ETH321 10 

Ethics 322 220322 ETH322 10 

Group 2 






Geography 311 241311 GES311 10 

Geography 312 241312 GES312 10 

Geography 313 241324 GES313 10 

Geography 321 241321 GES321 10 

Geography 322 241322 GES322 10 

Geography 323 241325 GES323 10 

Group 4 

History 311 246311 HIS311 10 

History 312 246312 HIS312 10 

History 321 246321 HIS321 10 

History 322 246322 HIS322 10 








Group 6 

English 311 231311 ENG311 20 

English 321 231321 ENG321 20 

Group 7 

Sociology 311 286311 SOC311 10 

Sociology 312 286312 SOC312 10 

Sociology 321 286321 SOC321 10 

Sociology 322 286322 SOC322 10 

Group 8 





Sub-total 120 



Applied Child Psychology 411 861411 PSY411 10 

Apllied Psychometry 412 861412 PSY412 10 

Research Project 421 861421 PSY421 10 

Project & Practice Mangement 422 861422 PSY422 5 

33

Practicum 401 861401 PSY401 60 

Advanced Psychopathology 413 861413 PSY413 10 

Advanced Psychological Interventions 414 861414 PSY414 10 

Capita Selecta 427 861427 PSY427 5 

Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 480 






A student shall be admitted to the the 2 nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits at the 1 st Level (including a 

minimum of 25 credits for Psychology) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 2 nd Level modules. 


A student shall be admitted to the the 3 rd Level of study after obtaining 220 credits at the 2 nd Level (provided 

that all 1 st Level credits have been obtained) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 3 rd Level modules. 


A student shall be admitted to the the 4 th Level of study after obtaining 350 credits at the 3 rd Level (provided 

that all 2 nd Level credits have been obtained) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 4 th Level modules. 


A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and the practicum programme to 

graduate. In order to graduate , a student must achieve a total of 480 credits and have satisfactorily 

completed a practicum equivalent to a semster of full-time study and equal to 60 credits. 



Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits 

to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more 

than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. 


Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does have more than 45 credits to 

make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more 



Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does have more than 45 credits to 

make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more 





34


There are no special requirements for this programme 

BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE (DIETETICS) - 8231 



the degree: BSc (Dietetics) 







� level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and 




OR 










� SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences 


OR 




Alternate admission does not apply to this programme. 




35

J.50 DURATION 





Group 1 


Intro to Philosophy of Care 816011 DIE011 5 

Health Development & Primary Health Care (Diet) 816012 DIE021 5 

Medical Bioscience 121 325121 MBS121 15 

Chemistry 116 (N) 311016 CHE116 15 

Chemistry 126 (N) 311026 CHM126 15 

Life Sciences 141 312141 LSC141 15 

Nutrition 141 816141 NUT141 10 

Foods 114 851116 HEC114 15 

Dietetics Skills Practice 101 816101 DIE101 10 





Sub-total 120 



Biotechnology 214 327214 BTN214 20 




Nutrition 211 816212 NUT211 10 

Nutrition 221 816213 NUT221 10 

Nutrition 223 851223 NUT223 10 

Meal Management 244 816244 DIE244 5 


Health Promotion 211 816219 HLP211 10 

Sub-total 135 



Therapeutic Nutrition 316 851315 DIE316 15 

Therapeutic Nutrition 326 851316 DIE326 15 

Community Nutrition 312 816314 DIE312 10 

Community Nutrition 322 816316 DIE322 10 

Foodservice Management 313 816317 DIE313 10 

Foodservice Management 323 816327 DIE323 10 

Physiology 319 341319 PSE319 5 

Physiology 329 341329 PSE329 5 

Pharmacology 315 (CHS) 321315 PCL315 10 

Measurement of Health & Disease 511234 MHD223 10 

Nutrition Epidemiology 344 851304 NUT344 10 


Sub-total 120 

36



Applied Therapeutic Nutrition 401 816401 DIE401 35 

Applied Community Nutrition 402 816402 DIE402 30 

Applied Foodservice Management 403 816403 DIE403 25 

Dietetics Research Project 404 816404 DIE404 15 

Dietetics Behavioural Science 414 816414 DIE414 5 

Statistics 501 395501 STA501 15 

Ethics and Practice Management for Dietetics 816425 DIE425 10 

Sub-total 135 

TOTAL 510 






Students need to complete all 1 st Level modules successfully (120 credits) in order to promote to the 2 nd 

Level of study. 


Students need to complete all 2 nd Level modules successfully (255 credits) in order to promote to the 3 rd 



Students need to complete all 3 rd Level modules successfully (375 credits) in order to promote to the 4 th 



Students will complete the programme only when all required modules have been passed and 510 credit 

points have been obtained. 



J.54.1.1 If a student does not promote to the 2 nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 

2 nd Level modules to the value of 50 credits, provided that s/he has obtained at least 90 credits at 

1 st Level and that the pre-requisites listed in J.57 are met and there are no timetable clashes. 

J.54.1.2 If the student does not promote to the 2 nd Level of study as a result of failing only one module at 

the 1st Level, and if the student qualifies to register for the failed module as an associate student, 

the student will not be promoted to the next level, but may be allowed to register for all 2 nd Level 

modules together with the failed module. 


J.54.2.1 If a student does not promote to the 3 rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 

MHD223 and NUT344 at the 3 rd Level, provided that s/he has completed all 1 st Level modules 

and obtained at least 90 credits at 2 nd Level. 

37

J.54.2.2 If the student does not promote to the 3 rd Level of study as a result of failing only one module at 

the 2 nd Level, and if the student qualifies to register for the failed module as an associate student, 

the student will not be promoted to the next level, but may be allowed to register for all 3 rd Level 

modules together with the failed module. 


If a student does not promote to the 4 th Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for STA501, 

DIE414 and DIE425 at the 4 th Level, provided that s/he has completed all 2 nd Level modules and obtained at 

least 90 credits at 3 rd Level. 


J.55.1 The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University 

Calendar: General Information Part 1. 

J.55.2 The following conditions will also apply to the renewal of registration in this programme: 

J.55.2.1 Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the 

curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the 

additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered 

during the student‘s time of study. 

J.55.2.2 Where a student interrupted his/her studies between third and fourth year of study for more than 

one academic year, such a student will be evaluated in order to assess his/her competency level. 

J.55.2.3 Where the student does not meet the competency level of a 4th year dietetics student, additional 

modules or assignments may be prescribed and the student‘s internship may be extended. 


J.56.1 Every dietetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions 

Council of South Africa, register as a dietetics student within two months after admission to the 

programme. Full particulars are available from the Department of Dietetics. 

J.56.2 Skills practice is included from the first year level. The fourth year consists of a full time 

internship in therapeutic nutrition, community nutrition and foodservice management. 

J.56.3 Persons, who in their opinion possess sufficient skills to meet the entry requirements at the 

appropriate NQF level, must apply to the Department of Dietetics for recognition of these 

qualifications. 

J.56.4 Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a 

sub-minimum of 40% in the practical part. 

J.56.5 Except where otherwise indicated a student shall obtain a sub-minimum of 40% in final 

examinations in order to pass a module. 

J.56.6 Students have to obtain a sub-minimum of 50% in both the continuous assessment and the 

examination component of professional practice modules on the fourth year level i.e. Therapeutic 

Nutrition 401, Community Nutrition 402, and Foodservice Management 403. 

J.56.7 In cases where a student did not promote to the next year level, students may be allowed to 

register for elective modules (outside of the Dietetics curriculum) of their choice to the value of 

40 credits provided that there are no timetable clashes with the compulsory (Dietetics learning 

programme) modules and provided that the pre-requisites for the elective modules are met and 

there are no timetable clashes. 

38

J.57 RESTRICTION ON CHOICE OF MODULES 

J.57.1 Restriction on registration for senior modules is governed by the statement of skills required for 

modules identified in Column B below i.e. either the module or the competency it gives is 

recommended before doing the senior modules specified in the corresponding column A below. 

J.57.2 Nutrition 211, 221 can only be taken with BTY216 and MBS231, MBS232 or if these modules 

have been completed in advance. 

J.57.3 Pharmacology 315 and Physiology 319, 329 shall only be taken simultaneously with Dietetics – 

Therapeutic Nutrition 316 and 326; since they are coordinated modules. 

J.57.4 Dietetics Skills practice at each year level shall only be taken simultaneously with the Dietetics 

modules at that particular year level, as these are coordinated modules. 

BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE (OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY) - 8111 


A B 

BTN216 CHE116, CHM126 & LSC141 

BTN214 CHE116 & CHM126 

MBS231 & MBS232 LSC141 & MBS121 

PSE319 & PSE329 MBS231 & MBS232 

A B 

DIE316 & DIE326 NUT211 & NUT221 

DIE312 & DIE322 NUT211 & NUT221 

DIE313 & DIE323 NUT211 & NUT221 

A B 

DIE401 DIE316 & DIE326 

DIE402 DIE312 & DIE322 

DIE403 DIE313 & DIE323 

DIE404 MHD223 & NUT344 


the degree: BSc (Occupational Therapy) 



points calculated according to the university‘s approved points system, as well as the following 



� level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and 





OR 

(c) a qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed 

to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above 

39





� HG (40%, E symbol) Life Sciences or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) Life Sciences and 


� SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics 


OR 








OR 






OR 








assessed. 






40




J.60 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full time 

study. 




Group 1 

Introduction to Human Occupation 102 863100 OCT105 15 

Introduction to Occupational Therapy 117 863101 OCT117 20 

Group 2 



Psych of Child Development 121 861012 PSY121 7.5 



Intro to Philosophy of Care 810011 IPC111 5 

Health Development & Primary Health Care (O/T) 810012 HDP112 5 

Electives (Select 1) 

Eng for Educ Dev 121 (CHS) 231138 EED121 10 


Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) ( alternative if exempted from EED) 201002 AFR001 10 

Group 3 

Human Biology 117 301117 HUB117 15 



41 

Sub-total 120 


Group 1 

Kinesiology/Ergonomics 201 810211 KER201 5 

Human Occupation & Adolescents 201 863103 OCT201 5 

Human Occupation & Older Adults 203 863102 OCT203 5 

OT, Teenage Pregnancy & HIV/Aids 863104 OCT211 10 

OT, Amputation & Substance Use 863105 OCT212 10 

OT, RA & Diabetes 863106 OCT213 10 

OT & Dementia 863107 OCT214 10 

Psychiatry 211 863211 OCS211 5 

Trauma and Disease 212 863212 OCS212 5 

Group 2 

Health Promotion 213 (O/T) 820219 HLP213 10 


Intro to Psychological Interventions 214 861214 PSY214 10 

Group 3 

Medical Biosciences 214 (CHS) 341214 MBS214 10 

Medical Biosciences 218 - MBS218 20 

Physics Occupational Ther 218 (CHS) 336218 PHY218 15 

Sub-total 140



Group 1 

Human Occupation and Adults/Work 863108 OCT305 5 

Human Occupation and Children 863109 OCT307 5 

OT and Neurology 863110 OCT315 15 

OT and Trauma 863111 OCT319 15 

OT and Development 863112 OCT317 15 

OT and Mental Health 863113 OCT316 15 

Psychiatry 311 863311 OCS311 5 

Trauma and Disease 321 863321 OCS321 5 

Neurology 312 863312 OCS312 5 

Peadiatrics 313 863313 OCS313 5 

Group 2 

Measuring Health & Disease 511234 MHD223 10 

Group 3 

Fieldwork II: Adults 322 863116 OCT322 10 

Fieldwork I: Children 324 863117 OCT324 10 

Sub-total 120 



Group 1 

Human Occupation 407 863118 OCT407 10 

Occupational Therapy 863119 OCT418 10 

FW-Individual Process Model 863120 OCT429 25 

FW-Group Process Model 863121 OCT459 25 

FW-Community Process Model 863122 OCT469 25 

Group 2 

Research 863123 OCT439 25 

Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 500 






A student will be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study if s/he has passed 90 credits of the 1 st Level modules 

including all the modules in group 1, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable 

clashes. 


A student will be promoted to the 3 rd Level of study if s/he has passed 110 credits of the 2 nd Level modules 

including all the modules in group 1 and in group 2, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no 

timetable clashes. The student is not allowed to carry any 1 st Level modules to the 3 rd Level. 


A student can be promoted to the 4 th Level of study if s/he has passed 100 credits of the 3 rd Level modules 

including all the modules in group 1 provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable 

clashes. The student is not allowed to carry any 2 nd (or lower) Level modules to the 4 th Level. 

42


Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 500 credit points have been 

obtained. 


















J.65.1 The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as 

stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 

J.65.2 The following alternative conditions will also apply for the renewal of registration in this 

programme: 

J.65.2.1 A student, who has failed a year of study twice in the professional subjects, will be refused readmission 

to the course. 

J.65.2.2 A fourth-year student who obtains less than 50% as a final mark after the re-evaluation and thus 

obtains 95 or more credit points, must complete a further six months of study to obtain the 

degree.There are no special requirements for this programme. 

J.65.2.3 A fourth-year student who obtains 94 credit points or below, must complete a further full year of 

study to obtain the degree. 


J.66.1 No student will be admitted to the final examination of the fourth year of study unless a 

minimum of one thousand hours of prescribed fieldwork in the professional subjects has been 

completed over the four years of the course. 

J.66.2 Due to an integrated and group teaching approach the attendance of all lecture and practicals of 

the professional modules and fieldwork are compulsory. 

43

BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE (PHYSIOTHERAPY) - 8211 



the degree: BSc (Physiotherapy) 








� level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and 

� level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences or 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Physical Sciences 


OR 












OR 








OR 



44




OR 








assessed. 









J.69 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four year‘s full time. 




Group 1 

Anal Posture/Move. Ergo & Kinetics 111 820111 PHT111 15 

Execerxise to Promote Health 200 820014 PHT200 10 

Physiotherapy Techniques I 100 820206 PHT100 10 

Group 2 



Group 3 

Physics for Physiotherapy 336034 PHY106 15 



Health Develoment and Primary Health Care (PT) 820012 HPC113 5 

Introduction to Philosophy of Care (PT) 820011 IPC116 5 


Electives (Select 1) 

Eng for Educ Dev 121 (CHS) 231138 EED121 10 



Sub-total 120 

45



Group 1 

Physiotherapy Techniques II 314 820200 PHT314 15 

Movement Science II 245 820205 PHT245 15 

Disability and Rehabilitation 211 820204 PHT211 10 

Applied Physiotherapy 203 822203 PHT203 10 

Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I 110 820208 PHT110 15 

Group 2 

Medical Bioscience 213 (CHS) 341213 MBS213 10 







Health Promotion 214 (PT) 820220 HLP214 10 



Physiotherapy Techniques III 311 821311 PHT311 20 

Movement Science III 313 820313 PHT313 20 

Community Based Rehabilitation 310 820311 PHT310 10 


Physiotherapy Clinical Practice II 820316 PHT316 40 

Measuring Health and Disease 223 511234 MHD223 10 



46 

Sub-total 120 





Sub-total 135 


Ethics (PT) 402 851102 PHT402 10 

Management (PT) 401 851101 PHT401 10 


Research Project (PT) 404 851105 PHT404 10 

Physiotherapy Clinical Practice III 405 851104 PHT405 60 

Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 495 

In order to promote to the 2 nd Level of study a student must obtain at least 100 credits , pass all modules in 

group 1 and in group 2.


In order to promote to the 3 rd Level of study a student must obtain 255 credits. 


In order to promote to the 4 th Level of study a student must obtain 375 credits. 


Students will complete the 4 th Level of study only when all required modules have been passed and 495 

credit points have been obtained. 



A student who does not promote to the 2 nd Level of study may in consultation with the department, be 

allowed to register for certain 2 nd Level modules (no more than 45 credits) as long as the total number of 

credits registered for does not exceed 90, provided that the co- and pre-requisites are met and there are no 



A student who does not promote to the 3 rd Level of study may in consultation with the department, be 

allowed to register for certain 3 rd Level modules (no more than 45 credits) as long as the total number of 

credits registered for does not exceed 90, provided that the co- and pre-requisites are met and there are no 






J.75.1 Every physiotherapy student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions 

Council of South Africa, register as a physiotherapy student within two months after admission 

to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Faculty Officer of the Faculty or the 

Registrar of the universityThere are no special requirements for this programme. 

J.75.2 A candidate shall be required to complete Clinical Practice as prescribed by the department. In 

Clinical Practice, a student must obtain a final mark of 50% as well as a 50% coursework mark 

J.75.3 To Enter Clinical Examinations 

J.75.3.1 A student needs a CE of 50% 

J.75.3.2 3 rd Level students needs to pass 2 of the 3 end of clinical block exams. 

J.75.3.3 4 th Level students needs to pass 3 of the 4 end of clinical block exams. 

47

BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE (SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE) - 8051 



the degree: BSc Sport and Exercise Science 









� level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences 


OR 











OR 




Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) 




assessed. 






48




J.78 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time. 




Compulsory 

Theory (SRE111) 831113 SRE111 20 

Fundamentals of Exec Phys (SRE113) 831114 SRE113 15 





Electives 

Group 1 (select 1 module) 

Eng for Educ Dev 117 (SC) 231150 EED117 15 

Eng for Educ Dev 127 (SC) 231151 EED127 15 

Group 2 (select 1 module) 

Computer Literacy 114 371014 COS114 15 

Computer Literacy 124 371024 COS124 15 


49 

Sub-total 125 


Theory: Sport Psychology 238 881217 SRE238 10 

Theory: Motor Control & Development 236 881219 SRE236 10 

Theory: Exercise Physiology 217 881215 SRE217 10 

Theory: Recreation 237 881214 SRE237 10 


Evaluation and Measurement (SRE216 PRACT) 881216 SRE216 10 


Medical Bioscience 231 325231 MBS 231 20 



Sub-total 120 





Advanced Exercise Physiology 318 880318 SRE318 10 





Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 365






A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study on obtaining 125 credits and passing all the prescribed 

1 st Level modules. 


A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 245 credits and passing all the prescribed 

2 nd Level (or lower) modules. 


A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 365 to complete 

the degree. 











BACHELOR OF NURSING - 8311 



the degree: BNurs 



points calculated according to the university‘s approved points system, as well as the following 







50


OR 

(c) A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed 

to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above 



� HG (40%, E symbol) English or 

� SG (50%, D symbol) English and 








OR 


equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. 





(b) Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) to qualify for selection 

into the programme. 

OR 






OR 



J.86 SELECTION 



51

J.87 DURATION 





Group 1 

Fundamentals of Nursing Science 112 873015 NUR112 15 


Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111 821012 CUR111 15 



Group 2 

Physics for CHS 336018 PHY118 15 


Intro to Philosophy of Care 873011 IPC114 5 

Health Development and Primary Health Care 873012 HDP115 5 



52 

Sub-total 115 


Group 1 

General Nursing Science 211 822211 NRS211 20 


Group 2 

Intro to Mental Health 214 821025 CUR214 10 




Introduction to Psychology 111 861013 PSY111 7.5 

Pharmacology 204 871204 PHA204 20 

Sub-total 125 


Group 1 

Semester 1 

Unit Management 334 821034 CUR334 15 

Midwifery 331 821048 CUR331 30 

Midwifery 332 821049 CUR332 15 

Semester 2 

Community Health Nursing 324 821324 CUR324 30 


Child Health 324 821324 NRS324 15 

OR 

Group 2 

Semester 1 



Child Health 313 821313 NRS313 15

Semester 2 


Midwifery 326 821326 CUR326 30 

Midwifery 327 821327 CUR327 15 

53 

Sub-total 120 

Students will be divided into two groups at the 3 rd Level in which they will remain for the rest of the year 

(S1 & S2). They will register for the modules as indicated above. Students will be registered according to 

the groups in which they would have been allocated to. 



Psychiatric Nursing 411 821411 NRS411 30 


Research Methods 421 821421 NRS421 20 

Professional Practice 423 821423 NRS423 20 

Gender Violence-Public Health 401 821047 NRS401 20 


Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 480 





In order to promote to the 2 nd Level, the student must pass all modules in Group 1 and is not allowed to 

carry more than 30 credits from Group 2. 


No Level 1 modules may be carried into the 3rd Level. Brain and Behaviour 112 (PSY112) or Introduction 

to Psychology (PSY111) may be carried to Level 3 or 4 provided that the credits carried do not exceed the 

amount stipulated. 


In order to promote to 4 th Level, the student must pass all modules in Group 1 and is not allowed to carry 

more than 22.5 credits to the 4 th Level. No more than 7.5 credits from the 2 nd Level modules may be carried 

into the 4 th Level except anticipated 3rd Level modules namely: 




J.90.4.1 Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 480 credit points 


J.90.4.2 In addition a total of 4000 clinical hours as stipulated by the South African Nursing Council must 

be completed.



A student who repeats the 1 st Level with no more than 45 credits at this Level, can anticipate not more than 

45 credits at the 2 nd Level in the following modules, subject to timetable and modules being repeated: 








Students who repeat the 2 nd Level with no more than 45 credits at this level, may anticipate not more than 45 

credits from the 3 rd Level in the following modules, subject to timetable and modules being repeated: 


Unit Management 334 

821034 CUR334 15 



The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated 

in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 


J.93.1 Applicants are required to register with the professional accrediting body, the South African 

Nursing Council, within a specified time frame as guided by the department but implemented by 

the student. 

J.93.2 Full professional indemnity to be secured by students before they can practice as student nurses 

in the specified clinical settings. 

J.93.3 Hepatitis B Vaccine 

It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof of the above vaccination to the School of Nursing 

before the commencement of the second semester. 

J.93.4 International Students 

A letter of support from the Department of Health Foreign Workforce Programme as well as a SAQA 

evaluation certificate indicating equivalence of foreign academic certificate(s) as required by the South 

African Nursing Council (SANC). In addition, UWC requirements for international students must be met, 

including HESA permission. 

ADDRESSES OF SAQA AND DOH: 

SAQA (South African Qualifications Authority) 

Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications call centre: 012 431-5070 

Helpdesk: 086 010 3188 

Switchboard: 012 431-5000 

Fax: 012 431 5039 

Website: www.saqa.org.za 

54

POSTAL ADDRESS: STREET ADDRESS: 

Postnet Suite 248 SAQA House (formerly known as Hatfield Forum West) 

Private Bag X06 1067 Arcardia Street, Hatfiel 

Pretoria Waterkloof, 0145 

For information regarding the Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications: ceeq@saqa.co.za 

DOH (Department of Health) 

Foreign Workforce Management Programme 

Room 1125 

Fedlife Building 

Private Bag x828 

Pretoria 

0001 

Tel: 012 312 0722 / 0725 /0467 / 0498 

Fax: 012 312 0535 

Email: smiths@health.gov.za or humani@health.gov.za 

Website: www.doh.gov.za/docs/factsheets/guidelines/foreign.pdf 

BACHELOR OF NURSING (Foundation Programme) - 8310 



the degree: BNurs 










OR 


to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above and (b) 











55


OR 








OR 






OR 






J.96 DURATION 

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years full time. 




Physics Foundation 100 

Mathematics 110 (Numeracy) 

310010 

392110 

PHY100 

MAM110 

its 10 

15 

English for Educational Development (Nurs Found) - EED151 10 

Computer Literacy 111 

371111 CCL111 5 

Intro to Philosophy of Care (Nurs) 873011 IPC114 5 

Health Dev. and Primary Health Care (Nurs) 873012 HDP115 5 


56 

Sub-total 50 

Module Name 

Group 1 



Fundamentals of Nursing Science 111 

873014 NUR111 15 

Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111 821012 CUR111 15


Human Biology 128 

Group 2 

301128 HUB128 15 





57 

Sub-total 105 


Group 1 



Group 2 

Intro to Mental Health 214 821025 CUR214 10 







Group 1 

Semester 1 


Midwifery 331 821048 CUR331 30 

Midwifery 332 821049 CUR332 15 

Semester 2 




OR 

Group 2 

Semster 1 




Semester 2 


Midwifery 326 821326 CUR326 30 

Midwifery 327 821327 CUR327 15 

Sub-total 120 

Students will be divided into two groups at the 4 th Level in which they will remain for the rest of the year 

(S1 & S2). They will register for the modules as indicated above. Students will be registered according to 

the groups in which they would have been allocated to. 


Sub-total 125 




Research Methods 421 821421 NRS421 20

Professional Practice 423 821423 NRS423 20 

Gender Violence-Public Health 401 821047 NRS401 20 

Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 520 






J.99.1.1 In order to promote to the 2 nd Level, the student must pass all the 1st Level modules. 

J.99.1.2 Notwithstanding Rule A.3.2.3 (a), a student who does not pass all the required modules at Level 

1 will not be permitted to renew his/her registration in the following year. No appeals for 

readmission will be considered. 


In order to promote to the 3rd Level the student must obtain at least 110 credits and must pass all modules in 

group 1. 


In order to promote to the 4 th Level, the student must pass all modules in Group 1 and is not allowed to carry 

more than 22.5 credits to the 4th Level. No more than 7.5 credits from the 2nd Level modules may be 

carried into the 4th Level except anticipated 3rd Level module namely: 




In order to promote to 5 th Level, the student must pass all modules in Group 1 and is not allowed to carry 

more than 22.5 credits into the 4 th Level. No 4 th (or lower) Level modules may be carried into the 5 th Level 

except anticipated 4 th Level modules namely: 




J.99.5.1 Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 520 credit points 


J.99.5.2 In addition a total of 4000 clinical hours as stipulated by the South African Nursing Council must 

be completed. 


J.100.1 Level 2 

A student who repeats the 2 nd Level with no more than 45 credits at this Level, may anticipate not more than 

45 credits from the 3 rd Level in the following modules, subject to timetable and modules repeating: 

58







J.100.2 Level 3 

Students who repeat the 3 rd Level with no more than 45 credits at this level, may anticipate not more than 45 

credits from the 4 th Level in the following modules, subject to timetable and modules repeating: 


Unit Management 334 

821034 CUR334 15 



The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated 

in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 but excludes Level 1. 


J.102.1 Applicants are required to register with the professional accrediting body, the S.A. Nursing 

Council, within a specified time frame as guided by the department but implemented by the 

student (T1). The following documents must be submitted on registration: 

South African students: 

� Certified copy of ID 

� Certified copy of Matric Certificate 

� Marriage Certificate (if applicable) 

� In case of Foundation Year students, certified copy of academic record of foundation year 

� Application fee of R110 (for 2011) to bepaid to UWC cashiers into Entity 100809/73-533 

International Students 

� Certified copy of identification documents (Passport/refugee status/asylum seeker permit 

� Valid study permit for those with passports 

� Certified copy of high school results 

� SAQA Certificate 

� HESA exemption Certificate 

� Application fee of R110 (for 2011) to bepaid to UWC cashiers into Entity 100809/73-533 

J.102.2 Full professional indemnity to be secured by students before they can practice as student nurses 

in the specified clinical settings. 

J.102.3 Hepatitis B Vaccine 

It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof of the above vaccination to the School of Nursing 

before the commencement of the second semester. 

J.102.4 International Students 

A letter of support from the Department of Health Foreign Workforce Programme as well as a SAQA 

evaluation certificate indicating equivalence of foreign academic certificate(s) as required by the South 

African Nursing Council (SANC). In addition, UWC requirements for international students must be met, 

including HESA permission. 

59

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPLEMENTARY HEALTH SCIENCES) – 8104 

General Stream 



the degree: BSc (CHS) 










� level 3 (40-49%) in Physical Sciences 


OR 










� SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and 




OR 







60


OR 






OR 








assessed. 









J.105 DURATION 



J.106.1 Level 1 

Module Name 

Compulsory 









IPOC (Natural Medicine) 

871112 NAT112 5 

PHC (Natural Medicine) 871123 NAT123 5 

Principal of Nat Healing System 111 874121 NAT111 5 

61

Electives (select 1 module) 




J.106.2 Level 2 

62 

Sub-total 120 





Medical Microbiology 251 356251 MIC251 20 


Nutrition 211 816212 NUT211 10 

Nutrition 221 816213 NUT221 10 

Com Complemetary Healing Systems 201 874201 NAT201 10 

Health Promotion 219 871219 NAT219 10 

J.106.3 Level 3 

Sub-total 140 





Nutritional Medicine 315 871315 NUT315 10 

Pathology 311 871311 NAT311 15 

Pathology 321 871321 NAT321 10 

Herbal Pharmacognosy 312 871312 NAT312 10 

Herbal Pharmacognosy 322 871322 NAT322 10 

General Medicine 301 877301 BCM301 30 


Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 380 




J.108.1 Level 1 

A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits. 

J.108.2 Level 2 

A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 230 credits (including 110 2 nd Level 

credits). 

J.108.3 Level 3 

A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 380 credits to 

complete the degree.


J.109.1 Level 1 

If a student does not promote to the 2 nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level 

modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 75 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in 

total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and 


J.109.2 Level 2 

If a student does not promote to the 3 rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 3 rd Level 








J.110.1 Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the 

Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine 

student within two months after admission to the programme. 

J.110.2 Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme. 

J.110.3 Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the 




Chinese Medicine & Acupuncture Stream 



the degree: BSc (CHS) 









� level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences 


OR 

63

(c) A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed 









� SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and 




OR 

(c) A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed to be 







OR 






OR 








assessed. 

64












J.114.1 Level 1 

Module Name 

Compulsory 



Chemistry 126 (N) 

Medical Bioscience 111 

Medical Bioscience 121 

311026 

325111 

325121 

CHM126 

MBS 111 

MBS 121 

15 

15 

15 



Chinese Medicine Theory 111 878111 CMA111 15 


IPOC (Natural Medicine) 

65 

871112 NAT112 5 

PHC (Natural Medicine) 871123 NAT123 5 

Sub-total 125 

J.114.2 Level 2 








Acupuncture 213 878213 CMA213 10 


Chinese Herbal Medicine 212 878212 CMA212 10 



Sub-Total 160 

J.114.3 Level 3 



Pathology 311 871311 NAT311 15 

Pathology 321 871321 NAT321 10 





Acupuncture 313 878313 CMA313 10



Sub-total 135 

TOTAL 420 





J.116.1 Level 1 


J.116.2 Level 2 

A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 255 credits (including 130 2 nd Level 

credits). 

J.116.3 Level 3 


complete the degree. 


J.117.1 Level 1 





J.117.2 Level 2 

If a student does not promote to the 3 rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 3 rd Level 












66





BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK - 8411 



the degree: B Social Work 










OR 




(a) A Matriculation Exemption with the minimum of a D aggregate and the minimum of a D 

aggregate symbol for English. 


OR 








OR 



67



Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) 

OR 








assessed. 












J.123.1 Level 1 



Introduction to Philosophy of Care (SW) 840011 HDP113 5 

Health Development and Primary Health Care (SW) 840012 HDP114 5 




Introduction to Social Work 124 840124 SCW124 10 


Social Work 123 840123 SCW123 5 

Introduction to Social Work Process 114 840114 SCW114 5 

Introduction to Fieldwork 101 840014 SCW101 15 


Psychology 





Anthroplogy / Sociology 

Anthroplogy / Sociology 111 (N) 286115 ANT111 15 

Anthroplogy / Sociology 121 (N) 286116 ANT121 15 

68 

Sub-total 130

J.123.2 Level 2 



Health Promotion 223 (SW) 840219 HLP215 10 

Basic Social Work 214 840214 SCW214 10 



Basic Fieldwork 201 840201 SCW201 30 




Sub-total 90 

Group 3 - Electives 

*Social Sciences 


Sociology 221 286221 SOC221 10 

Sociology 231 286225 SOC231 10 

Sociology 232 286226 SOC232 10 

**Psychology 






Sub-total 40 

TOTAL 130 

*Students who choose Social Sciences as a major will choose Social Sciences modules to the value of 30 

credits and Psychology module/s to the value of 10 credits. 

**Students who choose Psychology as a major will choose Psychology modules to the value of 30 credits 

and a Social Sciences module to the value of 10 credits. 

J.123.3 Level 3 


Compulsory 

Intermediate Social Work 315 840315 SCW315 10 







Welfare Law 321 730321 WEL321 10 

Sub-total 110 




*Psychology 


Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 861322 PSY322 10 

Sub-total 20 

TOTAL 130 

69

*Students will choose either the Social Sciences modules to the value of 20 credits or the Psychology 

modules to the value of 20 credits depending on the major chosen in Level 2. 

J.123.4 Level 4 

Module Name - Compulsory Num Code Alpha Code Cred 

Advanced Social Work 413 840413 SCW413 10 





Advanced Fieldwork 401 840401 SCW401 60 


Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 510 





J.125.1 Level 1 

A student shall be admitted to the the 2 nd Level of study on obtaining 100 credits at the 1 st Level, 10 credits 

from group 1, passed all modules from group 2 and passed at least 45 credits from group 3 and on meeting 

all pre-requisites for the 2 nd Level modules. 

J.125.2 Level 2 

A student shall be admitted to the the 3 rd Level of study after completing all 1 st Level modules, passed all 

modules in group 1, passed a minimum of 40 credits from group 2 and 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites 

for the 3 rd Level modules. 

J.125.3 Level 3 

A student shall be admitted to the the 4 th Level of study only if the student has succesfully completed all the 

relevent course units and modules for the 3 rd Level. The exception is in the case of a student obtaining 

associate status for one service course module into the 4 th Level. 

J.125.4 Level 4 

A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 510 credits. 


J.126.1 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more 


J.126.2 Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, 

consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits, excluding Social Work modules and 

provided the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. 




70



BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK (Foundation) - 8560 



the degree: Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation programme) 


(a) The National Senior Certificate plus a score of no less than 22 points calculated according to the 

University‘s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: 

� level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Maths Literacy 

� level 3 (40-49%) in Life Science 

(b) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). 

OR 




(a) A Senior Certificate without Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, or 

(b) A Conditional Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, or 

(c) An Age Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, and 

(d) Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) and obtain a pass mark of 

60%. 

OR 

(e) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed 

to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) to (d) above. 

J.129.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior 





assessed. 






71





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years full time. 


J.132.1 Level 1 



Introduction to Philosophy of Care (SW) 840011 HDP113 5 

Health Development and Primary Health Care (SW) 840012 HDP114 5 






Contextualising the Field of Social Work 010 840010 SCW010 10 

Contextualising Social Welfare Policy 011 841011 SCW011 10 

Sub-total 65 

J.132.2 Level 2 

Module Name 



Social Work 123 840123 SCW123 5 

Introduction to Social Work Process 114 840114 SCW114 5 

Introduction to Fieldwork 101 


Psychology 

840014 SCW101 15 




Intro to Research Methods 123 

Anthroplogy / Sociology 

861014 PSY123 7.5 

Anthropology / Sociology 111 (N) 286115 ANT111 15 

Anthropology / Sociology 121 (N) 

Group 3 - Compulsory (Foundation modules) 

286116 ANT121 15 

Contextualising Social Work Processes - SCW012 10 

Contextaulising the Philosophy of Professional Social Work 

Values and Ethics 

- SCW013 10 

Sub-total 105 

J.132.3 Level 3 



Health Promotion 223 (SW) 840219 HLP215 10 




Basic Fieldwork 201 840201 SCW201 30 




72

Group 3 - Electives 



Sociology 221 286221 SOC221 10 

Sociology 231 286225 SOC231 10 

Sociology 232 286226 SOC232 10 

**Psychology 






Sub-total 130 

*Students who choose Social Sciences as a major will choose Social Sciences modules to the value of 30 

credits and Psychology module/s to the value of 10 credits. 

**Students who choose Psychology as a major will choose Psychology modules to the value of 30 credits 

and a Social Sciences module to the value of 10 credits. 

J.132.4 Level 4 


Compulsory 








Welfare Law 321 730321 WEL321 10 




*Psychology 


Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322 861322 PSY322 10 

Sub-total 130 

*Students will choose either the Social Sciences modules to the value of 20 credits or the Psychology 

modules to the value of 20 credits depending on the major chosen in Level 2. 

J.132.5 Level 5 

Module Name - Compulsory Num Code Alpha Code Cred 






Advanced Fieldwork 401 840401 SCW401 60 


Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 550 

73





J.134.1 Level 1 

J.134.1.1 In order to promote to the 2 nd Level, the student must pass all the 1st Level modules. 

J.134.1.2 Notwithstanding Rule A.3.2.3 (a), a student who does not pass all the required modules at Level 

1 will not be permitted to renew his/her registration in the following year. No appeals for 

readmission will be considered. 

J.134.2 Level 2 

A student shall be admitted to the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 140 credits (65 credits from Level 1 and 

75 credits from Level 2 i.e 25 credits from Group 1 and 20 credits from group 3, and 30 credits from 

Psychology or Anthro/Soc in Group 2). 

J.134.3 Level 3 

A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study after completing all Level 1 and 2 modules, passed 

all modules in group 1, passed a minimum of 40 credits from group 2 and 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites 

for the 3 rd Level modules. 

J.134.4 Level 4 

A student shall be admitted to the the 5 th Level of study only if the student has succesfully completed all the 

relevent course units and modules for the 3 rd Level. The exception is in the case of a student obtaining 

associate status for one service course module into the 4 th Level. 

J.134.5 Level 5 

A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 510 credits. 


J.135.1 Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more 


J.135.2 Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total, 

consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits, excluding Social Work modules and 

provided the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes. 


The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: 

General Information Part 1unless otherwise indicated in the Faculty rules. 



74

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HONOURS) (BIOKINETICS) – 8021 



the degree: BA (Hons) Biokinetics 

J.138.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) degree or the equivalent thereof from an 

approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60 for all sport, recreation and 

exercise science modules at 3rd year level. 

J.138.2 Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an 

appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4 


J.139.1 The Professional Board determines the number of candidates that can be admitted each year. 

J.139.2 As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be 

subject to a selection procedure. 

J.139.3 Preference will be given to candidates with a science background. 


Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall extend over one year full-time only. 



Compulsory 

Exercise Physiology (HMS717) 847537 SRE717 10 

Motor Control & Learning (HMS718) 847567 SRE718 10 

Biokinetics 730 831730 SRE730 10 

Physical Evaluation 731 831731 SRE731 10 


Exercise Testing & Prescription 733 831733 SRE733 10 

Chronic Disease And Disability 735 10002 SRE735 10 

Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736 10003 SRE736 10 

Biokinetics Practice 737 10004 SRE737 5 


Applied Research Methods 739 10006 SRE739 30 


75 

TOTAL 135 

An extensive practical component (of 500 hours) forms a compulsory part of the Biokinetics programme. 



J.143 PROGRESS RULES 

J.143.1 Full-time 

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student 

who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following 

year.

J.143.2 Part-time 

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years 

and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 

90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. 


The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: 



J.145.1 Every Biokinetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions 

Council of South Africa, register as a biokinetics student with the HPCSA within two months 

after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Course Coordinator in 

the Department. 

J.145.2 The following are compulsory modules for the successful completion of the degree: 

First Aid (Level 2) 

Pharmacology 

Anatomy 

Cardiology 

Spirometry 

Legal Issues of Practice Management 

Financial Accounting and 

Exercise Prescription 

J.145.3 First Aid (Level 3) certification (or equivalent) is required for admission into the degree. A First 

Aid (level 3) course is offered in the department prior to the commencement of the academic 

year. 

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HONOURS) (HUMAN ECOLOGY) - 8711 



the degree: BA (Hons) (Human Ecology) 

To be admitted the program a student shall have obtained a BA Human Ecology Degree or equivalent 

qualifcation with an average of 60% 





Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and 

for part-time students two years. 

76


J.149.1 Full-Time 

Module Name 

Compulsory 


Principles of Man & Bus 751 111715 MAN751 10 


Research Project 710 852487 HEC710 20 

Research Methods 411 

77 

852407 HEC411 20 

Electives (Select any 3) 

Advanced Housing 715 852447 HEC715 20 

Advanced Foods 714 852477 HEC714 20 

Advanced Non-Formal Education 716 852417 HEC716 20 

Advanced Home Management 711 852437 HEC711 20 

Advanced Clothing 712 852457 HEC712 20 

Advanced Didactics – Consumer Studies 719 852427 HEC719 20 

TOTAL 125 

J.149.2 Part-Time 

J.149.2.1 Level 1 

Module Name 

Compulsory 


Principles of Man & Bus 751 111715 MAN751 10 


Research Methods 411 

852407 HEC411 20 

Electives (Select 1 module ) 

Advanced Housing 715 852447 HEC715 20 

Advanced Foods 714 852477 HEC714 20 

Advanced Non-Formal Education 716 852417 HEC716 20 

Advanced Home Management 711 852437 HEC711 20 

Advanced Clothing 712 852457 HEC712 20 

Advanced Didactics – Consumer Studies 719 852427 HEC719 20 

Sub-total 65 

J.149.2.2 Level 2 


Compulsory 

Research Project 710 852487 HEC710 20 

Electives (Select 2 remaining modules not taken from the 

electives list in level 1) 


40 

Sub-total 60 

TOTAL 125 






year.










BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HONOURS) (PSYCHOLOGY) - 8753 



the degree: BA (Hons) (Psychology) 

Subject to the general authority of Senate to refuse a student admission to the programme, a student shall 

have obtained a bachelor‘s degree approved by Senate for the purpose, and unless Senate on the 

recommendation of the head of department decides otherwise, such a student shall have obtained, before 

admission to the programme, an average minimum of 60% in the final Psychology 3 examinations. 









Compulsory 

Adv Research Project (Hons Psych) 701 862797 PSY701 30 

Sub-total 30 


Abnormal Psychology (Hons Psych) 702 862737 PSY702 20 

Psychological Interventions 703 862757 PSY703 20 

Adv Quantitative Res Meth 704 (compulsory for MA Psych) 862707 PSY704 20 

Personality Development (Hons Psych) 705 862727 PSY705 20 


Social Psychology (Hons Psych) 707 862777 PSY707 20 

Community Psychology (Hons Psych) 708 862787 PSY708 20 

Psychological Assessment 709 861777 PSY709 20 

78 

Sub-total 100 

TOTAL 130







year. 









A student who fails to obtain the minimum 60% admission requirement will only be allowed one attempt to 

improve his/her marks for admission to the programme. 

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HONOURS) (SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE) - 8013 



the degree: BA (Hons) (SES) 

Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) or BSc SES degree, or equivalent thereof from an 

approved institution (as deemed appropriate by the SRES Department), and obtained an average mark of no 

less than 60% in the final year. 


As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to 

selection 


Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year‘s full time or 

two year‘s part time study. 


Module Name (select 1 option) Num Alpha Cred 

Option 1 – Sport Conditioning 

Kinanthropometry (HMS716) 847547 SRE716 10 

Psychology of PE & Sport (HMS723) 847556 SRE723 10 





79

Sport Technology 740 10007 SRE740 10 

Conditioning for Sport 741 10008 SRE741 20 

Sports Nutrition 742 10009 SRE742 10 


TOTAL 135 

Option 2 – Community Health Promotion Through Sport 

Rec & Leisure- Time Stud (HMS715) 847587 SRE715 10 





Chronic Disease and Disability 735 10002 SRE735 10 



Sociology of Sport 743 10010 SRE743 10 

Community Health Promotion 744 10011 SRE744 10 


TOTAL 135 

Option 3 – Talent Identification 








Sociology of Sport 743 10010 SRE743 10 

Sports Talent Identification - SRE734 20 



80 

TOTAL 135 






year. 









There are no special requirements for this programme

BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (HONOURS) (SPORT AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT) - 8017 



the degree: BA (Hons) Sport and Recreation Management 

J.170.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) degree, or equivalent thereof from an 

approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60% for all sport, recreation and 

exercise science modules at the Third year level. 





selection 





Module Name Num Alpha Cred 

Compulsory 

Marketing Organ & Man (MAN754.1) 

Code 

111754 

Code 

MAN754 15 

Business Finance 668 111668 ADM668 15 

Applied Sport & Rec Man (HMS711) 847617 SRE711 20 

Sport & Project Man (HMS712) 847627 SRE712 10 



Research Project (HMS702) 847527 SRE702 20 

Research Methods (HMS706) 831706 SRE706 10 

Electives (select 1 module) 

Sub-total 110 


Sociology of PE & Sport (HMS714) 847597 SRE714 10 

Module from the School of Business & Finance 

Sub-total 

15 

TOTAL 120-125 







year. 

81









J.177.1 Requisites 

J.177.1.1 SRE 711 is a co-requisite for SRE 712 (May be completed simultaneously) 

BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE (HONOURS) (BIOKINETICS) - 8024 



the degree: BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 

J.178.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc (SRES) degree or the equivalent thereof from an 

approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60% for all sport, recreation and 

exercise science modules at 3rd year level. 




J.179.1 The Professional Board determines the number of candidates that can be admitted each year. 


subject to selection 

J.179.3 Preference will be given to candidates with a science background. 


Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall extend over one year full-time only. 



Compulsory 



Biokinetics 730 831730 SRE730 10 




Chronic Disease & Disability 735 10002 SRE735 10 

Anatomy & Kinanthropometry 736 10003 SRE736 10 



82



83 

TOTAL 135 

An extensive practical component (of 500 hours) forms a compulsory part of the Biokinetics programme. 







year. 









J.185.1 Every Biokinetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions 

Council of South Africa, register as a biokinetics student with the HPCSA within two months 

after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Course Coordinator in 

the Department. 

J.185.2 The following are compulsory modules for the successful completion of the degree: 

First Aid (Level 2) 

Pharmacology 

Anatomy 

Cardiology 

Spirometry 

Legal Issues of Practice Management 

Financial Accounting and 

Exercise Prescription 

J.185.3 First Aid (Level 3) certification (or equivalent) is required for admission into the degree. A First 

Aid (level 3) course is offered in the department prior to the commencement of the academic 

year.

BACCALAUREUS SCIENTIAE (HONOURS) (PHYSIOTHERAPY) – 8217 



the degree: BSc (Hons) (PT) 

A diploma in Physiotherapy and a minimum of two years suitable clinical experience. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year‘s full time or two 

year‘s part time study. 



Compulsory 

Research Methodology 710 820710 PHT710 30 

Literature Review 821785 PHT704 20 

Disability and Rehabilitation (PT) 700 821787 PHT700 15 


Group 2 - Electives (Select any 2 modules) 

Health Promotion II (Public Health) 881559 SPH715 20 

Gerontology (PT) 821781 PHT701 20 

Applied Exercise Science (PT) 851107 PHT709 20 

Movement Science (PT) 821784 PHT705 20 


84 

TOTAL 120 






year. 







General Information Part 1.



BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE (CHINESE MEDICINE & ACUPUNCTURE) - 8344 



the degree: B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine & Acupuncture) 

J.194.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BSc (Complementary Health Sciences) Degree or a 

clinical diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof. 

J.194.2 If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules 

may be prescribed. 

J.194.3 Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time. 


J.197.1 Level 1 



Clinical Diagnosis 402 877402 BCM402 20 

Clinical Practice 404 878404 CMA404 20 



Tuina (Taichi) 878405 CMA405 20 


Ethics, Jurisprudence and Prac Man 501 874501 BCM501 10 

J.197.2 Level 2 

85 

Sub-total 160 


Emergency Care 409 874409 BCM409 10 

Counselling Skills 410 877410 BCM410 10 

Research Project 508 879508 CMA508 20 



Clinical Practice 504 879504 CMA504 40 


Sub-total 110 

TOTAL 270 

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.



J.199.1 Level 1 


J.199.2 Level 2 




















J.202.4 All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of 

South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may 

enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation 

has changed. 

BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE (NATUROPATHY) - 8334 



the degree: B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) 






86







J.206.1 Level 1 


Differential Diagnosis for Naturopathy 403 874403 NAT403 10 

Clinical Practice (NAT) 404 874404 NAT404 10 

Treatment Modalities for Naturopathy 411 874411 NAT411 20 



Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501 874501 BCM501 10 



Sub-total 140 

J.206.2 Level 2 




Research Project (Naturopathy) 508 874508 NAT508 20 



Clinical Practice (Naturopathy) 504 874404 NAT504 40 

Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 260 





J.208.1 Level 1 


J.208.2 Level 2 








87
















has changed. 

BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE (PHYTOTHERAPY) - 8324 



the degree: B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) 












J.215.1 Level 1 


Clinical Practice (Phytotherapy) 404 875404 PHH404 10 

Materia Medica 405 875405 PHH405 20 

Clinical Phytotherapy 406 875406 PHH406 10 

Herbal Pharmacology 407 875407 PHH407 10 



88

Differential Diag for Phytotherapy 403 875403 PHH403 10 



Sub-total 140 

J.215.2 Level 2 




Research Project (Phytotherapy) 508 875508 PHH508 20 

Materia Medica 505 875505 PHH505 20 

Clinical Phytotherapy 506 875506 PHH506 10 

Herbal Pharmacy 507 875507 PHH507 10 

Clinical Practice (Phytotherapy) 504 875504 PHH504 40 

Sub-total 120 

TOTAL 260 





J.217.1 Level 1 


J.217.2 Level 2 
















89








has changed. 

BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE (UNANI TIBB) - 8354 



the degree: B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb) 












J.224.1 Level 1 



Clinical Practice (Tibb) 404 877404 TIB404 10 

Philosophy & Aetiology of Tibb 412 877412 TIB412 10 

Pharmacology of Tibb 413 877413 TIB413 20 

Therapeutics of Tibb 414 877414 TIB414 10 

Regimental Therapies 415 877415 TIB415 10 




Pathology Diagnosis of Tibb 411 877411 TIB411 10 

Sub-total 150 

J.224.2 Level 2 




Research Project 508 877508 TIB508 20 

90

Illness Management 521 877521 TIB521 10 





Clinical Practice 504 877504 TIB504 40 

Sub-total 130 

TOTAL 280 





J.226.1 Level 1 

A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd Level of study on obtaining 120 credits, provided that all Tibb 

modules are passed. 

J.226.2 Level 2 























has changed. 

91

MAGISTER ARTIUM (CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES) – 8850 



the degree: MA (CFS) 

J.230.1 The programme is open to candidates in possession of an honours degree, preferably in the 

Social Sciences, Arts, Law, Education or Humanities or another (second) approved degree or 

equivalent, approved by senate, or a four year professional degree or meets the requirements of 

general rule A.2.1.4. In the case of the four year professional degree prospective students must 

have obtained a 60% pass in their major subject. 

J.230.2 Prospective students will be required to make themselves available for a selection process on a 

date determined by the department. 

J.230.3 Students should have a working title for their Research project/mini-thesis. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full-time or 

three year‘s part-time study. 


Module Name (select one mode) Num Code Alpha Code Cred 

Mode 1 

1st Enrolment Code 

MACS CFS - Full Thesis 801 CFS801 

2nd Enrolment Code 

MACS CFS - Full Thesis 802 CFS802 

TOTAL 180 

Mode 2 

Compulsory (Select all) 

Adv Class & Cont Theo About Fam 811 891811 SCF811 20 

Adv Quantitative Research Meth 812 891812 SCF812 10 

Adv Qualitative Research Meth 813 891813 SCF813 10 

Families and Households 842 891842 SCF842 20 

Const of Childr & Childhood 843 


891843 SCF843 10 

CFS Mini-Thesis 803 891815 SCF803 


90 

CFS Mini-Thesis 804 

Electives (select any 2) 

891816 SCF804 

Public Policies & Programmes 835 891835 SCF835 10 

Child Protection 841 891841 SCF841 10 

Children‘s Rights, Family and Society 845 891845 SCF845 10 

Youth in Urban Society 844 891844 SCF844 10 

Parent and Child Interaction 836 891836 SCF836 10 


92 

180 

TOTAL 180 



J.235.1 Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her 

opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. 

J.235.2 Students must complete at least 60 credits by the end of year one. 

J.235.3 Students must complete at least 180 credits by the end of year two. 

J.235.4 Students must register a thesis title before the second year of registration. 





Students must be available for lectures with regards to their courses as prescribed by the department and 

must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding 

MAGISTER ARTIUM (HUMAN ECOLOGY) (Structured) - 8681 



the degree: MA (Human Ecology) 

Candidates for the programme must be in possession of an BA (Hons) Degree in Human Ecology or any 

related qualification as approved by Senate or a BA Human Ecology General after 1999. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be two years. 


Module Name 

Compulsory 


Research Methods 851810 HEC810 20 

Philosophy and Ethics in Human Ecology 851811 HEC811 20 

Community Development 851812 HEC812 20 

Sus Rural Livelihoods & Int Dev Planning 141706 LAS706 20 

Families and Communities 


851813 HEC813 20 

Mini-Thesis H/E 803 (1st ENR) 851803 HEC803 


60 

Mini-Thesis H/E 803 (1st ENR) 

Electives (Select any modules to the value of 80 credits) 

HEC804 

Black Fam & Public Policies 835 891835 SCF835 10 

Poverty Studies 839 891839 SCF839 10 

Public Policy Management (SOG) 824 141918 SOG824 10 

Pol Analysis in Local Govern (SOG) 839 141968 SOG839 10 

Adv Quantitative Research Methods 812 891812 SCF812 10 

93

Adv Qualitative Research Methods 813 891813 SCF813 10 

Gender and Development (SOG) 812 142148 SOG821 10 

Prog Planning & Eval (SOG) 825 141958 SOG825 10 

Urban Development & Management (SOG) 837 142138 SOG837 10 

Rural Development & Management (SOG) 838 141978 SOG838 10 

Sub-total 80 

TOTAL 240 




Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion 

adequate progress has been made during the current year. 






MAGISTER ARTIUM (HUMAN ECOLOGY) (Thesis) - 8848 



the degree: MA (Human Ecology) 

Candidates for the programme must be in possession of an honours degree in Human Ecology or Home 

Economics, or a BA Human Ecology (General) Degree from the University of the Western Cape obtained 

after 1999. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall be three years. 


Module Name 



Human Ecology MAG Thesis 801 851808 HEC801 


120 

Human Ecology MAG Thesis 802 851809 HEC802 

TOTAL 120 



94









MAGISTER ARTIUM (PSYCHOLOGY) (Structured) - 8813 



the degree: MA (Psychology) 

J.254.1 Honours degree in Psychology or equivalent qualification, approved by the Senate, is required 

for acceptance into the MA in Research Psychology. 

J.254.2 If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional 

work may be required. 



a selection procedure. 


Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year. 


J.257.1 Level 1 


Philosophical and Social Issues 861831 PSY831 10 

Programme Evaluation 861832 PSY832 10 

Qualitative Methodologies 861833 PSY833 10 

Survey Research Methods 861834 PSY834 10 

Advanced Quantitative Technology 861835 PSY835 20 

Measurement Design and Construction 861836 PSY836 10 

Research Prop. & Thesis Writing 861837 PSY837 10 

Contextual/Community Psychology 861839 PSY839 10 

Health Psychology 861840 PSY840 10 

Skills Training 861842 PSY842 20 


Psych Mini-Thesis 803 861848 PSY803 

2nd Enrolment Code 40 


95 

Total 160










Students must register as Psychology students with the Professional Board for Psychology. 

MAGISTER ARTIUM (PSYCHOLOGY) (Thesis) - 8671 



the degree: MA (Psychology) 

J.262.1 To be admitted to the programme, an honours degree in Psychology, BPsych or 4-year equivalent 

qualification, approved by the Senate, is required together with a proposal. 





selection. 






Psychology MAG Thesis 801 861808 PSY801 


Psychology MAG Thesis 802 861809 PSY802 


96 

TOTAL 120 




adequate progress has been made during the current year.






MAGISTER ARTIUM SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE (Thesis) - 8661 



the degree: MA (Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science) 

J.270.1 Candidates must be in possession of a BA (Hons) SRES degree, or equivalent thereof (as deemed 

appropriate by the SRES Department) and subject to Rule A.2.4.2 



J.270.3 Under exceptional circumstances, candidates who do not have an Honours degree in SRES, but 

have an Honours degree in a related discipline, and have professional experience in the domain 

of sport, recreation and exercise science, may enrol for the MA SRES Research (full thesis) 

programme. 

J.270.4 If, in the opinion of the HOD, the relevant Honours degree is deficient, additional work may be 

required. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the maximum period of study shall extend over three years. 

Subject to Rule A.4.3 


Module Name 



SRES Thesis 801 831117 SRE801 


240 

SRES Thesis 802 831116 SRE802 


97 

TOTAL 240 









J.277.1 An oral examination may be required. 

J.277.2 Additional modules in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science, or related modules may be 

required. 

MAGISTER PSYCHOLOGY - 8815 



the degree: MPsych 

J.278.1 An honours degree in Psychology, or an accreditted equivalent degree approved by the Senate. 










Research Prop. And Thesis Writing 837 861837 PSY837 10 

Contextual/Community Psychology 839 861839 PSY839 20 


Skills Training 842 861842 PSY842 20 

Interventions 843 861843 PSY843 20 

Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 844 


861844 PSY844 40 





98 

40 

Total 160 









J.285.1 Students must register as MPsych students with the Professional Board for Psychology. 

J.285.2 Internship 

J.285.2.1 A full-time internship of one year must be served at an institution accredited by the Professional 

Board for Psychology. 

J.285.2.2 To be admitted to the internship, a student must successfully complete the first year of the 

programme, and must be considered by the examiners as acceptable for further professional 

training. 

MAGISTER SCIENTIAE (NUTRITION MANAGEMENT) - 8783 



the degree: MSc (Nutrition Management) 

Candidates must be in possession of a four year integrated BSc Degree in Dietetics or Nutrition or an 

Honours in Nutrition or equivalent at level 8. 



selection procedure. A minimum of ten students is required for the programme to run. 


Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time or 

three years part time. 


Module Name (select one mode) 

Mode 1 



Nutrition Thesis 


Nutrition Thesis 

99 

- NUT801 

- NUT802 

TOTAL 180 

Mode 2 

Group 1 (Select all) 

Health Development and Primary Health Care II 881527 SPH712 15 

Measuring Health & Disease II 881521 SPH713 15 

Nutrition Policy and Planning 838 851838 NUT838 15 

Micronutrients 848 


851848 NUT848 15 

Nutrition Mini Thesis 803 


851888 NUT803 

90 

Nutrition Mini Thesis 804 

Group 2 (Select 1 module) 

851889 NUT804 

Health Management II 881558 SPH714 15 

180

Managing Human Resources for Health 880102 SPH727 15 

Group 3 (Select 1 module) 

Health Promotion II 881559 SPH715 15 

Nutrition Education and Promotion 851858 NUT858 15 

TOTAL 180 






J.291.2 A student must have completed all prescribe modules and obtained 180 credits to complete the 

degree. 






MAGISTER SCIENTIAE (OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY) (Structured) - 8178 



the degree: MSc (Occupational Therapy) 

J.294.1 A Bachelors or Bachelors of Science Degree in Occupational Therapy, or a Diploma in 

Occupational Therapy and an Honours degree. 

J.294.2 A current CV, including details about work and work responsibilities. University status 

competence. 

J.294.3 An essay from the applicant that motivates for admission to the course and reviews work 

interests and achievements over not more than the past five years. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years. 

100


J.297.1 Level 1 


Qualitative Research Methods 816 863816 OCT816 30 

Occupational Engagement 811 863811 OCT811 30 

Community Focused Occupational Therapy 812 863812 OCT812 30 

J.297.2 Level 2 

101 

Sub-total 90 


Group 1 – (Select any 1) 

Occupational Adaptation 813 863813 OCT813 30 

Work, Unemployment & Underemployment 815 863815 OCT815 30 

Group 2 


Occupational Therapy Mini – Thesis 803 863803 OCT803 


Occupational Therapy Mini – Thesis 804 863804 OCT804 


Sub-total 90 

TOTAL 180 





J.299.2 All three of the 1 st Level modules must be completed successfully before a student can register 

for the 2 nd Level modules. 

J.299.3 The 2 nd Level module must be completed successfully before a student can proceed with their 

mini-thesis. 





There are no special requirements for this programme.

MAGISTER SCIENTIAE (OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY) (Thesis) - 8118 



the degree: MSc (Occupational Therapy) 

J.302.1 To be admitted to the course, a four-year Bachelors Degree in Occupational Therapy, or 

equivalent approved by Senate, is required. 

J.302.2 At the discretion of the department candidates should have a minimum of 3 years work 

experience as an Occupational Therapist. 

J.302.3 Candidates with two years work experience will be considered on the basis of their research 

idea(s). 

J.302.4 Candidates without any work experience will be considered on academic merits. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of one year 

full-time or two years part-time. 




Occupational Therapy 801 810802 OCT801 


Occupational Therapy 802 863802 OCT802 


102 

TOTAL 120 









There are no special requirements for this programme.

MAGISTER SCIENTIAE (PHYSIOTHERAPY) (Structured) - 8250 



the degree: MSc (Physiotherapy) 

J.310.1 Candidates in possession of a BSc (Physiotherapy) Honours degree may enrol for the 

programme. 

In certain circumstances enrolment is open to candidates who are in possession of a degree in 

Physiotherapy (or equivalent professional qualification) and who have had suitable clinical 

experience. See Rule A2.1.4 (ii). 

J.310.2 Candidates should be eligible for registration as a Physiotherapist with the Health Professions 

Council of South Africa. Foreign trained Physiotherapists must apply for registration with the 

HPCSA as student Physiotherapist soon after registering as a post-graduate student with the 

university. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full-time. 


Module Name 

Compulsory 


Advanced Research Methodology 


- PHT808 40 

Physiotherapy Mini-Thesis 803 821811 PTH803 


80 

Physiotherapy Mini-Thesis 804 

Electives (Select 3 modules) 

821812 PTH804 

Physiotherapy Evidenced Based Practice 876807 PHT807 20 

Orthopaedic Manipulative Therapy 851106 PHT708 20 

Pain Management 806(PT) 876806 PHT806 20 

Rehabilitation of Children (PT) 821782 PHT702 20 


103 

TOTAL 180 









J.317.1 A student, in order to be admitted to the examinations, shall have gained a coursework mark of 

not less than 50%. 

J.317.2 The final mark shall be composed of 50% of the coursework mark and 50% of the examination 

mark. 

J.317.3 A oral examination may be required. 

J.317.4 Where modules are offered by other Departments, the content and evaluation requirement will be 

subject to those of that Department. These modules may not count more than 40% of the modules 

offered by the Department of Physiotherapy. 

J.317.5 Exit Point: BSc (Honours) (Physiotherapy) 

J.317.5.1 Students registered for the two year master‘s degree by coursework are required to 

obtain an overall average mark of 60% to proceed to the second year. 

J.317.5.2 The Honours degree in Physiotherapy is awarded when a candidate, who on having satisfactorily 

completed the first year of the two year master‘s degree by coursework, does not wish to proceed 

further with his/ her studies. 

MAGISTER SCIENTIAE (PHYSIOTHERAPY) (Thesis) - 8218 



the degree: MSc (Physiotherapy) 

J.318.1 Candidates in possession of a BSc (Physiotherapy) Honours degree may enrol for the 

programme. In certain circumstances enrolment is open to candidates who are in possession of a 

degree in Physiotherapy (or equivalent professional qualification) and who have had suitable 

clinical experience. See Rule A2.1.4 (ii). 

J.318.2 Candidates should be eligible for registration as a Physiotherapist with the Health Professions 

Council of South Africa. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of one year 

full-time or two years part-time. 




Physiotherapy MAG Thesis 801 821808 PTH801 


Physiotherapy MAG Thesis 802 821809 PTH802 

104 

TOTAL 120










J.325.1 Students may be required to do an oral examination. 

J.325.2 Additional modules in Physiotherapy or a related subject may be prescribed. 

MASTER OF NURSING (Structured) - 8863 



the degree: MNurs 

J.326.1 The equivalent of a diploma or degree (M+4) in nursing at NQF Level 7. 

J.326.2 Current registration with SANC as a professional nurse. 

J.326.3 Additional basic qualifications are needed for discipline specific qualification in Midwifery, 

Psychiatry and Community Health is required for the specific electives. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year‘s full time study 

and two year‘s part time study. 


The programme is comprised of four (4) streams, namely Midwifery, Psychiatry, Education, and Family 

Nurse Practitioner, and students have to select one (1) stream. 

J.329.1 Stream 1 - Psychiatric Nursing 


Compulsory 


Nursing Mini-Thesis 803 871808 NUR803 



105 

80

Advanced Quantitative Research Methods 821829 NUR829 20 

Advanced Qualitative Research Methods 821825 NUR825 20 

Advanced Mental Health Management 827 871827 NAP827 20 

Child and Adolescent Mental Health 814 821114 NAP814 20 

Community Mental Health Nursing 815 821118 NAP815 20 

Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners 821116 NAP811 20 

Sub-total 200 


Issues in Health Professional Education 822 821822 NUR822 20 

PD Management & Service Provision 814* 881388 NUR814 20 

Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses 817 822817 NAP817 20 

Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic 818 822818 NAP818 20 

Forensic Nursing in Gender Base Violence 816* 821120 NAP816 20 

Woman‘s Health 819 822819 NAP819 20 

J.329.2 Stream 2 – Midwifery and Neonatal Nursing 

106 

Sub-total 40 

TOTAL 240 


Compulsory 


Nursing Mini-Thesis 803 


871808 NUR803 

80 




Advanced Midwifery 820 822820 NAP820 20 

Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science 821 822821 NAP821 20 

Advanced Specializations in Midwifery and Neonatology 821111 NAP830 20 

Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology 822822 NAP822 20 

Sub-total 200 






Forensic Nursing in Gender Base Violence 816 821120 NAP816 20 

Woman‘s Health 819* 822819 NAP819 20 

J.329.3 Stream 3 – Nursing Education 

Sub-total 40 

TOTAL 240 


Compulsory 




871808 NUR803 

80 




Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education 

821820 NUR820 20 

Teaching and Learning Methods 

821823 NUR823 20 

Curriculum Development 

821821 NUR821 20 

Evidence Based Didactics 822823 NAP823 20 

Sub-total 200


Issues in Health Professional Education 822* 821822 NUR822 20 






J. 329.4 Stream 4 – Family Nurse Practice (Consult Department) 

107 

Sub-total 40 

TOTAL 240 


Compulsory 




871808 NUR803 

80 




Advanced Clinical Practice Nurse Practitioner 822824 NAP824 20 


Advanced Nursing Practice and Client Management 822825 NAP825 20 

Advanced Pharmacology and Treatment Modalities 822826 NAP826 20 

Sub-total 200 




Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses 817 

822817 NAP817 20 



Sub-total 40 

TOTAL 240 

* Indicates recommended electives for stream 










J.333.1 Each stream can be registered as a separate post graduate qualification with the South African 

Nursing Council (SANC).

J.333.2 Please Note: 

Students who registered for the MCur programme prior to 2009 should refer to the 2009/2010 Faculty of 

Community and Health Sciences Calendar for curriculum and rules pertaining to this programme. 

MASTER OF NURSING (Thesis) - 8868 



the degree: MNurs 

The student must have obtained a four-year professional degree, or honours degree, or another approved 

degree or meet requirements for Rule A2.1.4. The student must have obtained an aggregate of 60% and 

above in the previous degree. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year. 


Module Name 



Nursing Magister Thesis 801 


871808 NUR801 

120 

Nursing Magister Thesis 802 871809 NUR802 


108 

TOTAL 120 


J.339 PROGRESS 







Students are expected to present to the department regularly for supervision/guidance and to attend the 

recommended additional courses, skills development and seminars as relevant to the students‘ needs, or 

determined by the department.

MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH - 8801 

MODE 1 



the programme: Master in Public Health (MPH) 

J.342.1 Candidates must be in possession of an Honours degree or equivalent in any relevant discipline. 

J.342.2 A minimum of three years working experience in the health or welfare sector is required. 

J.342.3 In addition, a candidate must possess adequate numeracy skills to be admitted to the above 

programme. 

J.342.4 With due regard to rule A.2.1.4, personnel in the health and welfare sector with a minimum of 

five years of relevant experience in implementing health and welfare policy or planning and 

managing health and welfare services, may be admitted to the course after assessment of prior 

learning and experience. 

J.342.5 Additional supporting documents may be required by the University from time to time. 




J.343.2 Preference will be given to candidates employed in the health and welfare sector with a minimum 

of three years of relevant experience. 


Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a maximum of 

three years full-time or part-time. 



Compulsory 

Health, Development and Primary Health Care II 881527 SPH712 20 

Measuring Health and Disease II 881521 SPH713 20 

Understanding Public Health 611 881516 SPH611 20 

Health Systems Research II 842 881278 SPH842 20 


Public Health MAG Mini-Thesis 881228 SPH803 


Public Health MAG Mini-Thesis 881238 SPH804 

109 

Sub-total 160 

* Students must in addition select two more modules of their own choice, either from one of seven Streams, 

which affords them a degree of specialisation, or from the wide range of Electives available from SOPH. 

With permission from SOPH, students may take modules up to 40 credits from another department provided 

these are deemed of direct relevance to Public Health.

*Electives (select 2 modules) 

Stream 1 - General Public Health 



Health and Social Change 

Stream 2 – Health Promotion 

880848 SPH848 20 


Health Promoting Schools 880114 SPH717 20 

Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach 880111 SPH718 20 

Health Promoting Settings 

Stream 3 – Health Research 

881268 SPH716 20 

Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development 

881008 SPH723 20 

Programmes 

Using Information for Effective Management I 880104 SPH720 20 

Qualitative Research Methods 881108 SPH721 20 

Quantitative Research Methods 880847 SPH847 20 

Survey Methods: Designing Questionnaires 880112 SPH719 20 

Stream 4 – Health Information Systems 


Quantitative Research Methods 880847 SPH847 20 

Stream 5 – Health Management 




Stream 6 – Human Resources Development 

Developing Human Resources for Health 728 880101 SPH728 20 


Stream 7 – Nutrition 

Nutrition Policy and Programming 838 851838 NUT838 20 

Micronutrient Malnutrition 851848 NUT848 20 

Epidemiology and Control of Chronic Disease 880849 SPH849 20 

Capita Selecta (PHP) II 881458 SPH812 20 

Capita Selecta (PHP) III 881468 SPH813 20 


110 

Sub-total 40 

TOTAL 200 




opinion adequate progress has been made with the mini-thesis during the current year. 

J.347.2 Students must complete 40 credits by the end of Year 1 (2 Modules). 

J.347.3 Students must complete 100 credits by the end of Year 2 (5 Modules). 

J.347.4 A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 200 

credits to complete the degree. 






MODE 2 



the programme: Master in Public Health (MPH) 

J.350.1 An Honours degree, Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health or equivalent at Level 8 in any 

relevant discipline OR completion within the preceding 5 years of Master‘s level coursework 

covering the competencies of the core modules of the UWC MPH degree. 

J.350.2 A minimum of three years of relevant experience in the health or welfare sector with significant 

research or monitoring and evaluation experience. 

J.350.3 A tertiary level course in disease pathogenesis, disease measurement or disease control, if the 

candidates do not have the credit then they have to take the module Introducing Public Health: 

its Basis and Scope from the PG Diploma in Public Health, and pass an assessment before or 

during their first semester 

J.350.4 A minimum of five years in the health and welfare sector with relevant experience in 

implementing health and welfare policy or planning and managing health and welfare services 

J.350.5 Supporting documents as evidence of eligibility. 




J.351.2 Preference will be given to candidates employed in the health and welfare sector with a minimum 

of three years of relevant experience. 


Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall extend over a a minimum of two years 

and a maximum of three years. Students must apply to the Senate in order to enroll for a fourth year. 


Students must select a topic and design and complete a research project that is situated within the scope of 

topics and approaches covered in the Areas of Specialization (listed in Table 1) offered at the school. 

Students may choose to enroll for these modules for non-degree purposes in order to strengthen their own 

personal development. With permission from SOPH, students may apply the content and approach of other 

disciplines to their thesis project, provided these are deemed of direct relevance to Public Health. 


Mode 1 

MPH Full Thesis 801 100014 SPH801 180 

111 

TOTAL 180

Table 1: Areas of Specialization within the School of Public Health 

1. Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care Approach II 

2. Measuring Health and Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology 

3. Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II 

4. Managing and Supporting Health Workers 

5. Health Promotion for Public Health II 

6. Qualitative Research Methods 

7. Quantitative Research Methods 

8. Health Systems Research 

Health Promotion 

9.Health Promoting Schools 

10. Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach 

11. Health Promoting Settings 

Health Research 

12. Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes 

13. Survey Methods: Designing Questionnaires 

Health Information 

14.Using Information For Effective Management I 

Human Resources Development 

15.Introduction to Health Workforce Development 

16.Evidence-based Human Resource Planning 

Nutrition 

17.Public Health Nutrition: Policy and Programming 

Micronutrient Malnutrition 

18.Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Diseases 

Other 

19. Health and Social Change 

20.Understanding and Analysing Health Policy 

21. Epidemiology and Control of HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria in the Era of Antiretrovirals 




J.355.1 Students must have submitted an approved research proposal to Senate Higher Degrees by the 

end of Year 1. 

J.355.2 Students must complete data collection by the end of Year 2. 


opinion adequate progress has been made with the thesis during the current year. 

J.355.4 A student must have successfully completed a Masters research thesis and obtained a total of 180 

credits to complete the degree. 






112

MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (Structured) - 8470 



the degree: MSW 

J.358.1 The program is open to candidates in possession of an honours degree, or four year BA degree or 

diploma in Social Work, with a pass mark of at least 60%, as well as 2 years field experience. 

J.358.2 Applicants could be admitted into the program directly after their 4 th year but must have attained 

a B symbol for research and practice as minimum requirements. 

J.358.3 Candidates with a 3 year BA degree could be admitted into the program via the RPL process. 

Rule A2.1.2 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years part-time. 


J.361.1 Level 1 


Compulsory 

Adv Quantitative Research Meth 812 891812 SCF812 10 

Adv Qualitative Research Meth 813 891813 SCF813 10 

Soc Work: Development Context 816 842748 SCW816 20 

Electives (select 1 group) 

Group 1 

Human Res Orga & Soc Work (MAG) 810 842818 SCW810 25 

Soc Work Superv & Consult (MAG) 815 842778 SCW815 25 

Group 2 

Socio Clin Soc Work Pract (MAG) 811 842798 SCW811 25 

Social Work Practicum (Magister) 809 842828 SCW809 25 

J.361.2 Level 2 


113 

Sub-total 90 

Module Name 



Social Work Mini-Thesis 803 842838 SCW803 


Social Work Mini-Thesis 804 842848 SCW804 

90 

Sub-total 90 

TOTAL 180 



J.363.1 Students must complete all 90 credits by the end of Level 1. 







J.365.1 Students must be available for lectures or seminars prescribed by the department in support of 

successfully completing the coursework as prescribed by the department, as well as in support of 

successfully completing the MA Thesis. 

J.365.2 Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the 

department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher 

Degrees Committees. 

J.365.3 Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually 

signed by both parties. 

MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (Thesis) - 8828 



the degree: MSW 

J.366.1 The general rule on admission A.2.4.2 shall apply with a minimum of 65% pass mark in the 

research module or research background with evidence required. 

J.366.2 Additional research modules may be prescribed to augment their research knowledge. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years. 


Module Name 



Social Work MAG Thesis 801 841808 SCW801 


Social Work MAG Thesis 802 841809 SCW802 

120 

114 

TOTAL 120










J.376.1 Students must be available for lectures or seminars prescribed by the department in support of 

successfully completing the MA Thesis. 



Degrees Committees. 



PHILOSOPHIAE DOCTOR - 8950 



the programme: Philosophiae Doctor (PhD) 

J.377.1 A student shall have obtained a Master‘s degree or equivalent qualification in the subject (s)he 

wishes to study and submit proof thereof, and 

J.377.2 Satisfied Senate as to his/her proficiency in the subject 





Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the degree is subject to rule A.4.5 in the University 

Calendar Part 1. 


Module Name (select one discipline) Num Code Alpha Code Cred 

Human Ecology 

1st Enrolment 

Human Ecology Doctoral Thesis 901 851909 HEC901 

2nd Enrolment 

Human Ecology Doctoral Thesis 902 851919 HEC902 

115 

240

Nursing 

1st Enrolment 

Nursing Doctoral Thesis 901 

2nd Enrolment 

871909 NUR901 

Nursing Doctoral Thesis 902 871919 NUR902 

Psychology 

1st Enrolment 

Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901 

2nd Enrolment 

821909 PSY901 

Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902 821919 PSY902 

Public Health 

1st Enrolment 

Public Health Doctoral Thesis 901 

2nd Enrolment 

881909 SPH901 

Public Health Doctoral Thesis 902 881919 SPH902 

Social Work 

1st Enrolment 

Social Work Doctoral Thesis 901 

2nd Enrolment 

841909 SCW901 

Social Work Doctoral Thesis 902 841919 SCW902 

Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science 

1st Enrolment 

SRE Doctoral Thesis 901 

2nd Enrolment 

881901 SRE901 

SRE Doctoral Thesis 902 881902 SRE902 


116 

240 

240 

240 

240 

240 

TOTAL 240 











J.384.2 Students are expected to present to the department regularly for supervision/guidance and to 

attend the recommended additional courses, skills development and seminars as relevant to the 

students‘ needs, or determined by the department. 



Degrees Committees.

J.384.4 An oral examination may be required 

J.384.5 Additional or related modules in the subject area may be required. 

PHILOSOPHIAE DOCTOR (Physiotherapy) - 8911 



the programme: Philosophiae Doctor 

Candidates in possession of a master‘s level degree in Physiotherapy. In certain circumstances, applicants 

with an honours level degree in Physiotherapy, and who have extensive experience backed up with 

publications in peer-reviewed journals, may at the discretion of the university Senate, be accepted into the 

programme. See Rule A.2.1.4 (ii) 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of two years. 




Physiotherapy Doctoral 901 821909 PTH901 


Physiotherapy Doctoral 902 821919 PTH902 


117 

TOTAL 240 









An oral examination may be required.

ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION: CONSUMER STUDIES - 8601 



the programme: Advaced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies 

Educators who have a three-year or four-year Home Economics and Needlework and Clothing education 

qualification. A teacher who has taught Home Economics or Needlework and Clothing at secondary school 

level for 5 years with no formal Home Economics or Needlework and Clothing qualification, but has a 3-4 

year Post-matric education qualification. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the curriculum shall be two years part-time. 


J.396.1 Level 1 


Compulsory 

Trends in Foods 501 851501 HEC501 10 

Trends in Housing 502 851502 HEC502 10 

Trends in Clothing 504 851504 HEC504 10 

Resource Management 505 851505 HEC505 10 

Project Planning 506 851506 HEC506 10 

Intro to Computer Literacy (H/E) 508 851508 HEC508 10 

J.396.2 Level 2 

118 

Sub-total 60 


Compulsory 

Trends in Nutrition 503 851503 HEC503 10 

Intro to Business 113 111751 MAN113 10 

Research Methods 411 852407 HEC411 20 

Family & Community Dynamics 507 851507 HEC507 10 


Computer Science 112 412120 CSE112 10 

HIV/AIDS & Education 002 410002 HIV002 10 

Assessment of Learning 461121 NPD121 10 


Sub-total 70 

TOTAL 130 



It would be required of students to pass all modules of the first year (Trends in Food 501, Trends in Housing 

502, Trends in Clothing 504, Resource Management 505, Project Planning 506 and Intro to Computer 

Literacy 508) to promote to second year, as there is a time constraint on this programme. 






POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH – 8846 

Please note: There will be no intake of first year students in 2012. 



the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health 

J.401.1 Candidates must be in possession of a three year Bachelors degree or equivalent in any relevant 

discipline. 

J.401.2 A minimum of three years working experience in the health or welfare sector is required. 

J.401.3 A candidate may be admitted with an equivalent qualification, prior learning and relevant 

experience, in accordance with Rule A.2.1.4 and approval of Senate. 

J.401.4 Additional supporting documents may be required by the University from time to time. 





Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years. 



Introducing Public Health: Its Basis and Scope 881730 SPH730 20 

Descriptive Epidemiology 881731 SPH731 20 

Population Health and Development I 881732 SPH732 20 

Health Promotion for Public Health I 881733 SPH733 20 

Monitoring and Evaluation for Health Services Improvement 881734 SPH734 20 

Management Strategies for Public Health I 881735 SPH735 20 

119 

TOTAL 120






year. 






120

DIETETICS 

MODULE DESCRIPTORS 

Home Department Interdisciplinary Core Courses Unit 

Module Topic The main purpose of this module is to introduce the students to some 

of the conceptual foundations which form the basis for sound ethical 

practice of health care professionals. 

Generic Module Name Introduction to Philosophy of Care 

Alpha-numeric Code DIE011 

Credit Value 5 

Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term T1 

Programmes in which the B.Sc Dietetics 

module will be offered 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module the student will be able to: 

Critical Crossfield Outcomes 

a) identify and solve problems* 

b) work in a team* 

c) organize and manage themselves* 

d) collect, analyse and evaluate information* 

e) communicate effectively* 

f) recognize problem solving contexts* 

g) reflect on and explore effective learning strategies* 

h) participate as a responsible citizen* 

i) be culturally and aesthetically sensitive* 

Specific Outcomes 

• Analyse and describe ‗care‘ as a social practice and your 

position as a future health care professional in the larger 

social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and 

the impact of policy on these constructs. 

• Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, 

ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and 

an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care 

workers in South Africa. 

• Demonstrate the ability to analyse and the skills needed 

when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring 

practices. 

• Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as 

punctuality, participation and attendance when working 

in interdisciplinary groups. 

Main Content • Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and 

why do they matter? 

• Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach 

• The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, 

responsibility, competence and responsiveness. 

• Solving moral dilemmas and presentations 

Pre-requisite modules None 

Co-requisite modules None 

Prohibited module Combination None 

A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 

Assignments & tasks: 

Practicals: 

121

Tests & examinations: 

Selfstudy 

Total Learning Time 

Methods of Student Assessment Exam: 40% 

Presentation of assignment: 50% 

Attendance 10% 

Home Department Interdisciplinary Core Courses 

Module Topic The purpose of this course is to equip the students with the basic 

knowledge and skills for understanding the concepts health, 

development and primary health care and links between them. A 

comprehensive analysis of the impact of social inequality and 

development on health is introduced during the course. The course 

comprises of four sections, i) Perspectives of Health, ii) The impact 

of social inequality, poverty and development; iii) Introduction to 

Primary Health Care, and iv) Community involvement and 

Interdisciplinary teams. 

Generic Module Name Health, Development and Primary Health Care 



Duration Term 




Level 5 













1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health 

and the social determinants of health. 

2. Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and 

underdevelopment in a local community context. 

3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary 

Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation in 

a community context. 

4. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific 

community and make recommendations to improve 

health using the Primary Health Approach. 

5. Reflect and report on the value of working in 

interdisciplinary teams. 

Main Content i) Perspectives on Health: Definition of health: 

Different perspectives on health. 

Dimensions of health. 

ii) The impact of social inequality, poverty and development on 

health: 

Examining what determines health. 

Social inequality, poverty and poor development and its 

122

impact on health. 

iii) Introduction to Primary Health Care (PHC): 

Defining Primary Health Care. 

Principles and objectives that underpin the PHC approach. 

Success and Challenges of implementing the PHC approach 

at a national and district level. 

How PHC is implemented in communities 

iv) Community Involvement: 

Defining Community Involvement 

Analysing a major health problem in the 

Community 

The role of Interdisciplinary teams 







Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Methods of Student Assessment Examination 40% 

Continuous Assessment 60% 



knowledge and skills in understanding the concepts of health 

promotion. These concepts are applied in a particular setting, i.e. 

a school in the community. Students are expected to plan, 

implement and evaluate health promotion projects in the school. 

The health promoting schools framework is used to guide 

students. Students spend 50% of the course time in the 

community and the 50% is spent on campus. 

Generic Module Name Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 

Alpha-numeric Code HLP211 


Duration Term 




Level 6 

Main Outcomes Students will be able to: 


� identify and solve problems* 

� work in a team* 

� organize and manage themselves* 

� collect, analyse and evaluate information* 

� communicate effectively* 

� use science and technology* 

� recognize problem solving contexts* 

� reflect on and explore effective learning strategies* 

� participate as a responsible citizen* 

� be culturally and aesthetically sensitive* 

� explore education and career opportunities 

123

� develop entrepreneurial opportunities 


� Understand the main approaches to health promotion 

and that health promotion requires not only individual 

behaviour change but also social, political and 

environmental changes that address the underlying 

causes of ill-health. 

� Apply the principles and approaches of the health 

promoting schools framework and to use this 

framework when planning and implementing a health 

promotion project in the schools. 

� Analyze the impact of the media and research on 

health promotion strategies. 

� Critically reflect on their community-based 

experience. 

� Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as 

punctuality, participation and attendance when 

working in interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. 

Main Content � Background and history of Health Promotion and 

Health Promoting Schools 

� The theory and application of health promotion 

models 

� Importance of accessing information for health 

promotion 

� The role of the media in health promotion 

� The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing 

objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and 

action plan, project implementation & methods of 

evaluation 

� Report Writing 

Pre-requisite modules Health, Development & Primary Health Care 






Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Methods of Student Assessment � Report = 40% 

� Project presentation =15% 

� Critical Incident Journals =15% 

� Examination = 30% 

� Professional Conduct 

Home Department Dietetics 

Module Topic This module will cover anthropometric measurements in adults 

and children as well as computer based programs used in analysis 

of anthropometrical data e.g. EPI Info. 

Generic Module Name Dietetics Skills Practice 101 


Numeric Code 816101 


Duration Y 

124

Proposed semester/term First, second, third and fourth semester. 

Programmes in which the module 

will be offered 

B. Sc Dietetics 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes Define anthropometry 

Describe the uses for anthropometry in the dietetic practice 

Demonstrate accurately the measurement of weight and stature, 

waist circumference and hip circumference, wrist circumference 

and elbow breadth in adults 

Demonstrate the accurate measurements of weight and recumbent 

length in children 

Record measurements precisely on growth charts 

Main Content Anthropometry in adults and children 

Epi Info 2002 software package 

Growth Charts 

Co-requisite modules Nutrition 141 


A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per wee 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 

Assignments & tasks: 18 

Practicals: 10 Practicals p.w. 1 1x3hours 

Tests & examinations: 6 

Selfstudy 5 

Total Learning Time 100 

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 

Assignments 

Tests 

Tutorials 

Home Department Department of Dietetics 

Module Topic This module will cover the history and development of nutrition as a 

science; development of dietetics and nutrition as a profession; 

global nutrition and eating habits. 

Generic Module Name Nutrition 141 

Alpha-numeric Code NUT141 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term First Semester 

Programmes in which the module B.Sc Dietetics 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, the students will be able to: 

Define each field of dietetic practice according to its philosophy, 

mission, goals and practice 

Display an understanding of the prerequisites and procedures of 

registration as a student and as a dietitian after completion of course 

Define terms in nutrition 

Discuss the development of nutrition as a science or scientific 

discipline 

Demonstrate an understanding of the internal and environmental 

factors and processes that influence nutritional status 

Main Content Dietetics as a profession 

Definitions and concepts in Nutrition 

Nutrition as a Science 

125

Ecology of Food and Nutrition 

Eating Habits 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Lectures p.w. 2 2x1hour 


Practicals: 0 


Selfstudy 22 



Continuous Assessment: 60% 


Module Topic Develop skills for the practice of dietetics 

Generic Module Name Dietetics skills practice 201 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term 1 st & 2 nd 

Programmes in which the BSc Dietetics 


Level 6 

Main Outcomes By the end of this modules, students will be able to: 

Use Nutrition science and technology to collect, analyze and 

evaluate Nutrition-related Information 

Design and Develop Tools for Nutrition Education 

Apply Health Promotion Principles to plan Nutrition Education & 

Promotion programs 

Develop skills to communicate effectively 

Main Content Food preservation 

Sensory evaluation 

Nutrition and dietary standards 

Communication skills 

Nutrition education and promotion 

Pre-requisite modules Nutrition 141, Dietetics Skills Practice 101 

Co-requisite modules Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221 


A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table requirement per week 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 54 Lectures p.w. 


Practicals: 12 Practicals p.w. 1 1x3 hours 


Selfstudy 12 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment only:Tests and Assignments 

Module Name MEAL MANAGEMENT 244 

Home Department Division: Human Ecology 

Module Code DIE244 


Duration S 

126

Module Type P 

Level 6 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module the students will be able to: 

� Study and apply principles and methods of planning meals 

and purchasing food to ensure optimum health of individuals, 

families and members of institutions. 

� Study and apply principles of menu planning, preparation and 

serving of food for various occasions. 

� Gain awareness of various cultures and their eating habits. 

� Implement entrepreneurial skills. 

� Demonstrate the ability to think logically and creatively. 

� Develop the ability to co-operate and work with fellow 

students. 

Main Content Theoretical overview of meal management: 

� Goals of meal management 

� Meal service styles 

� Setting tables for various occasions 

� Setting and planning menus for various occasions 

� Budgeting & costing 

� Cultural eating patterns with regard to festivals, foods eaten 

and presentation of food. 

� Use of convenience foods 

� Salads and salad dressings 

� Herbs & Spices 

� Food and energy conservation in food preparation 

Pre-requisites Foods 114 

Co-requisites None 

Prohibited Combinations None 

Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 14 hours 

Assignments & tasks: 14 hours 

Tests & examinations: 2 hours 

Self-study: 10 hours 

Practical: 10 hours 

Total learning time: 50 hours 

Methods of Student Assessment � 2 Tests 

� 3 Assignments 

� Weekly practicals 

� 1 summative theory exam 

� 1 summative practical exam 


Module Topic Nutrition: Macro-and micronutrients 





Duration S 

Proposed semester/term First semester 

Programmes in which the module B Sc Dietetics 


B Sc Complimentary Medicine 

Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate understanding of : 

Digestion, absorption, transport, and absorption of food and 

nutrients. 

127

Macronutrients: Carbohydrates,Protein, Lipids 

Energy and Energy Balance and Energy needs 

Micronutrients: Vitamins and Minerals 

Metabolism of the macro and micronutrients 

Interactions between nutrients 

Food sources of the macro and micro nutrients 

Phytochemicals, Anti-oxidants and Pre- and Probiotics 

Main Content The digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism of the macro- and 

micro-nutrients in the human body. 

The determination and calculation of energy, macro and 

micronutrient requirements and the translation of these requirements 

into food sources and dietary planning. 


Co-requisite modules Biotechnology 

Medical Bioscience 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 4 

Assignments & tasks: 11 Practicals p.w. 0 

Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 


Selfstudy 24 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, tests = 60% of module mark 

Exams= 40% of module mark 


Module Topic Nutrition during the Life Cycle 





Duration S 

Proposed semester/term Second semester 

Programmes in which the module B Sc Dietetics 


B Sc Complimentary Medicine 

Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate understanding of the following aspects during the 

different stages of the life cycle: 

Physiological development, 

Nutritional requirements, 

Dietary planning, 

Nutritional related complications and 

Preventative and curative nutritional approaches 

Main Content Nutrition during the Life Cycle: pregnancy, lactation, infancy, 

childhood, adolescence, adulthood and late adulthood 


Co-requisite modules Biotechnology 

Medical Bioscience 







128

Selfstudy 25 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, tests = 60% of module mark 

Exams= 40% of module mark 


Module description Nutrition 223 

Generic module name Nutrition 223 

Alpha-numeric code NUT223 

Module numeric code 851223 


Duration Semester (second) 

Module Type University (may be taken as an elective by any student) 

Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate understanding of : 

� Genetics 

� Interactions between genetics and nutrition in health and disease 

� Phytochemicals, 

� Anti-oxidants 

� Pre- and Probiotics 

� Food processing for the purpose of providing selected nutritional 

benefits (functional foods + genetic modification) 

� Ethical principles involved in nutrigenomics, genetic modification 

and functional foods 

� Relevant new developments in nutrition science 

Main Content Developments in nutrition science: 

Probiotics, phytochemicals, functional foods, nutrigenomics, genetic 

modification of foodstuff 

Pre-requisites None 



Breakdown of Learning Time Hours 




Practicals: 

Selfstudy 20 


Methods of Student Assessment Coursework = 60% made up as follows 

Assignments, literature reviews, tests 

Final Assessment: 40% 


Module Topic Nutrition 




Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 2 nd semester 

Programmes in which the module B.A. Human Ecology 


Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate understanding of 

� Basic concepts in Nutrition 

129

� The factors that influence eating habits 

� The use and application of the different dietary guides for the 

planning and evaluation of a diet. 

� The classification, functions, and food sources of carbohydrates 

and dietary fibre 

� The role of carbohydrates and fibre in the etiology of disease 

� The classification, functions, and food sources of proteins 

� The role of proteins in the etiology of disease 

� The classification, functions, and food sources of lipids 

� The role of lipids in the etiology of disease 

� The classification, functions, and food sources of vitamins and 

minerals 

� Vitamin supplementation 

� Energy and energy balance 

� The role and functions of the non-nutritive substances in the diet 

i.e. Pro-biotics and Phytochemicals 

Main Content � Basic concepts of nutrition. 

� Facts and fallacies in Nutrition. 

� Factors influencing eating habits. 

� The different dietary guides and the use in dietary planning and 

evaluation. 

� Carbohydrates and dietary fibre. 

� Proteins, Lipids. Protein -energy malnutrition; Vegetarianism; 

� Energy intake and balance 









Selfstudy 51 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments and tests = 60% of module mark 

Exams = 40% of module mark 

Home Department Human Ecology and Dietetics 

Module Topic Designing of foodservice operations and processes taking place in 

foodservice operations. 

Generic Module Name Dietetics Skills Practice 301 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term First and second semester 

Programmes in which the BSc Dietetics 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the will be able to: 

Demonstrate skills in the correct application and use of the tools 

needed by the dietitian. 

Assess clients nutritional status by means of anthropometric, 

biochemical, clinical and dietary assessment methods. 

130

Determine the dietery needs of clients and plan a diet for the 

client‘s disease condition 

Consult and counsel a client. 

Main Content Nutritional status assessment 

Dietary consultation 

Behaviour modification 

Nutrition education 

Pre-requisite modules Dietetics skills practice 101, 201, Nutrition 211 and 221 

Co-requisite modules Therapeutic nutrition 311 and 321 


A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 


Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 1 1x3 hour 

Practicals: 50 Tutorials p.w. 


Selfstudy 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment only: 

Assignments 

Tests 

Practicals 

Home Department Human Ecology and Dietetics 



Generic Module Name Foodservice Management 313 




Duration S 

Proposed semester/term First 



Level NQF 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will be able to: 

Design layout and equipment placement for a large-scale facility 

Advise on aspects involved in planning layout and design of large-scale 

foodservice facility. 

Plan and evaluate menus and modify according to specific dietary 

needs 

Recipe standardization 

Apply quantity food production methods (work schedules, safety and 

sanitation, etc.) 

Main Content The foodservice industry – history and development 

Types of foodservice operations 

Foodservice functions - food safety, HACCP 

The menu 

Purchasing 

Receiving, storage and inventory 

Production 

Service 

Cleaning, sanitation and safety 

Environmental management 

Facilities planning and design 

Equipment and furnishing 

131

Pre-requisite modules Foods 124, Meal management 224 


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 1 x 2hour period 

Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 1 3 x 1 hour 


Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 15 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments 

Tests 

Practicals 

Examination – 40% of the final mark. 


Module Topic Community nutrition (Assessment and Analyses) 

Generic Module Name Community nutrition 312 




Duration S 




Level NQF 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to: 

Describe the basic concepts in and context of community nutrition in 

South Africa and the world, as well as changes over time 

Plan for, perform, and critically evaluate information from a 

community nutrition assessment 

Analyse the data/information from a community nutrition assessment 

in order to identify the causes of the problem, prioritize multiple causes 

and set goals and objectives for intervention. 

Main Content Nutritional epidemiology; Nutrition transition; Assessment, indicators 

and classifications of health and nutritional status; Detailed analysis of 

multiple causes of malnutrition (breastfeeding, HIV/AIDS, infectious 

diseases, TB, environment, parasitic infestation, household food 

security, care); Programme cycle and systems approach. 

Pre-requisite modules Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221 




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 4 2x2hr 

Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 

Practicals: - Tutorials p.w. 


Selfstudy 17 



Tests 



Module Topic Community nutrition (Action) 

Generic Module Name Community nutrition 322 



132


Duration S 

Proposed semester/term Second 



Level NQF 7 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the student will be able to: 

Plan relevant and appropriate nutrition programmes/ interventions for 

specific problems 

Discuss the principles and approaches of successful nutrition 

programming 

Monitoring and evaluate nutrition programmes 

Apply the principles of health promotion and nutrition education in 

nutrition interventions 

Apply behaviour change models for nutrition interventions throughout 

the life cycle 

Discuss the process of policy formation and legislation 

Apply the human rights principles 

Main Content Nutrition relevant actions; Principles for successful nutrition 

programming ; Nutrition education and promotion; Monitoring and 

evaluation of nutrition programmes; Millennium development goals; 

Rights based approach to food and nutrition; the Integrated Nutrition 

Programme; nutrition related policy and legislation. 

Pre-requisite modules Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221 

A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per weeK 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 4 2x2hr 


Practicals: - Tutorials p.w. 




Tests 



Module Topic Nutritional Medicine 

Generic module name Nutritional Medicine 315 



Duration Semester 

Programmes in which the BSc Complementary and Health Sciences 

module is offered. 

Level 7 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the student will demonstrate the ability to: 

� Assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals 

� Plan, implement, evaluate, and document appropriate nutritional 

care and education for individual patients with specific disease 

conditions or special nutritional needs in different settings and 

stages of the life cycle 

� Integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology and 

biochemistry with nutrition in the management of disease 

Main Content Western medical approach to nutritional therapy relevant to diseases of 

lifestyle: obesity, diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, 

hypertension, osteoporosis, anemia, stress-related and metabolic 

responses infectious diseases, HIV/AIDS, cancer, and gasto-intestinal 

133

disorders. 

Pre-requisites Nutrition 211, 221 

Co-requisites Pharmacology 204 


Breakdown of Learning Time 




Practicals: - 

Selfstudy 25 


Methods of Student 

Assessment 

Coursework = 60% made up as follows 

Assignments, case studies, tests 



Module Topic Nutrition 




Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 1st semester 

Programmes in which the B.A. Human Ecology 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate understanding of 

� What is normal nutritional status 

� The nutrient requirements of individuals during the stages of the 

life cycle 

� The use of the dietary guides in nutrition education programmes for 

the different stages of the life cycle 

� Malnutrition and nutrition related disease that occur during the 

different stages of the life cycle 

� The role of nutrition in the diseases of lifestyle 

� The role of nutrition in osteoporosis and anaemia and the immune 

system 

� The role of nutrition in HIV/AIDS 

Main Content � Nutritional status 

� Pregnancy; Lactation; Infancy; the Preschool child; The school 

going child; Adolescence; Adulthood; Late adulthood; 

� Hypertension; Cancer; Osteoporosis; Immunity, HIV/AIDS; 

Anemia; 

� Dental caries 

� Anorexia Nervosa; Bulimia nervosa 

� Sport nutrition 




A.Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 

Time 





134

Selfstudy 26 



Assignments and tests = 60% of module mark 

Assessment 

Exams = 40% of module mark 








Duration S 




Level NQF 7 


Design layout and equipment placement for a large-scale facility 

Advise on aspects involved in planning layout and design of largescale 

foodservice facility. 

Plan and evaluate menus and modify according to specific dietary 

needs 

Recipe standardization 

Apply quantity food production methods (work schedules, safety and 

sanitation, etc.) 

Main Content The foodservice industry – history and development 



The menu, Purchasing, Receiving, storage and inventory, Production, 

Service 









Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 1 x 2hour period 




Selfstudy 15 



Tests 

Practicals 



Module Topic Management of foodservice organisations. 




135


Duration S 




Level NQF 7 


Set up an organization structure 

Select staff for a foodservice operation. 

Manage a foodservice operation 

Market a foodservice operation 

Plan, implement and control/manage a foodservice operation‘s budget. 

Main Content Organizational design 

Human resource management 

Performance improvement 

Accounting procedures 

Marketing 

Leadership 

Practical application of theory 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 1 x 2 hour period 




Selfstudy 15 



Tests 

Practicals 



Module description Nutrition Epidemiology 344 

Generic module name Nutrition Epidemiology 344 


Numeric code 851304 



Module Type Programme 

Level 7 

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, the student should be able to: 

� Use appropriate indicators to measure nutritional status and 

dietary intake 

� Use appropriate methodology to collect data on nutritional status 

and dietary intake 

� Describe nutritional and dietary data using simple bio-statistics 

� Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to 

nutritional status and dietary intake 

� Understand evidence-based policy & practice, and engage in 

systematic review of the literature. 

� Outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the 

conduct of nutrition research. 

136

Main Content Dietary research methodology, study design and research methodology 

relevant to nutrition and dietetics, evidence based principles. 

Pre-requisites Nutrition 211/221 







Practicals: 

Selfstudy 20 



Assignments, research protocol, tests 



Module Topic Therapeutic nutrition 311 

Generic module name Therapeutic nutrition 311*(316) 

Alpha-numeric code DIE316 




Programmes in which the Programme 


Level 7 


Assess nutritional status using anthropometrical, biochemical and 

clinical investigations as well as dietary intake. 

Assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals and groups 

Diagnose the type and severity of the nutritional disorder in individuals 

Explain the effect of disease on nutritional status 

Conceptualise, plan, implement, evaluate, monitor, and document 

appropriate nutritional care and education for individual patients with 

specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in different 

settings and stages of the life cycle 

Integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology, biochemistry 

and disease pathology with therapeutic nutrition. 

Assess, critically review and apply relevant scientific information in 

nutrition care plans (evidence based practice) 

Communicate effectively within a therapeutic nutrition context 

(patients/clients/ professionals) 

Comprehend and apply the principles of ethics, professional conduct 

and human rights in a therapeutic nutrition context 

Main Content Diseases of lifestyle: obesity, diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, 

hypertension, nephrology, osteoporosis, anemia, eating disorders, 

gastro-intestinal disorders, liver-, pancreas- and gallbladder diseases, 

stress-related and metabolic responses, HIV, TB. 


Co-requisites Pharmacology 315, Physiology 319/3293, Dietetics skills practice 301 






137

Practicals: - 

Selfstudy 36 






Module Topic Therapeutic nutrition 321 

Generic module name Therapeutic nutrition 321*(326) 





Programmes in which the Programme 


Level 7 


Assess nutritional status using anthropometrical, biochemical and 

clinical investigations as well as dietary intake. 

Assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals and groups 

Diagnose the type and severity of the nutritional disorder in individuals 

Explain the effect of disease on nutritional status 

Conceptualise, plan, implement, evaluate, monitor, and document 

appropriate nutritional care and education for individual patients with 

specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in different 

settings and stages of the life cycle 

Integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology, biochemistry 

and disease pathology with therapeutic nutrition. 

Assess, critically review and apply relevant scientific information in 

nutrition care plans (evidence based practice) 

Communicate effectively within a therapeutic nutrition context 

(patients/clients/ professionals) 

Comprehend and apply the principles of ethics, professional conduct 

and human rights in a therapeutic nutrition context 

Main Content Burns, lung disease, cancer, rheumatic disease, diseases of the nervous 

system, sport nutrition, paediatric nutrition, paediatric diseases, inborn 

errors of metabolism, surgery of the GIT, enteral and parenteral 

nutrition 


Co-requisites Pharmacology 315, Physiology 319/3293 Dietetics skills practice 301, 

Therapeutic nutrition 311 






Practicals: - 

Selfstudy 38 




Final assessment: 40% 

138


Module Topic Application of Therapeutic nutrition 

Generic Module Name Applied Therapeutic nutrition 401 




Duration Y 

Programmes in which the B. Sc Dietetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the student will demonstrate understanding 

of and skills in: 

Assessing, planning, implementing, evaluating and documenting 

appropriate nutritional care and education (nutrition care plan) for 

individual patients with specific disease conditions or special 

nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the lifecycle. 

Integrating related physiological principles, pharmacology & 

biochemistry with therapeutic nutrition. 

Main Content Diabetes, Cardiology, Nephrology, Oncology, Surgery, Burns, 

Paediatrics, 

Pre-requisite modules Therapeutic nutrition 311/321 




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 120 Internship 


Internship 274 


Selfstudy 60 

Total Learning Time 550* 

Methods of Student Assessment Coursework = 50% 

Examination = 50% 

Home Department Human ecology and dietetics 

Module Topic Application of community nutrition theory 

Generic Module Name Applied community nutrition 402 




Duration 

Proposed semester/term 

Y 

Programmes in which the B. Sc dietetics 


Level 8.1 


Apply the Program Planning Cycle in the development and 

implementation of Community Based Nutrition Programs 

Apply principles of Health Promotion, Nutrition Education and 

Behavior Change Model Theory in development of Nutrition 

Interventions throughout the life cycle 

Function both independently and as part of the Health Care Team at 

community level 

Demonstrate knowledge of and implement State Health Policies which 

relate to Nutrition 

Main Content Implementation of appropriate nutrition interventions to address: 

139

Childhood Malnutrition and Illnesses 

Growth Monitoring and Promotion 

Pregnancy 

Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle 

HIV/AIDS and TB 

Pre-requisite modules Community nutrition 312/322 






Internship 324 


Selfstudy 60 


Methods of Student Assessment Coursework = 60% made up as follows: 

Assignments and tasks, community profile, report, individual 

counseling and group education, general performance evaluation 



Module Topic Application of Foodservice Management theory 

Generic Module Name Applied Foodservice Management 403 




Duration Year 

Proposed semester/term 1 st and 2 nd semesters 

Programmes in which the B. Sc Dietetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes After completion of the internship the student will be able to: 

Manage a foodservice operation 

Plan, implement and control a budget 

Manage human resources 

Plan, implement, adapt and cost menus 

Main Content 



The menu 

Purchasing 

Receiving, storage and inventory 

Production 

Service 





Organisational Design 

Human Resource Management 

Performance Improvement 

Accounting Procedures 

Pre-requisite modules Foodservice management 313 & 323 




140


Assignments & tasks: 25 Internship 368 



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (assignments, tests, presentations) – 50% 

Examination – 50% 


Module Topic Research project 

Generic Module Name Dietetics Research Project 404 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term Year 

Programmes in which the B Sc Dietetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate understanding and skills in: 

The research process 

Data analysis 

Interpretation and discussion of results 

Presentation of research results in oral and written format 

Main Content Research Project 

Pre-requisite modules Measurement of Health and Disease 

Co-requisite modules Statistics 501 




Research Project: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 



Selfstudy 0 


Methods of Student Assessment Protocol: 10% of module mark 

Oral presentation: 30% of module mark 

Written Research report: 60% of module mark 


Module Topic Applied Behavioural Psychology 

Generic Module Name Dietetics 414 




Duration S 


Programmes in which the B Sc Dietetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the student will be able to 

Apply the principles of behavioural sciences to the professional 

practice by dietitians (in assessment, counseling, education, patient 

management) 

Main Content Introduction to psychological theories, abnormal psychology, health 

psychology, and application to the field of practice of dietitians. 

141

Pre-requisite modules Measurement of Health and Disease 





Assignments 5 Practicals p.w. 0 

Practicals: - Tutorials p.w. 0 


Selfstudy 13 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignment, test 

Examination 50% of final mark 


Module description Ethics and practice management for Dietetics 

Generic module name Ethics and practice management for Dietetics 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students should be able to: 

- Outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the 

conduct of nutrition and dietary research 

- Outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the 

conduct of nutrition and dietetics practice 

- Write a business plan for an independent practice 

- Outline the basic management principles related to an 

independent practice 

- Outline the essential legislative principles related to nutrition 

and dietary research as well as independent practice 

Main Content Ethics in practice and research. Basic principles of starting and 

managing a private practice. Legislative principles related to the 

Dietetics and Nutrition professions. 








Practicals: 

Selfstudy 20 



Assignments, business plan, tests 



Module Topic Nutrition mini-thesis 

Generic module name Nutrition mini-thesis 

Numeric Code 

Alpha-numeric code NUT803 / NUT804 


142

Duration and semester Offered Semester 

Programmes in which the module Masters in Public Health Nutrition 

is offered. 

Level 9 

Main Outcomes Mastering the skill of research by developing a research question in 

the field of Therapeutic nutrition, foodservice management or 

community nutrition. 

Carry out and report on research in the form of a thesis 

Main Content Primary task is to develop a research proposal towards evaluation of 

a nutrition intervention/programme, conducting research and 

preparing the research mini-thesis under the guidance of the 

supervisor(s) and submitting the mini-thesis for examination 




A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours 



Assessment 

Practicals: 

Research & Writing time 500 


Assessment methods: Calculated as the average of internal and external examiners‘ 

percentages of final thesis 


Module description Nutritional Policy and Planning 

Generic module name Nutritional Policy and Planning 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes 

The student will be able to: 

Give an overview of the nutrition situation in the world including 

factors affecting nutrition as well as the impact of nutrition on health, 

disease and development 

Critically assess the appropriateness of nutrition and related 

interventions or programmes to address a given nutrition situation. 

Identify key factors contributing to success or failure of interventions 

or programmes to address nutrition problems. 

Describe socio-political factors related to the success of interventions 

or programmes to address nutrition problems 

Outline approaches to and impact of community participation in 

interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems 

Design an appropriate nutrition communication strategy for 

interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems 

Plan and implement appropriate interventions or programmes to 

address nutrition problems 

Monitor and evaluate interventions or programmes to address nutrition 

problems 

Academic learning outcomes include reading academic texts; read and 

develop visual texts and demonstrates cognitive, conceptual and 

writing skills. 

143

Main Content The module consists of three units. The first unit provides a general 

overview of the nutrition situation in the world as well as a historical 

overview of nutrition programmes. It concludes by identifying success 

factors in these programmes. Unit 2 provides a more detailed 

discussion of selected socio-political factors which contribute to 

successful nutrition programmes and unit 3 explores some of the 

technical factors which contribute to successful nutrition programmes. 

An introduction to a range of skills and competencies that would be 

required to implement successful programmes are also introduced in 

unit 2 and 3. 








Practicals: 

Selfstudy 120 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment. 

2 Assignments 


Module description Micronutrient Malnutrition 

Generic module name Micronutrient Malnutrition 




Duration Semester (first) 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes The student will be able to: 

� Describe the characteristics, biochemical and physiological roles 

and food sources of a range of micronutrients. 

� Apply detailed knowledge of key micronutrients, namely vitamin 

A, iodine, iron and zinc, to programme planning. 

� Describe the application and limitations of recommended 

micronutrient intakes (RIs), namely Dietary Reference Intakes 

(DRIs) and the WHO Recommendations. 

� Apply the two different recommended intakes in programme 

planning. 

� Analyse the causes of micronutrient deficiencies using the 

UNICEF Conceptual Framework. 

� Critically analyse success factors in Public Health micronutrient 

interventions. 

� Plan policy level interventions to address micronutrient 

deficiencies at Public Health level. 

� Develop effective Public Health micronutrient programmes using 

three key intervention strategies, i.e. micronutrient 

supplementation, food fortification and dietary diversification. 

� Describe monitoring and evaluation strategies for each 

micronutrient deficiency control strategy. 

� Select appropriate indicators for each micronutrient deficiency 

control strategy. 

144

� Summarise the impact of micronutrient deficiency control 

programmes on health, disease and development. 

� Academic learning outcomes includes reading academic texts; 

read and develop visual texts and demonstrate cognitive, 

conceptual and writing skills. 

Main Content The module consists of three units. Unit 1 provides a basic 

understanding of micronutrients-what they are and how they functions 

and food sources and dietary recommendations. In unit 2, a range of 

tools and competencies needed for the planning and development of 

micronutrient intervention programmes are introduced and some 

generic skills relating to programme design are explored, including 

advocacy, monitoring and evaluation,. In Unit 3, the three key 

strategies for addressing micronutrient deficiencies at the Public Health 

level are introduced. These key strategies include micronutrient 

supplementation, food fortification and dietary diversification. A 

number of case studies demonstrating best practice in micronutrient 

interventions are provided. 








Practicals: 

Selfstudy 120 



Assessment 

Continuous assessment. 

2 Assignments 

Module Name Nutrition education and promotion 


Alpha-numeric NUT858 

Module Code 851858 




Level 8 

Main Outcomes The student will be able to: 

� Critically analyse the most important cultural, socioeconomic, 

ecological and political factors that influence the 

relationship between man and food 

� Assess food habits of a population and analyse how they 

affect nutrition. 

� Identify and describe the cultural, socio-economic and 

ecological prerequisites and political environment for 

appropriate educational and communication actions to 

improve nutrition. 

� Critically analyse the uses and limitations of different 

communication strategies to improve nutrition and health. 

� Develop appropriate nutrition education and communication 

strategies for given situations/populations/groups. 

Academic learning outcomes includes reading academic texts; 

analysing and developing visual texts and demonstrate cognitive, 

145

conceptual and writing skills. 

Main Content The module consists of four units. Unit 1 provides a basic 

understanding of key concepts such as food, culture, tradition and food 

ethnography and the cultural, socio-economic, ecological and 

demographic factors that influence the relationship between humans 

and food. In unit 2, the methodologies for assessing food habits in a 

population are addressed in detail including the tools and competencies 

needed for the assessment. In Unit 3, the identification and analysis of 

the sociological, cultural and ecological prerequisites and the political 

environment for appropriate actions to improve nutrition are discussed. 

This includes a review of behaviour change models. Unit 4 provides in 

detail information on communication strategies to improve nutrition 

and health, including definitions and key terminology regarding 

communication. The different channels of communication, the ethical 

principles and the different theories of learning are discussed. 

Pre-requisites 







Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 100 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment. 

2 Assignments 

HUMAN ECOLOGY 






Alpha-numeric Code IPC112 


Duration Term 


Programmes in which the BA (HE) 


Level 5 













• Analyse and describe ‗care‘ as a social practice and your position 

as a future health care professional in the larger social power 

146

constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy on 

these constructs. 

• Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics and 

human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness of 

the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South Africa. 

• Demonstrate the ability to analyse and the skills needed when 

dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. 

• Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, 

participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary 

groups. 

Main Content • Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do 

they matter? 


• The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, 

competence and responsiveness. 








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 





Module Name FOODS 114 

Home Department Division: Human Ecology 

Module Code HEC114 


Duration S 

Module Type P 

Level 6 


� Understand the processing of food and handling techniques of 

food. 

� apply the principles and processes of food preparation that result 

in products with specific characteristics 

� have insight into the interaction of various scientific processes 

during food preparation. 

� Execution and application of functions, use and care of 

equipment used in food preparation 

� Evaluate food products according to a set criterion. 

� Communicate and negotiate with their peers and obtain good 

personal relations. 

Main Content � Learn basic principles of cooking methods and techniques 

� Learn and apply their knowledge with regard to fats and oils, 

sugar cookery, frozen desserts, fruit and vegetables, batters and 

doughs, meat, poultry, cereals, microwave cooking, milk, eggs, 

cheese, fish, poultry and meat. 

� Evaluate food products according to set criteria. 

147

� Execute the correct use of various equipment used in food 

preparation. 

� This module will include life skills pertaining to interpersonal 

relations, communication and negotiation. 










Methods of student assessment � 2 tests 

� 3 assignments 

� weekly practicals and exercises, 

� 1 summative theory and practical exam 

Home Department Human Ecology 

Family theories with a focus on the ecological approach to 

Module Topic 

families for interpretation of current family forms and its 

diversity 

Generic Module Name Family Development 110 

Alpha-numeric Code HEC110 (812110) 


Duration S 

Proposed semester/term S2 

Programmes in which the module will 

be offered 

BA Human Ecology (General) 

Level 5 

At the end of the module the student will be able to: 

� Describe, analyse and interpret the ecological approach to 

families 

Main Outcomes 

� 

� 

Describe different family theories 

Identify alternative forms of families and the impact of 

culture and diversity on families 

� Describe the aspects of family lifespan, gender roles and 

other contextual challenges facing families 

Main Content � The ecological approach 

� Theory of family development and family forms 

� Family life cycle 

� Family belief systems 

� Challenges facing families 









Self-study 2 

Other: Please specify 0 


148

Methods of Student Assessment 

� 1 Case study 

� 1 Assignment 

� 2 Tests & 1 Examination 


Module topic A study of the development context as well as the theories and 

approaches of the development field 

Module Name COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 171 

Module Code 812171 (HEC171) 

Credit value 5 

Duration S 

Module Type T 

Level 5 


Discuss the community development context 

Define and interpret development theories 

Identify and describe the various approaches to community 

development 

Main content The development context 

Development theories and paradigms 

Development approaches 

The process of community development 

Pre-requisite module None 

Co-requisite module None 


A. Breakdown of learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 (28 hours) 


Practicals: 0 


Self-study 22 

Total learning Time 100 

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 

Formative (60%) 

� 2 Tests 



Summative (40%) 

� Examination 


Module topic Current international and national policies and key concepts 

with regard to community development 

Module Name COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 172 



Duration S 

Module Type T 

Level 5 


� Define and describe international and national policies 

� Identify and discuss sustainable development 

� Examine the principles and features of community 

development 

149

Main content � Introduction to international and national policies 

� Sustainable development 

� Globalisation, poverty and social exclusion 

� Empowerment 

� Transformation 

� Democracy 

� Citizenship 

Pre-requisite module Community Development 171 






Practicals: 0 


Self-study 22 




� 2 Tests 

� 1 Portfolio 


� 1 Poster 

� 1 Presentation 




Module Topic An introduction to the history and philosophy of Human Ecology 

Generic Module Name Introduction to Human Ecology 111 







B A Human Ecology GENERAL and EDUCATION 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes 

At the end of the module the students will be able to 

Describe the history and scope of the profession 

Apply the Human Ecological theory and other compatible 

systems theories that address individuals, families and society. 

Recognize social, intellectual conditions and constraints that 

have influenced Human Ecology education. 

Critically analyse the foundations of Human Ecology education 

and its critics. 

Identify the attributes that identify Human Ecology as a 

profession 

Philosophy and Mission statement Human Ecology 

Definitions & Purpose 

Historical development 

Main Content 

Human Ecology theories 

Approaches – Ecological and Systems theory 

Environments of Human Ecology 

Hestian and Hermean approaches 


150








Self-study 31 



Tests 

Examination 


Module Topic Teaching Methodology 

Generic Module Name Method Of Consumer Studies 113 

Alpha-numeric Code MCS113 (811113) 


Duration S 


Programmes in which the module will BA Human Ecology (Education) 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to: 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the principles, policies 

and approaches of the National Curriculum Statement 

(NCS) that inform the implementation of the Outcomes- 

Based Education (OBE) for Consumer Studies 

� Explain the new qualification structure and other aspects of 

SAQA and NQF 

� Explain the nature and scope of consumer studies and the 

development of the FET subject consumer studies 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the principles of the NCS: 

consumer studies and the framework of the South African 

curriculum 

Main Content � Developments in SA Education since 1994 

� The National Qualifications Framework 

� Theoretical framework of Outcomes-Based Education 

� Development of FET subject consumer studies 

� The South African Curriculum 

� Learner and Educator as active participants in the learning 

process 

� Introduction to lesson planning 


Co-requisite modules Method of Life Orientation 


Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 consecutive 


Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Methods of Student Assessment Students will be assessed by way of 

151

� Essay 

� Assignments 

� Oral assessments 

� Poster presentation 

� Tests 



Module Topic Community development concept, principles and the basic steps 

to be followed during the community development process. 

Generic Module Name Community Development 271 



Duration S 





Level 6 

Main Outcomes 


Describe the steps to be followed in the development process 

Select and discuss the logic of analysis for community 

development processes 

Main Content 

The process of community development 

Community assessments and portfolios 

Logical frameworks 

Pre-requisite modules 

Co-requisite modules 

Community Development 171, 172 







Self-study 12 


Methods of Student Assessment 3 assignments, 2 Tests 

1 portfolio, 1 Examination 


Module Topic 

Global and National policy, procedures and principles for 

developmental planning processes in community development 




Duration S 





Level 6 

Main Outcomes 


Describe the processes and principles required for working in the 

development arena 

Identify and discuss community developmental management 

Demonstrate and interpret the global, regional and local 

152

development structures 

Review and discuss diversity management in community 

development 

Main Content 

Globalisation 

Developmental planning processes and principles 

Development policy and procedures 

Integrated Development Planning 



Community Development 171, 172 







Self-study 8 


Methods of Student Assessment 3 Assignments 

1 Portfolio 

1 Presentation 

2 Tests 

1 Examination 


Module Topic Family universality and its role in society 




Duration S 





Level 6 

� At the end of the module the student will be able to: 

� Describe methods of strengthening and supporting 

families in performing their societal and developmental 

Main Outcomes 

� 

functions 

Assess and describe situations and needs of families 

� Identifying specific issues and problems within the family 

� Interpret and discuss efforts to respond to problems 

affecting, and affected by, the situation within families 

� Family roles and responsibilities 

Main Content 

� 

� 

Family and the workplace 

Family relationships 

� Sexuality 

Pre-requisite modules Family development 110 








Self-study 16 

153


2 Case study 

1 Assignment 


1 oral presentation 

1 Tests & 1 Examination 


Key issues of Housing policy; Financial and contractual 

Module Topic 

responsibilities and implications for acquiring tenure; 

Government‘s housing assistance; Responsible use of municipal 

resources and services. 

Generic Module Name Housing 205 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the module will B A HUMAN ECOLOGY – GENERAL 


B A HUMAN ECOLOGY – EDUCATION 

Level 6 


� Understand and describe the functional consideration in 

housing choices. 

� Compare different alternatives for the provision of housing. 

� Analyse the financial aspects when choosing housing. 

� Investigate the financial and contractual responsibilities of 

the occupants for different housing options. 

� Describe and select appropriated tenure options. 

� Understand and compare various housing (tenure) types and 

alternatives. 

� Explain and compare the rights and responsibilities linked to 

Main Outcomes 

different tenure options. 

� Show an awareness of the relationship between rights and 

responsibilities of consumers and role players. 

� Investigate, analyse and describe the financial and 

� 

contractual responsibilities of the occupants for different 

housing options. 

Acquire a broad understanding of the various ways 

Government provides housing. 

� Identify and demonstrate the responsible use of water, 

electricity and municipal services. 

� Show an awareness of the use of the dwelling/structure for 

energy sufficiency. 

� Housing choice 

� Rights and responsibilities of tenure options 

� Housing types 

� Tenure options and alternatives 

� Financial and contractual responsibilities and implications for 

Main Content 

� 

acquiring tenure. 

Financial assistance from eg. employers, private sector 

� Financial strategies of Government, eg Subsidies, People‘s 

Housing Process, Social Housing 

� Roles and responsibilities of role players in housing delivery 

� Responsible use of municipal services and resources 

� Energy efficiency of housing structure 



154







Self-study 30 


Methods of Student Assessment � 4 assignments 

� 1 portfolio 

� 2 Tests 



Module Topic 

The process of financial planning and decision making for 

individuals, families and households 

Generic Module Name Human Ecology 230 



Duration S 




BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 

Level 6 

Main Outcomes 

A the end of the module the students will be able to 

Analyse the influence of the macro environment of the financial 

planning of a household 

Develop a financial plan for an individual, family and household 

Main Content 

South African economy 

Concept income 

Short, medium and long term financial planning 









Self-study 15 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignment 

Tests 

Examination 



Generic Module Name METHOD OF CONSUMER STUDIES 213 

Alpha-numeric Code MCS213 811213 


Duration S 

Proposed semester/term S 2 



B A Human Ecology (Education) 

Level 6 

155


� Demonstrate an understanding and comprehension of the 

effect of globalization in the field of food and nutrition, 

housing and clothing 

� Participate in sessions dealing with the curriculum in action 

and implementing strategies for the classroom 

Main Content � Philosophy and approach to Consumer Studies 

� The Consumer Studies curriculum 

� Elements of an OBE School 

� Context analysis in a school environment 

� Implementation of the curriculum: the lesson plan 

� Planning with outcomes in mind 

� Deductive teaching strategies 

� LTSM: preparation of certain media and resources 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 consecutive 


Practicals: 0 


Self study 0 



Methods of Student Assessment � Oral Presentations 

� Literature review / Essay 

� Tests x2 (week 6 of each term) 



Module Topic Micro-enterprise, micro-enterprise development, indigenous 

knowledge, implementation of a micro-enterprise. 

Generic Module Name Micro enterprise for Human Ecology 241 

Alpha-numeric Code HEC241 


Duration S 

Proposed semester/term T1 & T2 


B.A. Human Ecology (General) 


Level 7 


� Identify and discuss concepts related to micro-enterprise. 

� Describe components of micro-enterprise development 

� Discuss the importance of indigenous knowledge in a 

community setting. 

� Conduct capacity building for planning and management of 

a micro enterprise. 

Main Content � Micro enterprise concepts 

� Micro-enterprise development 

� Planning, developing and implementing micro-enterprise 

� Practice skills for the implementation of a micro-enterprise. 

� Indigenous knowledge concepts 


156






Practicals: 14 


Selfstudy 4 Summative assessment = 40% 

Research 4 Formative assessment = 60% 


Methods of Student Assessment � Applied practical tasks and worksheets 

� Tests 




Module topic Global and local policies and strategies for poverty alleviation 

through micro-enterprise development 

Module Name MICROENTERPRISE FOR HUMAN ECOLOGY 222 



Duration S 

Module Type P 

Level 6 


� Explain the relevance of micro-enterprise development 

strategies for poverty alleviation 

� Examine the principles and features of current development 

policies relating to micro-enterprise development 

Main content � Micro-enterprise development and related poverty alleviation 

strategies 

� Policies and strategies for local economic development 

� Pro-poor strategies for tourism development 







Practicals: 0 


Self-study 22 




� 2 Tests 





157


Module Topic Socio Economic, functional aesthetic and cultural contect of 

housing 

Generic Module Name Housing 305 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the module BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate a holistic approach to knowledgeable consumer 

choices about housing within a given socio-economic, functional, 

aesthetic and cultural context. 

Main Content Design elements and principles 

Ergonomics and ergonomic principles 

Evaluation of floor plans 

Selection, terminology of floor plans 

Furniture: the selection, buying and uses of furniture, soft 

furnishings and household equipment. 

Financial and contractual responsibility to buying furniture, soft 

furniture and household equipment 

Activities and zones in homes 









Selfstudy 13 


Methods of Student Assessment 2 Tests 

2 Assignments 

1 poster 

1 Story board 

2 Case studies 

1 Portfolio 

1 Examination 


Module Topic Consumer Studies 306 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the module BA Human Ecology (General and Education) 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will be able to 

� Analyse the interaction between an individual, household and the 

consumer market 

Main Content Consumer and the micro, meso and macro environment 

Consumer decision making 

158

Consumer behaviour 

Market segmentation, targeting and positioning 

Marketing mix 

Consumer protection 

Pre-requisite modules Human Ecology 230 






Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 


Selfstudy 10 


Methods of Student Assessment 1 Tests 

2 Assignments 

2 Case studies 

1 Examination 


Module Topic 

Integrative ecological family life cycle development in a multiracial 

& multi-cultural society 


Alpha-numeric Code HEC311(812311) 


Duration S 





Level 7 

Main Outcomes 


� Describe and demonstrate ecological family life cycle 

development 

� Assess existing family development approaches for social 

improvement 

� Critically appraise the effectiveness of local, national and 

regional efforts of family development in a multi-racial and 

multi-cultural society 

� Analyse and construct family policy issues 

� Demonstrate ability to design and predict family development 

initiatives 

� Ecological systems theory within the last three stages of the 

family life cycle 

� International and national family development approaches 

Main Content 

� Family cultural and racial diversity in a single society 

� The economics of the family 

� Government, institutions and families‘ involvement in policy 

development and implementation 

Pre-requisite modules Family development 110 & 221 







159


Self-study 16 


2 Assignment 

Methods of Student Assessment 1 Formative project & 1 oral presentation 

2 Tests & 1 Examination 



Generic Module Name Method Of Consumer Studies 314 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the module B A Human Ecology (Education) 


Level 7 


Demonstrate an understanding of the philosophy of being a 

Consumer Studies educator 

Demonstrate foundational, practical and reflexive competence as an 

interpreter of learning programmes and materials in the NCS 

Consumer Studies 

Design assessment tasks and formulate assessment criteria 

Main Content Philosophy and approach to Consumer Studies II 

Developing a learning programme 

Reflective teaching 

Inductive teaching strategies 

Engage in micro-teaching 

The use of popular media and other resources in the classroom 

Assessment in an outcomes-based approach 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Consecutive 


Practicals: 0 



Methods of Student Assessment Poster presentation 

Exercises 

Assignments 

Oral assessments 

Portfolio with some assignments 

Tests 

Examination 


Module Topic micro-enterprise development, indigenous knowledge, production 

line, food systems 

Generic Module Name Micro enterprise for Human Ecology 341 



Duration S 

160




B.A. Human Ecology (General) 

Level 7 


� Develop a micro-enterprise development programme. 

� Implement a production line in a micro-enterprise. 

� Discuss the role of the community developer in the integration 

of indigenous knowledge for project planning and 

implementation. 

� Describe local food systems in a community 

Main Content � Micro-enterprise development programmes 

� Production lines in a micro-enterprise 

� Integration of indigenous knowledge in communities 

� Local food systems 

Pre-requisite modules HEC241 








Selfstudy 4 Summative assessment = 40% 

Research 4 Formative assessment = 60% 



� Tests 




Module topic Strategies and interventions for micro-enterprise development 

Module Name MICROENTERPRISE FOR HUMAN ECOLOGY 320 

(BA Human Ecology General) 



Duration S 

Module Type T 

Level 7 


� Analyse the implementation of policies for micro-enterprise 

development 

� Assess micro-enterprise development interventions for poverty 

alleviation 

Main content Policies and strategies supporting emerging entrepreneurs 

Target groups in entrepreneurship development 

Micro-enterprise development interventions for economic growth 

Pre-requisite module Micro-Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 






161

Practicals: 0 


Self-study 22 




� 2 Tests 






Module Topic South African Housing Policy Environment 

Generic Module Name HUMAN ECOLOGY 330 








Level 7 

Main Outcomes 

Main Content 


� Appraise housing policies and issues in South Africa. 

� Critically evaluate the policy environment which enables 

community based development 

� Identify and discuss the activities of role players in provision 

of housing & services 

� Describe the role of different spheres of government in housing 

development. 

� Acquire a broad understanding of the various ways 

Government assist in the provision of housing for low-income 

families & communities. 

� Explain different financial strategies for housing delivery 

� Identify and describe the role of local government in housing 

development and delivery. 

� Describe the roles and functions of role players and institutions 

in the housing delivery process. 

� Interpret and apply knowledge to enhance consumers housing 

education. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of government‘s approach to 

sustainable human settlements. 

� Critique, initiate and influence housing policy, practice & 

institutions at local, regional & national level. 

� Housing policies & National Policy Framework for Housing 

� Housing 

� Financial strategies for housing delivery 

� Role of Local Government in Housing Development 

� Management of Infrastructure 

� Municipal services (basic services) 

� Role players and institutions in Housing 

� Housing Education and Training 

� Rental Act 

� Prevention of Illegal Eviction and Unlawful Occupation of land 

162

� Housing Consumers Protection Measures Act 

� Redevelopment of Hostels 

� Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG) 









Self-study 19 




� 2 Tests 



Module Topic South African Housing Policy Environment 


Alpha-numeric Code HEC 331 (812331) 






BA Human Ecology - General 

Level 7 

Main Outcomes 

Main Content 


� Understand how housing needs are based on family size, 

structure, values and norms (how different life situations affect 

housing needs). 

� Quality of life and housing. 

� Understand and describe the functional consideration in 

housing choices. 

� Compare different alternatives for the provision of housing. 

� Describe and select appropriated tenure options. 

� Understand and compare various housing (tenure) types and 

alternatives. 

� Explain and compare the rights and responsibilities linked to 

different tenure options. 

� Analyse the financial aspects when choosing housing. 

� Investigate, analyse and describe the financial and contractual 

responsibilities of the occupants for different housing options. 

� Critically evaluate the policy and delivery environment, which 

enables human settlement development. 

� Show an awareness of the use of the dwelling/structure for 

energy sufficiency. 

� Housing needs for various population sectors eg. young, aged, 

special groups, etc 

� Housing choice 

� Quality of Life 

� Housing types 

� Rights and responsibilities of tenure options 

� Tenure options and alternatives 

� Financial and contractual responsibilities and implications for 

163

acquiring tenure. 


� Prevention of Illegal Eviction and Unlawful Occupation of land 




� Energy efficiency of housing structure 

Pre-requisite modules Human Ecology 330 








Self-study 19 



� 2 Tests 



Module Topic 

People-centered sustainable ecological priority appraisal and 

situation analysis techniques 




Duration S 





Level 7 

Main Outcomes 


� Demonstrate practical competence in the application of 

processes and principles required for working in communities 

� Facilitate inter-group dynamics, negotiation and participation 

� Rapid and Participatory Rural Appraisal Techniques 

Main Content 

� Facilitation & Group dynamics 

� Mediation & conflict resolution 

Pre-requisite modules Community Development 171, 172, 271 & 272 








Self-study 15 


Methods of Student Assessment � 3 assignment 


� 1 poster 

� 1 presentation 

� 2 Tests 


164


Module Topic Integrated sustainable developmental programme management 




Duration S 





Level 7 

Main Outcomes 


� Analyse and critique regional, national, provincial and local 

developmental initiatives 

� Formulate and design holistic and integrative development 

initiatives 

� Regional development initiatives 

Main Content 

� 

� 

National, provincial and local development programmes 

Holistic community development 

� Integrative community development 

Pre-requisite modules Community Development 171, 172, 271 & 272 








Self-study 6 


Methods of Student Assessment � 2 assignment 

� 1 Diagnostic assessment 



� 2 Tests 



Module Topic 

The social science research process and the purpose of research 

design 

Generic Module Name Research Methods for Human Ecology 381 



Duration S 





Level 7 

Main Outcomes 


� Identify and interpret the nature of scientific inquiry 

� Demonstrate and derive at the critical application of research 

logic 

� Critically appraise and formulate appropriate research designs 

for application during a research study 

� Define and interpret the notion of validity to the entire 

research process for ensuring reliability of the research study 

165

� Produce a rational for a research study 

� The nature of scientific knowledge 

� Methodological paradigms in social research 

Main Content 

� 

� 

Design & Types of research design 

Problem formulation 

� Conceptualisation 

� Literature review for research study rational 









Self-study 10 






Module Topic Integrative human ecological project and programme management 

Generic Module Name Integrated Human Ecology Practice 401 



Duration S 





Level 7 


� Critically appraise approaches and methods of initiatives 

towards sustainable holistic and integrated development at 

NGO, Provincial and/or Local government levels of 

development 

� Technically apply the integrative project management cycle in 

a logical framework by measuring an initiative at one of these 

developmental entities 

Main Content � Critical determination & assessment of developmental 

policies, processes and procedures 

� Problems/needs analysis and statement formulation 

� Progress and outcome justification 

Prediction and recommendation of developmental initiatives 

Pre-requisite modules Community Development 171, 172, 271, 272, 371 & 372 








Self-study 0 

Other: Please specify This is an intership 


166

Methods of Student Assessment � 3 portfolio’s 

� 1 Summative research project 




Generic Module Name METHOD OF CONSUMER STUDIES 411 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the module B A Human Ecology (Education) 


Level 8 


� Demonstrate practical and reflective competence as a subject 

and a discipline specialist in Consumer Studies 

� Manage and construct learning and teaching in a holistic way 

that encourage rather than coerce learners to learn 

� Develop the ability and skill to grow professionally 

� Demonstrate practical and reflective competence as a life-long 

learner in Consumer Studies 

Main Content � Programme of assessment, development of the assessment 

plan and practical assessment task 

� Plan and design a learning programme 

� Personal growth and development 

� Useful strategies to create an effective learning environment 

� Effective schooling in the developing world 

� Classroom climate and management 

� Assertive discipline 

� Classroom practice 

� Assessment in schools 

� Analyzing the curriculum 

� Professional growth and development 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 (2x2 consecutive) 


Practicals: 0 


Self study 0 


Methods of Student Assessment � Assignments 

� Self study assignments 

� Micro teaching 

� Oral assessments 

� Portfolio 

� Tests 


167


Module topic A study of sustainable product development for poverty alleviation 

and the accountability for sustainable action-taking in microenterprise 

development. 

Module Name MICRO-ENTERPRISE FOR HUMAN ECOLOGY 420 



Duration S 

Module Type P 

Level 7 


� Define and explain the need for sustainable microenterprise 

development for poverty alleviation; 

� Demonstrate ability to assess the viability and 

sustainability of materials, techniques and processes 

used in new product development 

� Demonstrate the ability to develop and implement a 

variety of production processes in new product 

development; 

� Critique product development projects, practices and 

processes as well as their impact on sustainable 

development; 

� Describe strategies and policies for micro-enterprise 

development 

Main content � Micro-enterprise development for poverty alleviation 

within the sustainable development context 

� Product development for poverty alleviation 

� Management of production processes 

� Strategies and policies for micro-enterprise development 

Pre-requisite module Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 320 








Self-study 19 




� 1 Test 

� Portfolio 



� 1 Examination 


Module Topic Professional Orientation 






168




Level 8 


� Gain an in depth understanding of the history of the profession 

and scope of the field. 

� Identify various philosophies/theories that guide the Human 

Ecology profession. 

� Reflect on these theories regarding their relevance & 

importance and how it fist into professional practice in the 21 

Main Outcomes 

st 

century. 

� Understand the profession as one of dynamic human service 

which can benefit individuals and families. 

� Relate professional beliefs to decision-making in varied 

settings. 

� Understand the process of becoming a reflective practitioner. 

� Identify principles for ethical Human Ecology practice. 

� Understand the importance of ethical practice within Human 

Ecology. 

� Identify relevant underlying principles in solving ethical 

dilemmas. 

� Reflect on the importance of ethics in professional conduct. 

� History and current trends within the profession 

� Philosophical/theoretical framework of Human Ecology 

� Human Ecology as a Profession (identity, competencies of a 

profession) 

� Principles of Practice 

� Professional Orientation - attributes that identify Human 

Main Content 

� 

Ecology as a profession 

Definition, Mission and vision of Human Ecology as helping 

profession. 

� Reflective Practice and Reflective Decision-making of 

professionals 

� Ethical and moral issues – professional HE engaged in these 

issues 

� Ethics: application in various contexts 









Self-study 19 



� Tests 



Module Topic Sustainable projects in Foods Micro Enterprise 

Generic Module Name MICRO ENTERPRISE FOR HUMAN ECOLOGY 440 



Duration Y 

169

Proposed semester/term S1 + S2 INTERNSHIP 



B.A. Human Ecology (General and Education) 

Level 8 


� Solve problems and justify changes for Product Design, 

development, grading and production of foods products. 

� Justify selection of marketable products for a Foods Micro 

Enterprise 

� Develop and/or evaluate a sustainable project 

� Recommend strategies for improvement of a Foods Micro 

Enterprise 

Main Content � Case Studies 

� Projects 

� Textile standards and quality assurance 

� Research 



Prohibited module Combination 

None 


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 (28 hours) 

Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 2 (28 hours) 



Selfstudy 18 



� Practical tests 




Module Topic 

Policy environment of housing in South Africa; current national 

policies and key concepts with regard to Housing. 

Generic Module Name HOUSING 450 







BA HUMAN ECOLOGY – EDUCATION 

Level 7 

Main Outcomes 


� Acquire an understanding of the housing policies and related 

issues with regard to housing. 

� Define and describe housing policies and issues in South 

Africa. 

� Critically evaluate the policy and delivery environment, 

which enables human settlement development. 

� Identify, analyse and discuss the national housing 

programmes. 

� Discuss the role and responsibilities of Government and 

various role players in housing. 

� Develop an awareness of the need for educating 

communities for enhanced service delivery. 

170

� National Housing policies – Housing Act, Constitution, 

� National Housing Code 

� Breaking New Ground 

� Sustainable Human settlements 

� National Housing programmes 

� Integrated Development Planning 

Main Content 




� Upgrading of Informal Settlements Programme 

� Housing Consumer Education and Training 


� Eviction policy; norms and standards of dwellings 

Pre-requisite modules Housing 205 & Housing 305 








Self-study 16 

Development of Portfolio 36 


Methods of Student Assessment FORMATIVE – 60% 

Tests 

Assignments: Review; Power point Presentation; case study; 

brochure 

Portfolio 

SUMMATIVE – 40% 


Module Topic 

Logical sustainable integrated intervention assessment, design, 

management and evaluation through leadership 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term S1 & S2 




Level 7 

Main Outcomes 


Identify and describe various development initiatives within 

communities 

� Critically assess and predict development initiative status 

within communities 

Make recommendations based on assessment and predictions of 

these interventions 

� Project Cycle Management 

Main Content 

� Implementation for Development 

� National, Regional and Local Development Initiatives 

Pre-requisite modules Community Development 171, 172, 271, 272, 371 & 372 


171







Self-study 26 





� 4 Tests 



Module Topic The practice of social research design and methodology 

Generic Module Name Research Methods for Human Ecology 480 

Alpha-numeric Code HEC480 812480 


Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term S1 & S2 




Level 7 


� Classify and apply research designs applicable for the field of 

Main Outcomes 

� 

Human Ecology 

Construct, assess and apply research data gathering tools 

� Measure and infer data findings 

� Produce a research report 

� Participant observation studies 

� Case studies 

� Surveys 

� Evaluation research (Process & Impact studies) 

Main Content 

� Research proposal writing 

� Questionnaire design 

� Interviewing techniques 

� Data Analysis 

� Research report writing 

Pre-requisite modules Research Methods for Human Ecology 381 








Self-study 0 





172


Module Topic Professional orientation towards the Human Ecology profession 

Generic Module Name Professional Orientation 483 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term S 2 

Programmes in which the module B A Human Ecology (General) 


Level 7 


� Demonstrate an awareness of the dynamic nature of the Human 

Ecology profession 

� Facilitate the development of a Human Ecology professional 

� Write a report and give a presentation on a Human Ecology 

professional ethics 

� Discuss and evaluate ethical situations 

� Identify the role of professional organisations in the 

development of the professional 

Main Content � Human Ecology professional organisations 

� Trends in the development of Human Ecology 

� Mission of Human Ecology 

� Competencies of a Human Ecologists 









Selfstudy 




� 1 Portfolio 

� 1 Examination 

Module Name Trends in Foods 501 





Module Type Departmental 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module the student will 

� Choose food, within a given socio-economic and 

cultural context. 

� Suggest guidelines for the prevention of food-related 

health conditions. 

� Make judicious food choices in terms of the resources 

available to the household. 

� Describe safe food-handling practices. 

� Apply the criteria of safety, quality and pricing to 

173

evaluate food outlets in the local community. 

� Explain the effect of pathogenic organisms on food 

spoilage and safety. 

� Identify a consumer issue related to the impact of the 

selection and use of food on the natural or economic 

environment, and suggest a strategy for addressing the 

issue. 

Main Content - Foods choices 

- Food related health conditions 

- Food microbiology 

- Factors influencing food choices 

- Economic influences and food 




Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hours 



Practicals: 28 hours 


Methods of Student Assessment Formative 60% 

Summative 40% 

Module Name Trends in Housing 502 






Level 5 


� make knowledgeable consumer choices about food, clothing, 

housing and furnishings within a given socio-economic and 


� explain different aspects to consider in the choice of housing. 

� analyse the functionality and safety of existing floor and 

furniture plans and traffic patterns in work, rest and social 

areas in the home. 

� explain the aspects to consider in the choice iof furnishings 

for living and work spaces. 

� explain the financial and contractual responsibilities of 

occupants for different housing options. 

� investigate the different role-players in accessing housing. 

� demonstrate consumer responsibility towards the 

sustainability of the environment, the community and self 

through the judicious use of resources. 

� apply ergonomic principles to the choice of furniture and 

household equipment. 

� evaluate soft furnishing, furniture and household equipment 

outlets in the local community. 

� apply the criteria for buying soft furnishings, furniture and 

household equipment 

Main Content � Housing decisions, housing needs, health, safety and security 

� Elements and principles of design 

� Types of housing South Africa (full title, sectional title, etc) 

174

� Housing options (eg. buying, renting, building) 

� Financing related to buying and maintenance of the house. 

Finanancial and contractual responsiblities 

� Different role-players (eg. government housing schemes, 

financial and other housing NGO‘s, subsidies, employers, the 

estate agent). 

� The choice of household equipment with regard to 

� Function 

� Energy (human and non-human) 

� Water consumption. 

� Possible environmental impact of technology. 

� The financial and contractual responsibilities in buying 

furniture and household equipment. 

� The rights and responsibilities of consumers and sellers. 

� Buying furniture 

� Responsible use of water, electricity and municipal services. 









Assessment Methods Formative 60% 

Summative 40% 

Module Name Trends in Nutrition 503 






Level 5 


� Discuss the daily food intake of young adults. 

� Compare a day‘s food intake with the food-based dietary 

guidelines and food composition tables. 

� Explain the nutrient needs of consumers from different age 

groups and with different energy requirements. 

� Suggest guidelines for the prevention of nutritional and foodrelated 

health conditions. 

� Discuss the daily food intake of young adults; consider the 

food practices of various groups of people as influenced by 

culture, religion and socio-economic status, knowledge, 

attitudes and education on food habits and patterns. 

� Compare a young adult‘s daily food intake with the 

recommended nutritional requirements so that suggestions for 

improvements can be made. 

� Use the Recommended Daily Allowances (RDAs) for different 

stages in the life cycle and for people with different nutritional 

requirements (e.g. pregnancy, illness, physical requirements 

such as work and sport) when explaining the nutrient needs of 

consumers from different age groups and with differing energy 

requirements. 

175

� Suggest guidelines for the prevention or management of 

nutritional and food-related health conditions, include one or 

more health problems (e.g. HIV/AIDS, obesity, osteoporosis, 

high cholesterol or high blood pressure), 

Main Content � Nutrition in the life cycle 

� Nutrient needs of consumers 

� Food related health conditions 

� Factors influencing daily food intake 

� Food composition tables 

� RDA 

� Health related conditions 










Summative 40% 

Module Name Trends in Clothing 504 






Level 5 


� Discuss the young adult‘s choice of suitable clothing for 

different purposes. 

� Describe the effect of clothing choices on physical comfort. 

� Select clothing to meet aesthetic needs. 

� Compare the effect of clothes on figure shapes, using the 

elements and principles of design. 

� Apply clothing theory to the selection of clothing for the 

world of work. 

� Examine and describe current fashion trends for young adults. 

� Apply the criteria of variety, quality and pricing to evaluate 

clothing outlets in the local community. 

� Identify a consumer issue related to the impact of the 

selection and use of clothing on the natural or economic 

environment, and suggest a strategy for addressing the issue. 

Main Content - Choices of clothing 

- Factors influencing choice of clothing 

- Clothing design elements and principles 

- Different clothing theories 

- Trends in clothing 

- Research in clothing 






176





Summative 40% 

Module Name Resource Management 505 






Level 5 


� Demonstrate understanding of responsible consumer practices 

and to effectively address consumer issues. 

� Explain consumer protection policies and practices. 

� Explain the household budget as an instrument for managing 

financial resources. 

� Investigate and evaluate channels for consumer complaints. 

� Analyse the implication of taxes, interest rates and inflation on 

the management of available funds for acquiring food, clothing, 

housing and furnishings. 

� Apply knowledge and demonstrate the skills necessary to 

produce quality consumer products and to apply entrepreneurial 

knowledge and skills to market these products. 

� Demonstrate consumer responsibility towards the 

sustainability of the environment, the community and self 

through the judicious use of resources 

� Make knowledgeable consumer choices about food, clothing, 

housing and furnishings within a given socio-economic and 


Main Content - Consumer practices and consumer issues 

- Consumer protection policies and practices 

- Household budgets 

- Consumer Education 

- Financial markets 

- Sustainability 

- Socio-economic and cultural contexts 










Summative 40% 

Module Name Project Planning 506 


Module Code HEC 506 



177


Level 5 


� Apply the process of project management through initiating, 

planning, executing, controlling and closing a project 

Main Content � Project scoping and definition 

� Project planning 

� Project managing and implementation 

� Project finalisation and evaluation 










Summative 40% 

Module Name Family and Community Dynamics 507 






Level 5 


� Promote community involvement in youth context 

� Participate in community re-integration programmes for youth 

� Analyze theoretical frameworks for understanding the process 

and functioning of human relationship systems, in the context of 

the multi-generational family. 

� Apply the conceptual frameworks in the field of family studies. 

� Have a working knowledge of family and relational systems 

theory as it applies to human functioning and the family. 

� Understand family and relational factors involved in the 

production of wellness, illness and disability. 

� Apply family systems frameworks in doing Consumer Studies 

assessments of families. 

� Develop a beginning understanding of self's functioning as it 

applies with families. 

� Identify effective family-based interventions in diverse practice 

settings. 

Main Content � Family development 

� Systems thinking 

� Human functioning 

� Family life cycle 

� Community development 

� Family Functions 

� Family-based interventions 





178



Practicals: Other Case studies: 28 hours 



Summative 40% 

Module Name Research Project 710 






Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will 

� Gain knowledge of the philosophical and ethical issues of 

research 

� Apply practical knowledge of the process involved in carrying 

out research. 

� Apply the steps in the research process 

� Write a proposal and a complete a limited research project 

Main Content � Research process 

� Research design 

� Qualitative/Quantitative research 

� Research Methods 

� Data collection techniques 

� Sampling 

� Objectivity/Subjectivity 

� Ethics 

� Data analysis 

� Proposal writing 










Summative 40% 

Module Name Advanced Home Management 711 





Module Type 7 

Level Departmental 


� Examine the feminist practices associated with evolving 

epistemologies, research strategies, and calls for social change. 

� Understand how the theories and research methods used will 

influence the phenomena of the family 

� Understand how subjective life experiences influence the 

179

esearch process. 

� Develop and practice skills in designing, conducting, and 

analyzing narratives in ways that utilize feminist theory and 

research methods. 

� Create a feminist pedagogical environment by exploring theory, 

research strategies, and life experiences in interaction with 

others. 

� Compare the similarities and differences between families and 

the factors which can contribute to family dysfunction. 

Main Content � Feminist theories 

� Family studies 

� Feminist research methods 

� Social change 

� Family structure and functions 

� Changing families 







Practicals: Other Case studies 38 hours 


Methods of Student Assessment � Tests, assignments, practicals 

� Projects 

� Written / oral problem solving with case studies 


Module Name Advanced Clothing 




Duration S 


Level 8 


� Demonstrate understanding of how productivity can be 

improved in the Clothing industry 

� Conduct a capacity study and determine the rate of output for 

an individual operator and a group of operators 

� Balance a production line and recognise potential trouble spots 

� Recognise types of repairs and classify the repairs into the 

appropriate grouping 

� Conduct a very basic activity sample and determine the 

number of observations required to make the study reliable 

and recognise the activities both productive and non 

productive that require urgent attention 

� Calculate the production time required for a group of operators 

given specific information: 

Number of operators, Time per unit, Work minutes per day 

Main Content � Bani work study 

� The concept of productivity 

� Time study 

� Activity sample 

180

� Production line balancing 

� Quality Control 

� Classification of repairs 

� The cost of repairs 




Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer : 50 hours 








� Project 

� Continuous assessment 60% 

� Examination 40% 

Module Name Advanced Nutrition 713 






Level 7 


� Demonstrate understanding of nutrition related problems in 

the various stages of the life-cycle and recommend 

prevention strategies 

� Apply nutrition prevention programmes in the community 

� Demonstrate problem-solving abilities and be a change 

agent to improve the quality of life in communities 

� Participate in academic and practical community nutrition 

experiences to develop competencies and skills required in 

A Human ecology professional situation. 

� Apply knowledge of nutritional needs, recognising 

alternatives and recommending actions that will optimise 

individual and family well-being 

� Demonstrate competencies of an effective facilitator as a 

community nutritionist. 

Main Content � Nutrition-related problems in the life-cycle 

� Integrated development strategies 

� RDP 

� GEAR 

Community nutrition education 

� Strategies for improving nutrition of children and women in 

developing countries 







181


Total learning time 200 hours: 


Summative 40% 

Module Name Advanced Foods 714 




Duration S 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module the students will able to: 

� Collect, analyse, organize and critically evaluate food 

information to make informed, independent and responsible 

decisions 

� Demonstrate a scientific attitude and research orientation and 

able to be objective, analytical and meticulous within a foods 

research project 

� Demonstrate an understanding of physical and chemical 

reaction, processes during the application of household and 

industrial preparation and processing methods and their effect 

on the characteristics of foods. 

� Demonstrate an understanding food production management to 

identify and meet consumers‘ special tastes for foods, ensure 

quality, safety and healthy food and keep abreast with changing 

tastes and consumer demands 

� Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of food processing 

for quality and handling techniques to produce safe, 

aesthetically pleasing and nutritionally adequate foodstuffs. 

� Execute and independent foods research project that would 

demonstrate knowledge regarding food processing, 

preservation, safety and product development and be able to 

integrate theory and practice into professional research and 

laboratory work. 

Main Content � Experimental research method 

� Product development process 

� Food legislation 

� Packaging 

� Food patents 

� Functional foods 

� Food marketing 










Methods of Student Assessment Research Project 40% 

Assignments 20% 

Examination 40% 

182

Module Name Advanced Housing 




Duration S 


Level 8 .1 


� Demonstrate knowledge of improving poor living conditions in 

low-cost housing and developments and informal settlements 

� Demonstrate insight into the activities of different role players 

in the housing process 

Main Content � Housing policies in South Africa-past and present; legal aspects 

of housing 

� Services related to housing 

� Role players in the housing process 

� The community management approach to housing and services 

� Focus on life skills (negotiation and conflict resolution) 




Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer : 70 hours 




Total learning time: 200 



� Housing programme evaluation 

� Coursework – 60% 

� Examination – 40 % 

Module Name Advanced Non-Formal Education 716 




Duration S 


Level 8.1 


� Demonstrate the use of the programme planning cycle in 

interdisciplinary community projects 

Main Content 

� Issues in community relating to nutrition, housing and 

resource management 

� Application of adult education principles 

� Application of empowering principles 

� Facilitating transformative learning 








183



Methods of Student Assessment � Portfolio 60 % 

� Examination 40 % 

Module Name Advanced Didactics Home Econ 719 






Level 7 


� Demonstrate a critical understanding of the developments of 

Family Ecology and Consumer Science education in South 

Africa 

� Demonstrate a personal and professional qualities necessary for 

effective management and teaching and learning in Family 

Ecology and Consumer Science education 

� Develop the ability to provide professional leadership and 

management of the Consumer Studies curriculum within the FET 

phase 

� Build capacity for self-reflection and critical thinking with 

Consumer Studies education. 

� Understand and apply curriculum development thereby ensuring 

that quality teaching, learning and resources for improved 

standards in Consumer Studies. 

Main Content - History of Consumer Studies 

- Curriculum development 

- Leadership 

- Professional development 

- Self-reflection and critical thinking 







Practicals: School observation 38 hours 



Summative 40% 


Module Topic 

Research Methodology – The most important consideration for the 

thesis 

Generic Module Name Research Methods for Human Ecology Masters 810 



Duration S 



MA Human Ecology 


Level 9 


184

� Gain knowledge of the nature of scientific inquiry 

� Demonstrate the critical application of research logic 

� Critically appraise research designs for application during a 

research study 

� Apply the notion of validity to the entire research process to 

ensure reliability of the research study 

� Write a research proposal 

� Methatheory & scientific inquiry 

Main Content 

� 

� 

Research design & design types 

Programme Evaluation Design 

� Writing a research proposal 

Pre-requisite modules Research Methods 480; Recognition of prior learning 








Self-study 82 



4 Assignments 

2 Tests 

Examination 


Module topic A study of the current debates within the Human Ecology 

profession and the application of principles in professional practice. 

Module Name Philosophy And Ethics Of Human Ecology 811 



Duration S 

Module Type T 

Level 8.3 


� Display an understanding of the current debates within the 


� Formulate and communicate internally consistent beliefs based 

on philosophies of Human Ecology 

� Relate professional beliefs to decision making in varied 

educational settings 

Main content � Contextual debates within the profession – historical and 

current 

� Philosophies within the profession 

� General ethical issues 

� Ethical practice 

� Application in various contexts 







Practicals: 0 


185

Self-study 70 




� Written assignments 

� Group discussion 

� Presentation 




Module Topic Sustainable, holistic and integrated Community Development 




Duration S 




MA Human Ecology 

Level 9 

Main Outcomes 


� Examine and critique community development theories, 

principles, strategies and approaches 

� Critically assess and make recommendations with regard to 

the regulatory framework for community development 

� Appraise and develop integrated, holistic and sustainable 

community development 

� Theories of community development 

� Community development strategies and principles 

Main Content 

� International, regional and national perspectives on 

community development practice 

� Community development and the regulatory framework 

� Integrated, holistic and sustainable community development 

Pre-requisite modules Community Development 470; Recognition of prior learning 








Self-study 26 



� 2 Tests 



Module Name Challenges Facing Families and Communities 813 

Module Code 851813 HEC813 




Level 8.3 


186

� Understand the broader South African context of community 

wellness 

� Recognise the role/effect that globalization plays on families 

and community wellness 

� Understand and apply theories in family and community 

wellness 

� Demonstrate an understanding of factors influencing family 

and community wellness 

� Identification and development of appropriate programmes for 

families at risk 

Main Content � Global and National context 

� Influence of changing context on families 

� Theories of family and community wellness 

� Groups at risk 

� Factors influencing family and community wellness 

� Case studies of programmes with families and communities as 

a focus 

Pre-requisites none 

Co-requisites none 

Prohibited Combinations none 

Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor:60 

Assignments & tasks:70 

Tests & examinations:5 

Self-study:65 

Total learning time:200 


Presentations 

Case Studies 

Coursework:60% 

Exam:40% 

NURSING 












Alpha-numeric Code HDP115 


Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BNurs 


Level 5 





187

























health: 







Success and Challenges of implementing the PHC 

approach at a national and district level. 













Practicals: 


Selfstudy 




188








Duration Term 


Programmes in which the BNurs 


Level 5 


















ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and 

an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care 




practices. 


punctuality, participation and attendance when working in 

interdisciplinary groups. 













Practicals: 






189

Home Department School of Nursing 

Module Topic Foundations of nursing deals with the basic needs of an individual 

and equips the student with the conceptual foundations for sound 

ethical practice. 

Generic Module Name FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING 111 

Alpha-numeric Code NUR111 (873014) 


Duration Semester (1) 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student will:- 

1. Demonstrate communication skills to establish and maintain 

supportive relationships to ensure quality nursing care. 

2. Analyze and interpret the influence of specific context 

variables on the health care of individuals of all age groups 

within the ethno-and socio-cultural background and health 

belief systems. 

3. Demonstrate communication skills to establish and maintain 

supportive relationships to ensure quality nursing care. 

4. Analyze and interpret the influence of specific context 

variables on the health care of individuals of all age groups 

within the ethno-and socio-cultural background and health 

belief systems. 

5. Develop an understanding of the basic concepts relevant in the 

nursing profession in accordance with ethical and legal codes 

of nursing and the laws of the country. 

6. Demonstrate the ability to assess, plan, implement and 

evaluate care plans to meet the hygienic, activity and 

stimulation, elimination, safety and learning needs of 

individuals throughout the life stages. 

Main Content � Development of interpersonal and communication skills 

� Contextual factors which influence the provision of care. 

� Introduction to the basic concepts on the theory, character and 

ethics of nursing and the laws of the country. 

� Hygiene, activity and stimulation, elimination, safety and 

learning needs 


Co-requisite modules Fundamentals of Nursing 111 and Clinical Nursing 111, 







Selfstudy 70 


Methods of Student Assessment: Summative: 50% 



Module Topic Basic Nursing care to patients 

Generic Module Name Fundamentals of Nursing 112 




Level 5 

190

Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student will:- 

1. Practice in accordance with ethical and legal codes of nursing 

and the laws of the country. 

2. Practice in accordance with ethical and legal codes of nursing 

and the laws of the country. 

3. Demonstrate the ability to assess, plan, implement and 

evaluate care plans to meet the following needs of individuals 

and families throughout the life stages: 

Homeostasis, nutrition, well being, safety and learning. 

4. Provide nursing care to a terminally ill patient and support to 

the family. 

5. Share information to promote effective decision making 

Main Content � Nursing ethics, scope of practice and legislation 

� Needs of individuals and families throughout the life stages: 

� homeostasis, nutrition, well being, safety and learning. 

� Terminal care, Death and dying 

� Interaction with members of the multi-disciplinary and multisectoral 

teams. 









Selfstudy 70 


Methods of Student Assessment: Summative: 50% 


Home Department Nursing 

Module Topic Assessment and communication 

Generic Module Name Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111 

Alpha-numeric Code CUR111 (821012) 


Duration YEAR 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of a module a student will:- 

1. Demonstrate the ability to assess, communicate and take care of 

basic needs of individuals of all age groups. 

2. Demonstrate ability to apply principles of infection control in the 

provision of care. 

3. Demonstrate the ability to assess, communicate and take care of 

basic needs of individuals of all age groups. 

4. Demonstrate ability to apply principles of infection control in the 

provision of care. 

5. Demonstrate competence in communicating effectively with 

individuals of all age groups during history taking 

6. Demonstrate competence in provision of emergency care to 

individuals. 

Main Content � Assessment, management and communication of basic needs of 

individuals of all age groups with regard to comfort (physical, 

psychological, spiritual); hygiene; nutrition; elimination; internal 

191


homeostasis and mobility, rest and sleep. 

� Principles of infection control, barrier nursing and wound care. 

� Emergency Care 

� Terminal care, death and dying 

None 

Co requisite None 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 x 1hr 

Assignments & tasks: 16 Practicals p.w. 2 hr 

Practicals: Placement at clinical 

settings 

30 Tutorials p.w. 0 

Clinical assessments & 

examinations: 

4 

Selfstudy: Self-directed learning: 

skills development 

30 


Methods of Student Assessment: 

Continuous: 50% 

Summative: 50% 

150 


Module Topic General Nursing Science 211 

Alpha-numeric Code NRS211 (822211) 


Duration S 

Proposed semester/term Semester 1 

Level 6 


1. Comprehensively manage patients with common illnesses 

at primary, secondary and tertiary levels. 

2. Utilise relevant legislation, regulations and policies in the 

provision of care to individuals and groups 

Main Content � Apply the scientific process of nursing in the 

comprehensive management (including pharmacological 

management) of patients with common illnesses at 

primary, secondary and tertiary levels. 

� Integrate the relevant ethico-legal principles in the 

management of patients with common illnesses. 

Pre-requisite modules Fundamental Nursing 112; Fundamentals of Nursing 111 





Assignments & tasks: 12 Practical sp.w 4 



Selfstudy 70 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment: 50% 

Summative assessment: 50% 

192


Module Topic General Nursing Science 212 (Specialized nursing) 

Alpha-numeric Code NRS212 (822212) 


Duration S 


Level 6 

Main Outcomes At the end of amodule the student will:- 

Demonstrate ability to identify and comprehensively manage 

patients with acute physical illnesses taking into consideration the 

ethico-legal implications applicable. 

Main Content � Apply the scientific process of nursing in the 

comprehensive management (including pharmacological 

management) of patients with acute physical illnesses. 

� Utilize relevant legislation, regulations, policies and 

protocols in the management of patients with acute 

physical illnesses. 

Pre-requisite modules Fundamental Nursing 111; Foundations of Nursing 111 








Selfstudy 70 





Module Topic Nursing practice in a community health setting 

Generic Module Name Community Health Nursing 324 

Alpha-numeric Code CUR324 - 821324 


Duration Semester 2 

Level 7 


1. Demonstrate competence in the prevention of the spread of 

communicable diseases. 

2. Demonstrate competence in carrying out a comprehensive 

physical assessment of an individual at primary care level. 

3. Demonstrate competence in application of epidemiological 

principles in planning and monitoring population based heath. 

4. Demonstrate competence in spirometric screening in an 

occupational health setting. 

5. Demonstrate competence in audiometric screening in an 


6. Demonstrate competence in identification and utilization of 

trends in the health status of individuals at primary level of 

care 

Main Content � Primary clinical skills assessment, planning, diagnosing, 

management 

� Communicable and non- communicable diseases 

� Occupational health screening 

193

� Population based health promotion 

� Epidemiological principles 

Pre-requisite modules NONE 

Co-requisite modules NONE 







Selfstudy 64 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative 60% 



Module Topic Primary Care and clinical skills 






Programmes in which the module Programme 


Level 7 


1. Demonstrate competence in carrying out physical 

assessment of an individual at primary care level. 

2. Demonstrate ability to identify trends in health status of 

individuals at primary level of care using appropriate 

demographic health behaviors. 

3. Demonstrate competence in diagnosing common 

conditions presenting at primary level of care. 

4. Demonstrate ability to select the most appropriate, safe, 

cost effective and suitable treatment for a variety of 

common conditions presenting at primary level of care. 

5. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of Anti Retro Viral 

Treatment protocols in the provision of care to 

individuals at primary care level. 

Main Content � Integrated assessment, diagnostic and management skills with 

regards to endemic conditions related to all body systems. 

� Provincial Health Plan 2010 and the role of the primary health 

care nurse in context of the National Health Act. 









Selfstudy 42 


Methods of Student Asessment Summative 60% 


194


Module Topic Nursing practice in a community health setting 







Level 7 


� Demonstrate competence in the prevention of the spread of 

communicable diseases. 

� Demonstrate competence in carrying out a comprehensive 

physical assessment of an individual at primary care level. 

� Demonstrate competence in application of epidemiological 

principles in planning and monitoring population based heath. 

� Demonstrate competence in spirometric screening in an 


� Demonstrate competence in audiometric screening in an 


� Demonstrate competence in identification and utilization of 

trends in the health status of individuals at primary level of care 

Main Content � Primary clinical skills assessment, planning, diagnosing, 

management 

� Communicable and non- communicable diseases 

� Occupational health screening 

� Population based health promotion 

� Epidemiological principles 









Selfstudy 64 





Module Topic Primary Care and clinical skills 






Level 7 


1. Demonstrate competence in carrying out physical assessment 

of an individual at primary care level. 

2. Demonstrate ability to identify trends in health status of 

individuals at primary level of care using appropriate 

195

demographic health behaviors. 

3. Demonstrate competence in diagnosing common conditions 

presenting at primary level of care. 

4. Demonstrate ability to select the most appropriate, safe, cost 

effective and suitable treatment for a variety of common 

conditions presenting at primary level of care. 

5. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of Anti Retro Viral 

Treatment protocols in the provision of care to individuals at 

primary care level. 

Main Content � Integrated assessment, diagnostic and management skills with 

regards to endemic conditions related to all body systems. 

� Provincial Health Plan 2010 and the role of the primary health 

care nurse in context of the National Health Act. 









Selfstudy 42 


Methods of Student Asessment Summative 60% 



Module Topic Normal Midwifery 

Generic Module Name Midwifery 331 

Alpha-numeric Code CUR331 -821048 



Level 7 

Main Outcomes 

At the end of a module a student will:- 

� Demonstrate ability to assess and maintain health status of a 

pregnant woman and developing foetus. 

� Demonstrate ability to prepare the mother and family for 

pregnancy, delivery and family changes. 

� Demonstrate ability to maintain the health status of the mother 

and neonate during the intranatal period. 

� Demonstrate ability to provide evidence-based care to the 

mother and neonate during the postpartum period including 

feeding. 

� Apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become 

competent in various clinical activities. 

� Demonstrate ability to promote safe motherhood 

� Demonstrate competence in the various clinical skills to provide 

care during pregnancy, labor and pueperium. 

� Normal pregnancy 

Main Content 

� Normal Labour 

� Normal puerperium 

� Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labour 

and puererium 



196



Contact with lecturer / tutor 56 Lectures p.w. 2 x 4hr 

Assignments & tasks: 14 Practicals p.w. 4.2 hr clinical site & lab 



Selfstudy 104 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative 60% (Objective Structure Clinical Evaluation) 



Module Topic Obstetric emergencies 





Level 7 


� Demonstrate ability to identify, and refer complicated 

pregnancy during intra natal and post natal care. 

� Demonstrate ability to manage potential and actual emergencies 

during labour and delivery. 

� Demonstrate ability to identify and refer high risk neonate. 

� Demonstrate ability to identify maternity related health 

problems of women of child-bearing age in the community. 

Main Content � High risk neonate 

� Safe pregnancy and childbirth: global initiatives and South 

African initiatives 

� Safe motherhood and human rights in SA context 

� Assessment and diagnosis of complicated pregnancy, 

complicated labour, complicated pueperium 

� Common neonatal disorders 

� Common maternal disorders 









Selfstudy 22 





Module Topic Normal Midwifery 





Level 7 

197

Main Outcomes 


� Demonstrate ability to assess and maintain health status of a 

pregnant woman and developing foetus. 

� Demonstrate ability to prepare the mother and family for 

pregnancy, delivery and family changes. 

� Demonstrate ability to maintain the health status of the mother 

and neonate during the intranatal period. 

� Demonstrate ability to provide evidence-based care to the 

mother and neonate during the postpartum period including 

feeding. 

� Apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become 

competent in various clinical activities. 

� Demonstrate ability to promote safe motherhood 

� Demonstrate competence in the various clinical skills to provide 

care during pregnancy, labor and pueperium. 

Main Content 

Normal pregnancy 

Normal Labour 

Normal puerperium 

Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labour and 

puererium 





Contact with lecturer / tutor 56 Lectures p.w. 2 x 4hr 

Assignments & tasks: 14 Practicals p.w. 4.2 hr clinical site & lab 



Selfstudy 104 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative 60% (Objective Structured Clinical Evaluation) 



Module Topic Obstetric emergencies 





Level 7 


1.Demonstrate ability to identify, and refer complicated pregnancy 

during intra natal and post natal care. 

2.Demonstrate ability to manage potential and actual 

emergencies during labour and delivery. 

3..Demonstrate ability to identify and refer high risk neonate. 

4.Demonstrate ability to identify maternity related health problems 

of women of child-bearing age in the community. 

Main Content � High risk neonate 

� Safe pregnancy and childbirth: global initiatives and South 

African initiatives 

� Safe motherhood and human rights in SA context 

� Assessment and diagnosis of complicated pregnancy, 

complicated labour, complicated pueperium 

� Common neonatal disorders 

198

� Common maternal disorders 









Selfstudy 22 





Module Topic Management of childhood illness 

Generic Module Name Child Health 324 

Alpha-numeric Code NRS324 - 821324 


Duration Semester 2 

Level 6 

Main Outcomes 


1. Demonstrate competence in growth and development monitoring 

of a child. 

Demonstrate competence in establishing a child- and adolescent 

friendly environment in a health care setting. 

Demonstrate competence in management of childhood illnesses in 

an integrated manner 

Main Content Growth monitoring 

Integrate Management of Childhood Illnesses 

Extended Programme of Immunization (EPI) 









Selfstudy 42 





Module Topic Management of childhood illness 

Generic Module Name Child Health 313 




Level 6 


Demonstrate competence in growth and development monitoring of 

199

a child. 

Demonstrate competence in establishing a child- and adolescent 

friendly environment in a health care setting. 

Demonstrate competence in management of childhood illnesses in 

an integrated manner 

Main Content Growth monitoring 

Integrate Management of Childhood Illnesses 

Extended Programme of Immunization (EPI) 

Pre-requisite Modules None 

Co-requisite Modules None 

Prohibited module Combinations None 






Selfstudy 42 





Module Topic Nursing leadership and management at unit level 

Generic Module Name Unit Management 334 

Alpha-numeric Code CUR 334 821034 




Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of relevant policies regulations; 

institutional philosophy, vision, mission and its implementation in a 

health unit. 

Demonstrate leadership skills in guiding nursing teams to achieve 

quality patient care. 

Demonstrate ability to implement quality improvement strategies. 

Main Content Health policy development and implementation 

Resource management 

Quality assurance 

Pre-requisite modules General Nursing 211 & 212 & Introduction to Mental Health 214 

Co-requisite modules Midwifery & Child-health 311& 312 ; Community Health Nursing 

311 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2x 1 p. w 

Assignments & tasks: 21 Practicals p.w. 4 hrs p.w clinical 



Selfstudy 42 




200


Module Topic Nursing leadership and management at unit level 

Generic Module Name Unit Management 336 

Alpha-numeric Code CUR 336 (821336) 




Programmes in which the module B.Cur 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of relevant policies regulations; 

institutional philosophy, vision, mission and its implementation in 

a health unit. 

Demonstrate leadership skills in guiding nursing teams to achieve 

quality patient care. 

Demonstrate ability to implement quality improvement strategies. 

Main Content Health policy development and implementation 

Resource management 


Pre-requisite modules General Nursing 211 & 212 & Introduction to Mental Health 214 

Co-requisite modules Midwifery & Child-health 311& 312 ; Community Health Nursing 

311 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2x 1 p. w 

Assignments & tasks: 21 Practicals p.w. 4 hrs p.w clinical 



Selfstudy 42 





Module Topic Therapeutic management of mental illness 

Generic Module Name Psychiatric Nursing 411 





Level 7 


1. Demonstrate ability to facilitate group work with a group of 

clients suffering from mental illnesses. 

2. Develop adequate skills to mobilize self- care and support 

systems for families with mentally ill members. 

3. Demonstrate ability to assist a family with psychological 

problems. 

4. Demonstrate ability to manage a psychiatric emergency and 

trauma of the mentally ill patient and people in crisis. 

Main Content � Mental Health Act * 

� Psychiatric assessment, diagnosis 

� Management of psychosocial rehabilitation for individuals 

within an ethically and culturally relative context 

� Social versus therapeutic relationship 

201

� Support groups 

� Family structure and dynamics 

� Communication patterns and developmental task Trauma 

debriefing 









Selfstudy 95 





Module Topic Management and Rehabilitation of psychiatric patients 

Generic Module Name Psychiatric Nursing 412 

Alpha-numeric Code NRS412 




Programmes in which the module BNurs 


Level 7 


1.Demonstrate ability to provide a therapeutic and safe environment 

for hospitalized psychiatric patients and those in legal custody. 

2. Demonstrate ability to implement and evaluate nursing 

interventions for extreme emotional and behavioural disturbances in 

mentally ill patients 

3. Demonstrate ability to involve the client and family in setting of 

rehabilitation goals. 

4.Demonstrate the ability to measure functional ability of clients 

with disabilities using appropriate instruments. 

5.Demonstrate the ability to assess the barriers to rehabilitation and 

develop a rehabilitation plan. 

Main Content Psychopharmacology & Psychopathology 

Ethical dilemma in Psychiatric nursing 

Mental Health Care & Legislation 

Methods and techniques of selection, restraint & seclusion 

Physical and psychological intervention 

Knowledge and understanding of specific types of disability 

Theories and models of rehabilitation 

De-institutionalisation & Environmental adaptation 

Community support system 

Pre-requisite modules Introduction to Mental Health 214 

Co-requisite modules Psychiatric Nursing 411 & Laboratory Clinical 401 






202


Selfstudy 95 





Module Topic Theory of the Research process 

Generic Module Name Research Methos 421 




Level 7 


1. Demonstrate a sound understanding of all the steps of the 

research process. 

2. Demonstrate ability to critically review and consolidate 

knowledge from all different disciplines of nursing and utilize 

this knowledge in conducting research. 

Main Content � Sources of knowledge 

� Steps in the research process 

� Research problem identification 

� Approaches and methodologies 

� Literature review 

� Ethics in conducting research, principles and procedures 

� Data collection and analysis and instrument development 

� Population and sampling 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2x1hr 

Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 5.2 p.w 



Selfstudy 65 





Module Topic Professional Practice Role 

Generic Module Name Professional Practice 




Level 7 


1. Demonstrate competence in advocating for the right of 

individuals, families, groups and other health care providers. 

2. Demonstrate professionalism in the provision of health care in a 

variety of health care settings. 

3. Demonstrate competence in organizing, coordinating and 

reviewing activities in a health care unit. 

203

4. Demonstrate competence in taking responsibility for own 

personal and professional development. 

Main Content � Advocacy role 

� Professionalism 

� Continued professional development 

� Leadership 









Selfstudy 65 

Other: Please specify 





Module Topic Gender Based Violence as a public health issue 

Generic Module Name Regional Priority GBV 

Alpha-numeric Code NRS401 821047 





Level 7 

Main Outcomes 1. Demonstrate understanding of the magnitude of gender-based 

violence as a public health issue. 

2. Apply basic theoretical and legal knowledge in addressing 

gender-based violence as a public health issue. 

3. Demonstrate understanding of different intervention strategies 

on gender-based violence in different health care settings. 

Main Content � Different manifestations of gender-based violence as a public 

health issue 

� Epidemiology of gender-based violence 

Basic theory i.e. social ecological model for understanding 

and addressing gender-based violence. 

� Constitutional and legal frameworks, policies and protocols 

guiding health professionals in the management of genderbased 

violence survivors. 

� Advocacy, empowerment and general interventions in genderbased 

violence as a public health issue. 








Selfstudy 65 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative 60%, Continuous Assessment 40% 

204


Module Topic To develop and demonstrate familiarity with the research process. 

Generic Module Name MNurs Mini-thesis 

Alpha-numeric Code NUR803/NUR804 


Duration Year 

Proposed semester/term Semester 1 & 2 



Master of Nursing 

Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Demonstrate ability to identify a research problem. 

Synthesize literature to understand the context of the problem. 

Choose appropriate methodology to answer the problem 

Draw up a research proposal for approval 

Conduct the research 

Write a formal report of the research and findings 

Main Content 

Participate in the research process to ensure: 

Research proposal is approved by senate higher degrees and ethics 

committees in adequate time for the research to be conducted. 

Completed research report is submitted at the applicable due date. 


Co-requisite modules Corequisite 

Advanced qualitative research methods 

Advanced quantitative research methods 




Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. 

Practicals: 


Tutorials p.w. 

Selfstudy 600 

Other::Field work depending on 

project 

100 


Methods of Student Assessment Completion of mini-thesis 100% 


Module Topic 

To introduce the student to appropriate quantitative research 

designs and methods that can be used when conducting research. 

Generic Module Name Advanced Quantitative Research Methods 





Programmes in which the module Master of Nursing 


Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Demonstrate an evolving awareness of the importance of 

understanding quantitative research methods including 

experimental; quasiexperimental, non- experimental designs and 

ethics in research. 

Synthesize concepts relevant to plan and execute a quantitative 

research project using the steps in the scientific research process, 

Utilize knowledge and skills to initiate change and improve practice 

through capturing, analyzing, interpreting, presentation, publication 

205

and implementation of research findings. 

Utilize a wide range of appropriate data bases (textual and 

electronic) to conduct an extensive and efficient literature search 

and to review, critique, interpret and summarize literature. 

Main Content 

Research methodology 

Problem formulation 

Identifying/ developing appropriate conceptual frameworks 

Sampling methods and techniques 

Instrument development 

Validity and Reliability 

Pilot testing the instrument 

Data collection methods 

Data analysis (Hypothesis testing; levels of measurement; 

interpretation) 

Proposal writing and reporting of findings 









Selfstudy 58 

Other:E-learning and on line 

discussions 

60 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment 60% Exam 

Continuous assessment 40% (Assignments; tests, project) 


Module Topic 

To introduce the student to appropriate qualitative research designs 

and methods that can be used when conducting research. 

Generic Module Name Advanced Qualitative Research Methods 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Demonstrate an understanding of qualitative research design 

including the selection of participants, instrument selection and 

construction, analysis, and interpretation of the data 

Analyze a range of qualitative research methods and approaches 

with regard to their appropriateness for investigating particular 

research problems in nursing and midwifery. 

Evaluate various philosophical underpinnings about qualitative 

research and how this impact on choice of design, instrument in 

conducting of nursing and midwifery related research. 

Main Content 

Factors leading to the emergence of interest in qualitative methods. 

Philosophical orientations and assumptions of qualitative research. 

Compare and contrast qualitative research with other research 

paradigms. 

Diverse orientations to knowledge development. 

206

Various approaches to collecting qualitative data. 

Data collection, analysis, validation, and presentation techniques of 

selected methods. 

Key ethical dilemmas in conducting qualitative inquiry. 

Approaches to analyzing and synthesizing qualitative data. 









Selfstudy 50 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% (Draft qualitative research proposal) 


Module Topic 

Subroles within advanced practice nursing and midwifery including 

leadership and management 

Generic Module Name Professional development, management and service provision. 




Proposed semester/term 2 

Programmes in which the 



Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Conduct an effective advanced nurse / midwife practitioner function 

within the scope of her/his practice. 

Provide counseling and guidance as pertinent. 

Initiate appropriate and timely consultation and/or referral when 

patient problem exceeds the nurse / midwife practitioner scope of 

practice. 

Demonstrate cultural competence. 

Indicate the research basis for the role of the advanced practice 

nurse / midwife 

Locate advanced practice in global, regional and national contexts. 

Demonstrate leadership and management attributes. 

Main Content 

Advanced nursing / midwifery practice: global perspectives 

Sub roles of advanced nursing / midwifery practice – educator, 

leader, expert clinician, consultant, counselor, case manager, and 

researcher, and planner, evaluator of health care and health care 

systems. 

Legal standing and legal determinants of advanced practice with a 

focus on scope of practice 

Impact of culture on patient/community response to role of 

advanced practice nursing / midwifery. Provision of culturally 

competent practice. 

5. Theories and practice of leadership and management in service 

provision. 





207

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 27 Lectures p.w. r 




Selfstudy 60 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% based on portfolio of evidence of 

integrated learning 


Module Topic 

Critical evaluation of global and national issues impacting on 

nursing and midwifery 

Generic Module Name Issues in health professional education 








Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Critically evaluate global and national issues and policies, including 

managing diversity, Recognition of Prior Learning, globalization 

and the nursing workforce etc, with specific reference to nursing 

and midwifery education. 

Main Content 

National policies / influencing affecting Nursing Education (ETQA; 

SAQA; SANC) 

Globalization in the education and training of nurses 

Movement of the nursing workforce globally 

Transformation of the education and training of nurses. 

Pre-requisite modules Theoretical Foundations; Teaching and Learning Methods 




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Lectures p.w. 1x 2hr 




Selfstudy 96 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment not less than 60% (group project) 

Continuous assessment not more than 40% (assignments; tests) 


Module Topic 

Programme and project management all stages and funding 

proposal writing 

Generic Module Name Programme planning implementation and evaluation 








Level 8.2 

208

Main Outcomes Analysis and synthesis of models and theories pertaining to health 

programme and project design, implementation and evaluation. 

Demonstration of the use of phases and components of programmes 

and projects in health by application in a local setting and by 

provision of the comprehensive plan for the ‗home‘ health care 

setting. 

Selection and application of theories and models of programme or 

project evaluation. 

Main Content Models and theories that underpin practice 

Project and funding proposal writing 

Health programme/project planning and implementation, strategy, 

tactics and operational issues. 

Evaluation strategies 









Selfstudy 80 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% based on portfolio of learning and 

three assignments 


Module Topic This module will equip the student to monitor growth, diagnose 

common child illnesses and immunizes children against childhood 

illnesses. 

Generic Module Name Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses* 

Alpha-numeric Code NAP817 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

The student should be competent in the following areas. 

Assess and implement a nursing plan for physical growth, 

nutritional and fluid needs of the neonate/child form birth till 6 

years of age. 

Assess and implement a nursing plan for the gross motor, language, 

fine-motor and personal-social development of the neonate/child till 

6 years of age. 

Management of common concerns and problems of the neonate till 

6 years of age. 

Understanding the major causes of childhood diseases and their 

management using Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses 

(IMCI). 

Understand common behaviors, including child sexuality of the 

child up to 6 years of age. 

Assess and implement a nursing plan for children with special 

needs such those who were abused or infected or affected by 

HIV/AIDS. 

Critically assess, apply and influence relevant policies and legal 

209

Main Content 

regulations. 

Growth, gross motor, language, fine-motor and personal-social 

development of the neonate till 12 years of age. 

Nutritional and fluid intake of neonate till age 6. 

Childhood diseases including common problems and infectious 

diseases. 

Children in special circumstances. 

Policies and legalization impacting on children‘s health. 



Prohibited module 

Combination 

None 






Selfstudy 50 

Other: :E-learning 50 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment 60% Exam 

Continuous assessment 40% (Assignments; tests, project) 


Module Topic Pathophysiology related to disease states 

Generic Module Name Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning 



Duration Year 




Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Synthesize concepts of human anatomy and physiology at the 

cellular, tissue, organ, organ system, and organism level. 

Synthesize concepts of pathophysiology at the cellular, tissue, 

organ, organ system, and organism level for conditions affecting 

individuals through out the life span. 

Analyze and interpret client history, including presenting 

symptoms, physical findings, and diagnostic information to develop 

appropriate differential diagnoses in all age groups. 

Order and interpret common screening and diagnostic tests within 

the scope of practice. 

Evaluate common screening and diagnostic tests based on current 

evidence. 

Main Content 

Client health history, including presenting symptoms, physical 

findings, and diagnostic information to develop appropriate 

differential diagnoses. 

Current common screening and diagnostic tests based on evidence. 

Most common pathological conditions for each of the major body 

systems – Cardiovascular, Hematopoetic, Respiratory, Endocrine, 

Immune, Gastrointestinal, Neurological, Integumentary, 

Musculoskeletal, Reproductive, Renal, Genetics, & Genitourinary 



210







Selfstudy 48 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% two assignments and two tests 


Module Topic The student will be equip with the knowledge and understanding of 

forensic nursing and gender based violent issues 

Generic Module Name Forensic Nursing in Gender-based Violence 

Alpha-numeric Code NAP 816 821120 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Raise awareness of the impact of gender-based violence on health 

and the health delivery system. 

Understanding specific gender and cultural issues of Gender based 

violence. 

Demonstrate skills and competency as health professional to 

provide effective, comprehensive, high quality care to victims of 

gender-based violence. 

Practice as sexual assault health care practitioner. 

Practice forensic nursing safely in a variety of settings within legal 

and ethical frameworks 

Main Content 

Violence as a public health issue, exploring the roots and the 

manifestation of violence across the lifespan. 

Constitutional and legal measures combating gender-based 

violence. 

Therapeutic interpersonal skills development for health 

professionals and dealing with vicarious trauma. 

Assessment and emergency care of gender-based violence 

survivors. 

Medical and forensic management of sexual assault 









Selfstudy 40 

Other::On line discussion s and 

project work 

46 



200 

211


Module Topic Empowerment of women and woman‘s health issues 

Generic Module Name Women and health 

Alpha-numeric Code NAP819 881398 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Understanding of theoretical approaches in defining women‘s 

health 

Understanding of the overview of key issues and challenges 

impacting on women‘s health from gender perspectives 

Analyze, assess and influence new and existing relevant policies 

Main Content 

Women‘s status throughout the life cycle 

Policies and Legislation impacting on women‘s health 

Politics of Reproductive Health 

Sexuality & Social Control 

Women, Work & Economy 

Women & Violence 

Strategies for change: Gender Advocacy skills 









Selfstudy 40 

Other: E-learning 40 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments and group work 

Continious assessment 100% 


Module Topic 

This module involves an in-depth study on Mental Health 

Assessments and Treatment Modalities 

Generic Module Name Advanced Mental Health Management 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the principles, 

theories, emerging issues and debates in psychiatric mental health 

nursing. 

Assess and diagnose mental ill health using specific, acceptable 

diagnostic systems. 

Manage the mental health care user (MCHU) in a multidisciplinary 

context. 

Evaluate the appropriateness of selected intervention and treatment 

212

Main Content 

modalities for clients within legal and ethical frameworks. 

Legislation 

Assessment and Diagnosis of Mental Health Care Users. 

Treatment Modalities 

Interactive therapies, psychopharmacology, adjunct and other 

biological therapies. 


Co-requisite modules Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners 







Selfstudy 72 

Other: Project work and On line 

discussions 

25 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment not less than 60% (Exams) 

Continuous assessment not more than 40% 

Assignments Project, Tests, 


Module Topic 

This module involves an in-depth study of Child and Adolescent 

Mental Health conditions and treatments 

Generic Module Name Child and Adolescent Mental Health 

Alpha-numeric Code NAP 814 – 821114 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

At the end of the module students will be able to:- 

Work as a specialist practitioner with other members of the health 

team within the health care system for the promotion of mental 

health and prevention of mental illness in children and adolescents. 

Conduct clinical assessment of families based on an approved 

model. 

Conduct clinical assessment and diagnose the most prevalent 

childhood and adolescent mental disorders based on international 

classification systems 

Practice childhood and adolescent mental health nursing safely in a 

variety of settings within legal and ethical frameworks 

Main Content Theories of self-development. 

International classification of mental disorders. 

Assessment of risk factors for mental disorders or mental health 

problems as pertinent to child & adolescent. 

Nursing diagnoses. 

Commonly used treatment modalities. 

Management of child and youth abuse 

Pre-requisite modules Advanced Mental Health Management 

Co-requisite modules Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners 



213





Selfstudy 72 

Other: Project work 25 




Assignments, Projects, Tests 


Module Topic 

This module involves an in-depth study of Community Mental 

Health Nursing 

Generic Module Name Community Mental Health Nursing 

Alpha-numeric Code NAP 815 - -821118 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 


Enhance the functioning of the individual, group and community 

through expert psycho-education. 

Assess and provide clients Psycho social rehabilitation(PSR) 

Demonstrate knowledge of Mental Health legislation 

Develop the expertise of other nurses who do not have the required 

knowledge and skills in advanced psychiatric nursing Care 

Main Content 

Role and functions of the psychiatric community 

Mental health resources and the correct referral pathways. 

Value of psychosocial rehabilitation programmes 

Community-based preventative and promotive mental health 

strategies. 

Prevention of and service provision for priority health problems. 

Emergency psychiatric care. 

Pre-requisite modules Advanced Mental Health Management 

Co-requisite modules Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health 







Selfstudy 72 

Other: Project work 25 




Projects, Assignments, Tests 

214


Module Topic 

This module involves an in-depth skills development for Advanced 

Mental Health Practitioners 

Generic Module Name Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners 



Duration Year 

Proposed semester/term First and second 




Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 


Apply specialist knowledge and skills in the nursing of individuals, 

groups and communities with mental health problems 

Function as primary therapist in a multi-disciplinary team and to set 

standards for specific nursing interventions. 

Develop and use patient care audit and appraisal systems in mental 

health care settings. 

Function as health counsellor and nursing consultant 

Main Content 

The tools of psychiatric mental health nursing 

The use of the therapeutic self and the skills needed for 

interpersonal effectiveness. 

The various therapies used in psychiatry e.g. Individual therapy; 

group therapy; family therapy; marital therapy; counselling; 

Play and other approved therapy in children 

The different strategies employed in caring for the caregivers 


Co-requisite modules Advanced Mental Health Management 

Community Mental Health Nursing 

Child and Adolescent Mental Health 




Assignments & tasks: 2 0 Practicals p.w. 



Selfstudy 56 

Other:Project work & online 

discussions 

10 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment not less than 60% 


Clinical skills examinations of competencies, Projects 


Module Topic This module provides learning opportunity to the student to practice 

independently as an Advanced midwife. 

Generic Module Name Advanced Midwifery 








Level 8.2 

215

Main Outcomes 


theories and emerging issues and debates in Advanced midwifery 

Demonstrate the ability to, identify, evaluate and refer problems 

using appropriate assessment methods which promote or threaten 

the health and life of the mother and her fetus during labour up to 

42 days post partum 

Be able to demonstrate competencies to screen and assess mothers 

complicated by psycho- social, physical problems 

Be able to competently manage and to refer low risk and 

complicated cases at ante-, intra and postnatal stage. 

Main Content 

Development, testing, implementation and evaluation of evidencebased 

low and high risk protocols, guidelines and policies for 

maternal health problems 

Demonstrate competency to do assisted deliveries and associated 

operating theatre procedures 

Analyse community needs of mothers with high risk pregnancy 

and/or deliveries that are championed by advocacy 

Pre-requisite modules Basic midwifery qualification 

Co-requisite modules Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 Lectures p.w. 2hrs bi weekly 




Selfstudy 50 

Other: On line learning, lectures & 

group discussions 

58 




Exams, Assignments, Triple tests, Participation in Group 

discussions (online) and case presentations 


Module Topic This module provide the student with knowledge to nurse high risk 

neonates 

Generic Module Name Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science Methods 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 


theories and emerging issues and debates in neonatal nursing 

Demonstrate the ability to identify, evaluate and refer problems 

which promote or threaten neonatal health using appropriate 

assessment methods. 

Be able to demonstrate competencies to assess neonates 

complicated by psycho- social, physical problems 

Be able to competently manage complicated cases of at risk 

neonates and using appropriate referring strategies 

216

Main Content 

Development, testing, implementation and evaluation of evidencebased 

low and high risk protocols, guidelines and policies for 

neonates 

Analyse community needs neonates with complicated birth injuries. 

Pre-requisite modules Basic midwifery qualification 








Selfstudy 50 



58 







Module Topic This module provides the student with learning opportunities to 

perform specialized procedures in Midwifery and Neonatology 

Generic Module Name Advanced Specializations in Midwifery and Neonatology 








Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competency to apply specialist knowledge and skills in 

the provision of Advanced maternal, neonatal and reproductive 

health care for individuals, groups and communities 

Develop, promote, implement and evaluate strategies to prevent 

maternal and neonatal illness related to the overall reproductive 

health of the community including morbidity and mortality. 

Be able to substantiated a point of view regarding emerging issues 

and debates relevant to midwifery and neonatology such as 

termination of pregnancy and infertility 

Demonstrate cultural sensitivity in the assessment, process and 

documentation of maternal and neonatal health care by utilization 

and comparing the various cultural customs pertaining to the 

practice of midwifery and neonatology. 

Main Content 

Apply quality assurance activities to enhance reproductive services. 

Critically analyze, assess and influence relevant policies, guidelines, 

legislation and ethical dilemmas 

Demonstrate the ability to complete advanced procedures of 

reproductive health in relation to: 

STI Management 

Papinicoula smears and any other specimen required 

Family planning including insertion of IUCD (the procedure of 

certificate in TOP is optional) 

Prescribe and administer specific medication 

217


Internal foetal monitoring 

Amnioinfusion and amnioscopy 

External cephalic version 

Basic sonagraphy 

Be able to successfully arrange seminars/ workshops to educate and 

train new midwives and mothers in the promotion of maternal care 

including MTCT, ante and post natal exercise, Better Birth 

Initiative, Safe Motherhood Initiative, Baby Friendly Hospital 

Initiative, Kangaroo care 

Basic midwifery qualification 








Selfstudy 50 



58 







Module Topic This allows the student to gain experience in the practice of 

Midwifery and Neonatology 

Generic Module Name Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology 



Duration Year 


Programmes in which the module Masters of Nursing 


Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Demonstrate competency to resuscitate a high risk woman and a 

newborn infant 

Work as a specialist practitioner with team members within the 

health care system for the 

promotion and prevention of maternal and neonatal health including 

mortality and morbidity 

Identified and integrated appropriate frameworks for theoretical and 

practical knowledge 

Main Content 

Demonstrate competency to effectively managed referrals from 

primary health care practitioners of pregnant / labouring/ post natal 

or neonatal patients 

Understanding of the dynamic and tentative nature of knowledge in 

the field of midwifery and neonatology emphasizing the practice of 

current evidence base practise 

Be able to act as an independent consultant practitioner 

Pre-requisite modules Basic midwifery 



218



Assignments & tasks: (project) 30 Practicals p.w. 



Selfstudy 50 




Exams, Assignments, OSCE. Project, Participation in Group 



Module Topic Evaluation of educational theories and models 

Generic Module Name Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education 

Alpha-numeric Code NUR820 – 821820 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Create active and learner- centered environments in the teaching of 

nursing and midwifery both in clinical and classroom settings based 

on comprehensive and systematic understanding of adult 

development, learning and motivation theories. 

Evaluate various theories and models of nursing and health based 

on a critical analysis of different own meaning perspectives about 

health and disease and how these impact on decision making in the 

practice of nursing and midwifery. 

Main Content 

Current theoretical models 

.Philosophical underpinnings of teaching and learning 

Theories of adult learning 

Contemporary approaches to teaching & learning (PBL/ CBA/CBE 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 1 x 2hr 

Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w. 1 x 3hr 



Selfstudy 54 



( Open book examination) 

Continuous assessment not more than 40% ( assignment) 


Module Topic Creative active classroom and clinical teaching 

Generic Module Name Teaching & Learning Methods 





219




Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Design and implement classroom and clinical learning sessions 

using appropriate teaching strategies based on expected learning 

outcomes taking into consideration the principles of adult learning 

Plan and implement the assessment of classroom and clinical 

learning outcomes based on a comprehensive understanding of 

principles and strategies of assessment of learning outcomes with 

specific reference to professional education. 

Main Content 

.Media design, selection and presentation 

Teaching and learning environments (theoretical and clinical) 

Various teaching methodologies 

Assessment of learning both theoretical and clinical 

Electronic teaching and learning 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 1 X 2hr Practicals: 

Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w. 1x 3hr 10 x 1 hr teaching 


sessions plus 10 x 1hr 


Selfstudy 



18 

56 

200 

clinical lab. 

Demonstrations and 

clinical assessments of 

students plus media 

development 




Module Topic The process of curriculum development and evaluation 

Generic Module Name Curriculum Development 







Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Develop a coherent curriculum for a particular nursing and/or 

midwifery program taking into account the principles of the NQF 

and the stipulations of the ETQA for nursing and midwifery 

education (SANC) in collaboration with peers. 

Lead curriculum change and/or transformation in the education of 

nurses and midwives based on critical analysis of educational 

philosophy with regard to its implications for nursing and 

midwifery education 

Main Content 

Various conceptualizations of curriculum 

Curriculum development process 

Different models of curriculum development 

Curriculum evaluation models 

Design curriculum for a specific programme 



220



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 1x 2hr Group project: 




Selfstudy 76 

Other:Group project 48 

221 

Design a curriculum 

for a specific 

educational program 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment not less than 60% (Group project) 

Continuous assessment not more than 40% (assignments; test) 


Module Topic 

Critical evaluation of global and national issues impacting on 

nursing and midwifery 

Generic Module Name Issues In health professional Education 








Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Critically evaluate global and national issues and policies, including 

managing diversity, Recognition of Prior Learning, globalization 

and the nursing workforce etc, with specific reference to nursing 

and midwifery education. 

Main Content 

National policies / influencing affecting Nursing Education (ETQA; 

SAQA; SANC) 

Globalization in the education and training of nurses 

Movement of the nursing workforce globally 

Transformation of the education and training of nurses. 

Pre-requisite modules Theoretical Foundations; Teaching and Learning Methods 








Selfstudy 96 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment not less than 60% (Group project) 


(Assignments; tests) 


Module Topic Discipline Specific practice teaching 

Generic Module Name Evidence Based Didactics 

Alpha-numeric Code NAP823 – 822823 






Master of Nursing

Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes 

Lead evidence-based practice in nursing and midwifery education 

Demonstrate comprehensive theoretical and clinical competence in 

the field in which teaching will take place. 

Main Content 

Lesson planning and presentation 

Management of a class session 

Handling difficulties in class 

Application of teaching strategies 

Clinical laboratory process 

Pre-requisite modules Theoretical Foundation of learning; Teaching and Learning 

Methods. 





Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 2x 4hr 



Selfstudy 60 


Methods of Student Assessment Summative assessment not less than 60% (Portfolio of teaching 

evidence) 

Continuous assessment not more than 40% ( practical assessment) 


Module Topic Identification and management of common and important 

health/disease issues, problems and emergencies 

Generic Module Name Advanced clinical practice nurse practitioner 





Programmes in which the module MCur Structured 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes Applying evidence-based practice: 

1. Diagnose and manage acute and chronic health problems. 

2. Prioritize health problems and intervenes appropriately. 

3. Formulate an action plan/s. 

4. Evaluate results of interventions using accepted outcome criteria 

5. Apply principles of epidemiology and demography in clinical 

practice. 

6. Use community/public health assessment information in 

evaluating patient needs, initiating referrals, coordinating care. 

Main Content 1. Medical and surgical emergencies across all ages. 

2. Current priority health problems and management at individual 

and family levels. 

3. Referral and follow up of individual cases. 

4. Rehabilitation strategies 



Prohibited module Combination none 


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 27 Lectures p.w. One 


assignment 

222


Tests & examinations: 15 One test, one 

Selfstudy 48 

assignment, 


one integrated 

case 

management 

practical 

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% one test, one practical, one 

assignment 


Module Topic Theoretical underpinning of advanced practice nursing and 

midwifery 

Generic Module Name Advanced nursing practice and client management 





Programmes in which the module MCur Structured - Advanced nurse practitioner 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes 1. Critically analyze and synthesize the philosophical basis of 

nursing, based on contemporary nursing theories/models and relevant 

to current socio-political context of nursing practice. 

2. Analyze nursing and primary care nursing decisions and research 

imperatives, supported by a particular model or theory of nursing and 

take into consideration the legal and ethical frameworks of nursing 

practice. 

3. Apply ethical decision making to common ethical problems. 

4. Based on relevant research, provides health promotion, disease 

prevention, anticipatory guidance, and counseling to promote health, 

reduce risk factors, and prevent disease and disability. 

5. Recognizes environmental health problems affecting 

clients/patients and provides health protection interventions that 

promote healthy environments for individuals, families, and 

communities, including international, national, regional and local 

environments 

6. Utilise the principles of health education to promote health and 

enable the individual, family, community to cope meaningfully with 

ill health and disease using current research as basis for practice: 

7. Incorporate current technology in the delivery of care. 

8. Evaluate implications of contemporary health policy on health 

care providers and consumers. 

9. Monitor and ensure the quality of health care practice. 

Main Content 1. Critical analysis of mid-range practice theories (e.g. theory of 

reasoned action, stress/adaptation, etc.) 

Conceptual analysis 

2. Theory of health promotion, Health policy and regulation related 

to health promotion 

3. Applied epidemiology 

4. Environmental health 

5. Global priorities and Health Plan for South Africa 

6. Legal aspects of clinical practice 

7. Use of technology in health care; electronic health record, internet 

and others. 

8. Legislative and political structure; how to influence 

223


9. Community resources; access for patient care 

10. Methods of quality assurance 

None 





Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 1 One assignment 


Tests & examinations: 15 One test, one assignment, one 

Selfstudy 48 

integrated case management 

practical 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% one test, one practical, one assignment 


Module Topic Identify range of therapeutic modalities and select most appropriate 

for given circumstances 

Generic Module Name Advanced pharmacology and treatment modalities 

Alpha Numeric Code NAP826 




Programmes in which the module MCur Structured nurse pratitioner 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Prescribe medication based on efficacy, safety, and cost as legally 

authorized. (Integrates knowledge of pharmacokinetic processes, 

correct doses, routes, frequencies, and how to minimize adverse 

drug interactions) 

� Base pharmacological management decisions on current research. 

� Identify therapeutic options as per client conditions 

� Select apply and monitor treatment modalities as appropriate. 

Main Content 1. Pharmacokinetic processes 

2. Major classes of medication for common pathophysiology in each 

major body system - Cardiovascular, Hematopoetic, Respiratory, 

Endocrine, Immune, Gastrointestinal, Neurological (including pain 

and psychiatric), Integumentary, Musculoskeletal, Reproductive, 

Renal & Genitourinary. (e.g. Cardiovascular – betablockers, calciumchannel 

blockers, etc.; Immune – antibiotics, antiretrovirals, etc.) 

3. Diagnostic reasoning for choosing one medication over another 

and one therapeutic approach over another. 

4. For each medication – correct dosing (based on size, age, other 

variables), route, frequency and how to minimize adverse drug 

interactions. 

5. For each therapeutic approach determine potential risks and 

measures to avoid or manage those. 

Pre-requisite modules Advanced health assessment and diagnostic reasoning 

Co-requisite modules Advanced health assessment and diagnostic reasoning 






224


Selfstudy 97 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 100% one test, one practical, one assignment 

OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 














Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSc (OT) 


Level 5 





























health: 


Social inequality, poverty and poor development and its impact on 

225

health. 




Success and Challenges of implementing the PHC approach at a 

national and district level. 




Analysing a major health problem in the Community 








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 





Module Topic The main purpose of this module is to introduce the students to 

some of the conceptual foundations which form the basis for sound 

ethical practice of health care professionals. 




Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSc (OT) 


Level 5 













• Analyse and describe ‗care‘ as a social practice and your position 

as a future health care professional in the larger social power 

constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of policy 

on these constructs. 

• Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics 

and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness 

226

of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South 

Africa. 

• Demonstrate the ability to analyse and the skills needed when 

dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices. 

• Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as punctuality, 

participation and attendance when working in interdisciplinary 

groups. 

Main Content • Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do 

they matter? 


• The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility, 

competence and responsiveness. 








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 





Home Department Occupational Therapy 

Module Topic Human Occupation 

Generic module name Introduction to Human Occupation 

Alpha-numeric code OCT 105 


Duration S 

Programmes in which the module B Sc Occupational Therapy 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to; 

� Define human occupation 

� Explain the model of human occupation. 

� Describe influence of performance context on occupation 

� Demonstrate poster making as a form of presentation 

Main Content � Basic theoretical concepts of human occupation 

� The Model of Human Occupation 

� Performance context & narratives 

� Reflective journaling, Learning skills & accessing information 

� Presentation skills 









227

Selfstudy 14 


Methods of Student Assessment Poster presentation (40%) & Assignment (60%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic Occupational Therapy 

Generic module name Introduction to Occupational Therapy 



Duration S 

Programme in which the module B Sc Occupational Therapy 

is offered 

Level 5 


� Explain the definition, scope and philosophy of occupational 

therapy. 

� Demonstrate and discuss how activities can be used in occupational 


� Explain the OT process for individuals, groups & communities 

� Describe the approaches and tools of practice used in occupational 


Main Content � Definition, scope, philosophy & context, activities, OT– process, 

use of self, groups, activity analysis, ethics, remediation, 

compensation & education approach. 

Pre-requisites Introduction to Human Occupation (OCT 105) 








Selfstudy 42 


Methods of Student Assessment Group assignment (40%) 

Written Test (60%) 

CE 100% 




promotion. These concepts are applied in a particular setting, i.e. a 

school in the community. Students are expected to plan, implement 

and evaluate health promotion projects in the school. The health 

promoting schools framework is used to guide students. Students 

spend 50% of the course time in the community and the 50% is 

spent on campus. 




Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module B.Sc (OT) 


228

Level 6 






















promoting schools framework and to use this framework 

when planning and implementing a health promotion 

project in the schools. 

� Analyze the impact of the media and research on health 

promotion strategies. 

� Critically reflect on their community-based experience. 

� Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such 

as punctuality, participation and attendance 

when working in interdisciplinary groups and at 

the schools. 

Main Content � Background and history of Health Promotion and Health 

Promoting Schools 

� The theory and application of health promotion models 


promotion 





evaluation 








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


229







Module Topic Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in Occupational 

Therapy 

Generic Module Name Trauma & Disease 212 

Alpha-numeric Code OCS212 


Duration semester 


Programmes in which the Occupational therapy 


Level 6 


� Demonstrate Knowledge of selected communicable and noncommunicable 

diseases. 

� Demonstrate understanding of the medical management of 

selected communicable and non-communicable diseases. 

� Explain effects and side effects of medication used in the 

management of selected communicable and non-communicable 

diseases. 

� Identify risk factors ,complications and precautions related to 

selected communicable and non-communicable disease. 

Main Content � Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment 

and management, cause and prognosis of: 

� Teenage pregnancy, HIV/AIDS, TB, Diabetes, Amputations & 

Rheumatoid Arthritis. 

Pre-requisite modules HUB 117, 127 

Co-requisite modules MBS 214,215,216 or 218 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 hrs Lectures p.w. 2 

Assignments & tasks: 4 hrs Practicals p.w. 


Tests & examinations: 4 hrs 

Selfstudy 14 hrs 



Methods of Student Assessment Test 1 (50%) 

Test 2 (50%) 


Module Topic Kinesiology and Ergonomics 

Generic module name Kinesiology/Ergonomics 201 

Alpha-numeric code KER 201 


Duration S 

Programme in which the module 


B Sc Occupational Therapy 

Level 6 

230


� Analyse and describe functional human movement. 

� Demonstrate mastery in measuring correct seating and 

desk heights for individuals. 

Main Content � Mechanics of motion, 

� Cardio-respiratory function and its impact on movement, 

� Normal development and normal posture, 

� Ergonomics, improving work efficiency and movement 

analysis of both static and dynamic postures, 

� Ergonomics and work study. 

Pre-requisites HUB 117 301118 

HUB 127 301128 

Co-requisites OT,RA & Diabetes (OCT213), MBS 214,215,216, 

Physics (PHY218), OT, Amps & Substance use (OCT212) 






Practicals: 2 

Selfstudy 3 


Methods of Student Assessment 1 Observation skills performance evaluation (OSPE) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic Adolescents Occupation 

Generic module name Human Occupation & Adolescents 



Duration T 

Programmes in which the B Sc Occupational Therapy 


Level 6 


� Identify the psycho-social stage of adolescence according to 

developmental theory 

� Select and apply a model of occupational therapy that can be 

used to analyze an adolescents occupational performance 

� Identify areas of occupational performance deficits in 

adolescence. 

Main Content � Stages of adolescence. 

� Developmental theory e.g. Erikson, role of society, religion, 

culture and personal history on occupational choice, 

� Leisure as identity formation in adolescence, narratives and 

interview, adolescents in crisis, promotive and preventive 

intervention strategies for occupational therapy. 

Pre-requisites Introduction to Human Occ. (OCT105) 







231

Practicals: 3 

Selfstudy 7 


Methods of Student Assessment Written test (60%) & Group case study & presentation (40%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic Occupation and older adults 

Generic module name Human Occupation and older adults 



Duration T 

Programme in which the module B Sc Occupational Therapy 


Level 6 


� Describe the occupational performance of an older adult. 

� Discuss the impact of contextual factors on older adults. 

� Apply the Person Environment Occupation Performance 

Model to and older adult case scenario. 

Main Content � Human development stage of older adulthood. 

� Factors impacting on occupational performance of older adults. 

� Effect of environment on older adults 

� Person Environment Occupation Model. 

Pre-requisites Intro to Human Occ. (OCT105) 







Practicals: 3 

Selfstudy 10 


Methods of Student Assessment Written assignment (50%) & Case study presentation (50%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic OT Intervention with adolescents at risk of pregnancy & HIV/AIDS 

Generic module name OT, Teenage pregnancy & HIV/AIDS 

Alpha-numeric code OCT211 


Duration T 



Level 6 


� Discuss youth wellness in South Africa. 

� Identify occupational risk factors in adolescents in a specific 

community 

� Apply the UWC Community Process Model in a project to address 

youth wellness of adolescents in a specific community. 

Main Content � Health indicators for adolescents in South Africa, 

� Occupational risk, imbalance, deprivation & injustice. 

232

� Frames of references in Occupational Therapy, 

� The Ottawa charter for Health Promotion, 

� Occupation-focused health promotion. 

� The Community Project Process Model. 

Pre-requisites Intro to OT (OCT117) 

Co-requisites HO & Adolescents 863103 (OCT201) 

Health Promotion (HLP213) 

Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1, MBS 214,215,216 or 218 






Practicals: 2 

Selfstudy 7 



Methods of Student Assessment Test (60%) & Case study (40%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic Impact of amputation and substance use on occupational performance 

Generic module name OT, Substance use and Amputations 



Duration T 



Level 6 


� Identify clients with substance abuse and its impact on 

occupational performance. 

� Explain the use of the Individual process model as it applies to 

clients with substance abuse and amputations. 

� Perform assessments and interventions on clients with substance 

abuse and amputations. 

Main Content � Causes and functional implications of amputations, 

� Interview as assessment, 

� Psychodrama, role play, Life skills, 

� Theoretical models in OT, 

� Stump bandaging, prosthetic & wheelchair training, pressure 

garments, 

� OT Process 


Co-requisites Human Occupation & Adolescents 863103 (OCT201) 

Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1, MBS214,215,216 






Practicals: 2 

Selfstudy 7 


233

Methods of Student Assessment Written test (50%) & Observation skills performance evaluation 

(OSPE) (50%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic Occupational Therapy as it relates to Rheumatoid Arthritis and 

Diabetes 

Generic module name OT RA & Diabetes 



Duration T 

Programmes in which the B Sc Occupational Therapy 


Level 6 


� Explain the Occupational Therapy Process by selecting the 

appropriate process model to the setting in relation to 

Older Adults with Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle. 

� Select and perform appropriate assessments of an 

individual or group within a community setting. 

� Design and implement intervention 

� Demonstrate professional behaviour with clients in 

fieldwork settings. 

Main Content � Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle, 

� UWC OT Process models , 

� Rheumatoid Arthritis and Diabetes, 

� Frames of Reference in OT, 

� Community Based Rehabilitation, 

� Occupational adaptation and environmental analysis, 

� Energy conservation, work-simplification, joint 

protection, assistive devices and the basics of splinting. 


Co-requisites Human Occ & Older Adults (OCT203), Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & 

Disease 1, MBS 214,215,216 or 218 






Practicals: 3 

Selfstudy 14 


Methods of Student Assessment A written test – 50%, oral presentation – 10%, practical group work – 

10%, written assignment – 25% and Observation skills performance 

evaluation (OSPE) – 5% 

CE 100%. 


Module Topic Occupational therapy intervention with older adults 

eneric module name Occupational Therapy & Dementia 



Duration T 


234


Level 6 


� Describe the occupational performance of an older adult. 

� Explain the theoretical background of dementia and depression 

in older adults. 

� Discuss the theory of aging. 

� Identify contextual factors which affect older adults. 

� Describe the assessment and intervention of older adults. 

Main Content � Normal ageing, 

� Dementia& Depression (DSM classification), 

� Assessment & intervention with older adults, 

� UWC Occupational Performance model. 

� Reality-orientation, reminiscence- and validation therapy. 


Co-requisites Human Occ & Older Adults (OCT203) 

Clinical Sciences 1 Psychiatry 

MBS 214,215,216 or 218 






Practicals: 3 

Selfstudy 13 


Methods of Student Assessment Written assignment (50%) & Written test (50%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic DSM IV classifications of psychiatric conditions encountered in 

Occupational Therapy 

Generic Module Name Psychiatry 211 





Programmes in which the module Occupational therapy 


Level 6 


� Demonstrate Knowledge of selected Psychiatric conditions 


selected psychiatric conditions 


management of selected psychiatric conditions 

� Identify precautions related to selected psychiatric conditions 

� Describe functional implications of selected psychiatric 

conditions 

Main Content � Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment 

and management, cause and prognosis of: 

� Depression, Dementia , Substance Abuse and Substance 

Dependence, as classified in the DSM IV classifications of 

psychiatric disorders 

235

Pre-requisite modules HUB 117, HUB 127 

Co-requisite modules MBS 214,215,216 or 218 









Methods of Student Assessment Test 1 (50%), Test 2 (50%) 


Module Topic Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in 


Generic Module Name Trauma & Disease 321 







Level 7 


� Demonstrate Knowledge of medical and surgical procedures 

related to orthopaedic and medical conditions as a result of 

trauma and disease. 

� Demonstrate understanding of the medical and surgical 

management of orthopaedic and medical conditions. 

� Explain complications that may arise in clients who have 

undergone surgery. 

� Identify precautions to be taken with clients who have 

undergone surgery. 

� Describe functional implications that clients may experience 

as a result of surgery. 

Main Content � Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, 

assessment, management, cause and prognosis of: 

� Upper Limb Conditions, Burns, Cancer and Cardiac 

conditions. 

Pre-requisite modules Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1 


Prohibited module combination none 









Test 2 (50%) 

236


Module Topic Work as a major occupation of adults. Work practice in 

occupational therapy 

Generic module name Human Occupation & Adults/Work 



Duration B 

Programmes in which the module is B Sc Occupational Therapy 

offered. 

Level 7 


� Apply the Model of Human Occupation to adults. 

� Explain the occupational roles of adults and the meaning of 

work as occupation in adulthood. 

� Analyze implications of South African Legal context (labour 

laws) for occupational therapy practice 

� Select & perform appropriate work assessments for specific 

clients. 

� Design appropriate work practice interventions for specific 

clients. 

Main Content � Work as occupation, 

� Employment equity act, 

� Work assessment, vocational preparation, training & 

rehabilitation. 

� Supported employment, 

� Entrepreneurship 

Pre-requisites Human Occ & older adults (OCT203) 







Practicals: 1 

Selfstudy 2 


Methods of Student Assessment Written assignment (40%) & Test (60%) 

CE 100% 


Module Topic Children as occupational beings 

Generic module name Human Occupation & Children 



Duration B 

Programmes in which the module is B Sc Occupational Therapy 


Level 7 


� Discuss the importance of play to the development of 

children, 

� Discuss the impact of context on a child‘s development as an 

occupational being, 

� Analyse and discuss the mother –child /carer-child 

237

elationship and its impact on the child‘s development, 

� Analyse specific pre-school child-factors that affect his/her 

occupations in childhood, (specifically the occupational 

behaviour, performance and contexts). 

Main Content � Occupational behaviour of children, 

� Wits Developmental Assessment, 

� Play types, 

� The importance of play & play vs. playfulness 

� Children‘s rights, 

� Disability and Play – adaptations, 

� Interview skills with parents and children, 

� Child handling skills. 

Pre-requisites Human Occ & Adolescents (OCT201) 







Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 12 


Methods of Student Assessment Written report = 50% & Presentation = 50% 

CE 100% 


Module Topic OT applied to –Neurological conditions 

Generic module name OT & Neurology 



Duration Term 

Programmes in which the module is BSc (Occupational Therapy) 


Level 7 


� Explain the effects of neurological conditions on the 

occupational performance of adults 

� Apply the Neorodevelopmetal (NDT) frame of reference 

within the OT practice framework 

� Demonstrate skills in applying NDT principles and 

techniques for assessment and intervention. 

Main Content � NDT frame of reference, NDT principles, intervention 

strategies & techniques 

� OT programmes for clients with neurological conditions 

Pre-requisites Kine (KER201), MBS 214,215,216 or 218, Physics (PHY218) 

Co-requisites Clinical Sciences 5 







Selfstudy 26 


238

Methods of Student Assessment 1 x OSPE 

1Xx Test 


Module Topic Occupational therapy applied to psychiatric conditions 

Generic module name OT & Mental Health 




Programmes in which the module is BSc ( Occupational Therapy) 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of: 

• occupational therapy models as it relates to psychiatric 

conditions including Mental Retardation 

Demonstrate skills in 

•applying specific principles and techniques for intervention 

for these conditions 

•selection and application of appropriate frame of reference 

for intervention 

•assessing, planning occupational therapy intervention 

approaches and evaluation in 

different settings 

•develop discharge/follow-up plans for adults with psychiatric 

conditions 

Main Content •Occupational therapy principles and techniques for adults with 

psychiatric conditions including Mental Retardation 

•introduction to the Mental Health Act 

•Model of Human Occupation, Model of Creative Ability 

Creative Ability , Group Theory 

Pre-requisites Psych 211, 214 

Co-requisites Clinical Sciences 3 Psychiatry 2 






Practicals: 6 

Selfstudy 8 


Methods of Student Assessment 1 Test 

1 Case study 

1 Presentation 


Module Topic Occupational therapy applied to paediatrics 

Generic module name OT & Development 




Programmes in which the module is BSc Occupational Therapy 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of 

•the effects of developmental conditions on the occupational 

239

performance of children 

•the use of the occupational therapy models as it relates to 

developmental conditions 

Demonstrate skills in 

•applying specific principles and techniques for OT intervention 

•selection and application of appropriate frame of reference 

for intervention 

•assessing, planning, implementing & evaluating occupational 

therapy intervention 

Main Content •Developmental norms, use of the occupational therapy models 

for children with developmental and congenital disorders 

•Use and interpretation of specialized tests for children 

•Developmental and Sensory frames of reference 

Pre-requisites MBS 214,215,216, Kine (KER201) 

Co-requisites Clinical Sciences 6 


Breakdown of Learning Time: 

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 105 




Selfstudy 20 


Methods of Student Assessment 1 x Report 

1 x OSPE 

1 x Test 


Module Topic OT applied to conditions caused by trauma and / or disease 

encountered in Occupational Therapy 

Generic module name OT & Trauma 



Duration Year 

Programmes in which the module is BSc Occupational Therapy 


Level 7 


� Discuss the impact of context on the occupational 

performance of adults and children who suffers from an 

illness, injury or trauma. 

� Select and appropriate occupational therapy models to guide 

intervention 

� Explain appropriate occupational therapy models. 

� Apply selected occupational therapy models in intervention 

. 

Main Content •Occupational therapy models for adults and children with 

medical conditions 

•Biomechanical, Model of Human Occupation, Creative Ability, 

Health Promotion and an occupational perspective on community 

development 

•splints and therapeutic apparatus 

•specialized techniques in OT intervention related to burns, 

hands, cardiac conditions and palliative care 

Pre-requisites MBS214,215,216 

240

Co-requisites Clinical Sciences 4 Trauma & Disease 2 






Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 52 


Methods of Student Assessment 1 x Individual assignment, 2 x O.S.P.E., 2 x Test 


Module Topic Occupational therapy with adults. 

Generic module name Fieldwork II – Adults 



Duration T 


Programme in which the module is B Sc Occupational Therapy 

offered 

Level 7 


Applying either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS 

MODEL with adults who require occupational therapy. 

Apply aspects of the community project process model. 

Main Content Application of occupational therapy frames of reference and tools 

of practice with individuals or groups & communities. 

Assessment of context, area and components 

Planning, implementation and evaluation of occupational therapy 

intervention 

Pre-requisites OT, RA & Diabetes, (OCT213), OT & Dementia (OCT214) 

Co-requisites OT & Neurology (OCT315), OT & Trauma,(OCT319), OT & 

Development,(OCT317), OT & Mental Health (OCT316) 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 2 

Fieldwork 70 


Methods of Student Assessment Case Presentation 20%, Portfolio File 1O% & Fieldwork Model 

Evaluation 70% 

CE 100% 

Home Department Occupational Therapy Department 

Module Topic Applying either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS 

MODEL with children who require occupational therapy. 

Apply aspects of the COMMUNITY PROJECT PROCESS 

MODEL. 

Generic module name Fieldwork I – Children 



Duration T 

241


Programme in which module is B Sc Occupational Therapy 


Level 7 


Apply either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS MODEL 

with children who require occupational therapy. 

Apply aspects of the COMMUNITY PROJECT PROCESS 

MODEL. 

Main Content Application of occupational therapy frames of reference and tools 

of practice with individuals or groups & communities. 

Assessment of occupational performance context, area and 

components. 

Planning, implementation and evaluation of occupational therapy 

intervention. 

Pre-requisites OT,Teen. Preg & HIV/Aids (OCT211) 

OT Amps, Sub. Use (OCT212) 

Co-requisites OT & Development (OCT317) 

OT & Mental health 863113 (OCT316) 

Human Occ & Children (OCT 307) 

Clinical sciences 6 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 2 

Fieldwork 70 


Methods of Student Assessment Case Presentation 20% , Fieldwork Model Evaluation 70% 

Portfolio File 10% 

CE 100% 


Module Topic DSM IV classifications of psychiatric conditions encountered in 


Generic Module Name Psychiatry 311 



Duration term 

Proposed semester/term Term 3 



Level 7 


� Demonstrate Knowledge of Psychiatric conditions 


psychiatric conditions 


management of psychiatric conditions 

� Identify precautions related to psychiatric conditions 

� Describe functional implications of psychiatric conditions 


assessment and management, cause and prognosis of: 

242

� Eating disorders, depression, bipolar mood disorder, anxiety 

disorders, psychotic disorders, personality disorders as 

classified in the DSM IV classifications of psychiatric 

disorders 

Pre-requisite modules Clinical Sciences I Psychiatry I 











Test 2 (50%) 




Generic Module Name Neurology 312 



Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module Occupational Therapy 


Level 7 


� Demonstrate knowledge of neurological conditions 


neurological conditions 


management of neurological conditions 

� Identify precautions related to neurological conditions 

� Describe functional implications of neurological conditions 



� Head Injuries, CVA, SCI, Degenerative Disorders, Muscular 

Dystrophy, CP, Spina Bifida, Hydrocephalus 

Pre-requisite modules MBS 214,215,216 











Test 2 (50%) 

243




Generic Module Name Paediatrics 313 



Duration Term 




Level 7 


� Explain normal development in children 

� Identify abnormal development patterns and its causes in 

children 

� Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of paediatric 

conditions and its medical management. 

� Explain complications that may arise in children with 

paediatric conditions. 

� Identify precautions to be taken during the management of 

paediatric conditions. 



� Mental Retardation, ADHD, foetal Alcohol Syndrome, 

Congenital Disorders, visual and hearing impairment, 

malnutrition, diarrhoea, child abuse, TB, 

HIV/AIDSDefinition, aetiology, clinical signs and 

symptoms, assessment and management, cause and 

prognosis of: 

� Mental Retardation, ADHD, foetal Alcohol Syndrome, 

Congenital Disorders, visual and hearing impairment, 

malnutrition, diarrhoea, child abuse, TB, HIV/AIDS 

Pre-requisite modules MBS 214,215,216 











Test 2 (50%) 


Module Topic Application of the COMMUNITY PROCESS MODEL in 

implementing occupation-focused projects in a specific 

community. 

Generic module name Fieldwork – Community Process Model 



Duration Y 



244


Level 8.1 


� Apply the COMMUNITY PROCESS MODEL in a 

variety of settings. 

Main Content � Health Promotion. 

� Occupational therapy frames of reference, theories, 

models and tools of practice 

� Application of community entry skills, 

� Community assessment. 

� Planning, implementation and evaluation of 

occupational therapy community based intervention 

Pre-requisites FW I (OCT323), FW II (OCT 322) 







Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 20 

Fieldwork 174 


Methods of Student Assessment Fieldwork Model Evaluation 100% (yearmark) 

Case presentation 60% plus, Portfolio file 40% (exam mark) 

Overall mark: 60% yearmark plus 40% exam mark 


Module Topic Review of contemporary issues in the field of Human 

Occupation 

Generic module name Human Occupation 



Duration Y 




Level 8.1 


� Demonstrate understanding of current issues and 

developments relating to Human Occupation on both 

international and national level 

� Critique historical and current state of occupational 

therapy affairs in South Africa 

� Describe meanings and political nature of occupation 

in occupational therapy that are relevant to the 

transitional South African context 

Main Content � Philosophy of the occupational therapy profession 

� Scope of occupational science 

� Different understandings of occupation and health 

� Political nature of occupation, occupational therapy 

and occupational science 

� Framework for political reasoning 

� Toward Proudly South African expressions of 

245

occupational therapy and occupational science 

Pre-requisites HO & adults (OCT305), HO & children (OCT307) 


Prohibited Combinations 





Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 15 


Methods of Student Assessment Oral 40% plus oral 40% plus assignment 20% (yearmark) 

Oral 100% (examination) 

Overall mark: 60% year mark plus 40% exam mark 


Module Topic Ethics and management in occupational therapy in the South 

African health context 

Generic module name Occupational Therapy 



Duration Y 




Level 8.1 


� Explain the principles of ethics in occupational 

therapy and in health service provision in the South 

African context 

� Discuss ethical issues related to occupational therapy 

� Discuss management principles related to an 

occupational therapy department 

� Design a business plan related to provision of 

occupational therapy services in a practice setting 

Main Content � Ethics in occupational therapy in the South African 

health context 

� Occupational therapy code of ethics 

� Management of a professional health facility 

� Development of a business plan 

Pre-requisites OT & neurology (OCT315) 

OT & Trauma (OCT319) 

OT & development (OCT317) 

OT & mental health (OCT316) 

Fieldwork I (OCT 323) 

Fieldwork II (OCT 322) 







Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 13 

246


Methods of Student Assessment Assignment 40% plus assignment 20% plus written examination 

40% (yearmark) 




Module Topic The purpose of this module is so that students are able to 

implement the INDIVIDUAL PROCESS MODEL over an 

extended period of time and therefore to see the overall benefit of 

their intervention. This process serves as an integration of all the 

previous years‘ theory and practice in preparation for future 

employment. 

Generic module name Fieldwork – Individual Process Model 



Duration Y 


Programme in which module is BSc Occupational Therapy 


Level 8.1 


Apply the individual process model in a specific fieldwork 

setting. 

Develop the community project and group process model. 

Main Content � Application of occupational therapy frames of 

reference, theories, models and tools of practice 

� Application of context, areas and component 

assessments 

� Develop the group and community project process 

models 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 20 

Fieldwork 174 



Case presentation 60% plus 

Portfolio file 40% (exam mark) 



Module Topic Qualitative Research paradigm and process 

Generic module name Research 



Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term Term 1 & 2 & 3 


247


Level 8.1 


� Differentiate between qualitative and quantitative research 

paradigms and describe selected methods in qualitative 

research 

� Produce a research proposal 

� Produce a written mini-research report 

� Present research results 

Main Content � Research paradigms 

� Qualitative research methods 

� Research process 

� Research problem, question and rationale 


� Trustworthiness 

� Ethics 

� Data analysis and interpretation 

� Academic writing skills 

� Research presentation skills 

Pre-requisites Measuring Health & disease (MHD223) 







Selfstudy 28 

Research Fieldwork 96 


Methods of Student Assessment Proposal 10%, Research report 70% , 

Research presentation 20% 


Generic module name Fieldwork – Group Process Model 



Duration Y 




Level 8.1 


� Apply the group process model in a specific fieldwork setting. 

� Design interventions according to the community project and 

individual process model. 

Main Content � Application of occupational therapy frames of reference, 

theories, models and tools of practice. 

� Application of assessments, 

� Planning, implementation & evaluation of occupational 

therapy group, individual and community project process 

models 




248





Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 20 

Fieldwork 174 



Case presentation 60% plus 

Portfolio file 40% (exam mark) 



Module Topic Occupational Therapy 801 

Generic module name Occupational Therapy 

Numeric Code OCT801 / OCT802 

Alpha-numeric code 863801 


Duration and semester Offered Y 

Programmes in which the module is MSc.(OT) by full thesis 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes The student must be able to: 

� Identify, analyse and deal with complex research issues 

drawing systematically and creatively on the theory, 

research methods and literature of occupational therapy and 

related fields; 

� Master advanced information retrieval and processing 

skills, and undertake a literature review; 

� Master the application of research design, methods, 

techniques and technologies; 

� Undertake a research project and write up a research thesis. 

Main Content � Research process 




A.Breakdown of Learning Time Current Hours 



Assessment 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 1000 


Assessment methods: � Full research thesis (average of internal and external 

examiners‘ percentages) 


Module Topic Mini-thesis 803 

Generic module name Mini-thesis 

Numeric Code OCT803/OCT804 



Duration and semester Offered Y 

249

Programmes in which the module is 


MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis 

Level 9 

Main Outcomes Mini-thesis 

Main Content Mini-thesis reporting on a research project 

Pre-requisites Research Methods, Occupational Engagement, Community 

Focused Occupational Therapy. 

Co-requisites Elective module: Occupational Adaptation or Work or Health 

Promotion 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 


Assessment 

Practicals: 

100 

Selfstudy 500 


Assessment methods: Assignments: 

� Written mini-thesis 


Module Topic Occupational Engagement 811 

Generic module name Occupational Engagement: Creating Supportive Environments 




Duration and semester Offered S 

Programmes in which the module is MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis 


Level 8 


� Apply theory of occupational science by describing 

personal, social, cultural and political meanings of 

activities and occupations. 

� Analyze ‗occupation‘ from the perspective of the 

environmental influences (ie context) and the personal 

motivation (ie psychological and social influences). 

� Apply ethnographic methods in exploring how the 

culture in the contexts of institutions and organizations 

can enable or deter occupational engagement. 

� Critical appraise the concepts of ‗occupational justice‘ 

and ‗enabling occupation‘. The concepts of 

empowerment and partnership are discussed in contrast 

to the discourse (language ) of the medical model, 

which assumes certain knowledge and power within 

professional roles and structures. 

Main Content � ‗Occupation for health‘ – concepts created by Wilcock, 

Townsend and Clarke. 

� ‗Occupational Science‘ as a separate discipline of study 

and/or adjunct to clinical theory 

� The history of ‗Occupation‘ as described by Wilcock in 

‗an Occupational Perspective on Health‘. It‘s relevance 

for current SA context. 

� Organizational culture and the study of institutions 

using ethnography as a method 

250

� Occupational Justice – and political action as 

interventions in OT. Concepts introduced by Townsend, 

Wilcock and Whiteford. 

� Development of an occupational justice discourse in 

South Africa –Watson & Swartz, Kronenberg et al, and 

Mollienue. 


Co-requisites Research methods, Community focused occupational therapy 





Assessment 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 200 


Assessment methods: One formative assignment: a report on an institutional observation 

One summative assignment: essay applying concept of 

occupational engagement in a practice setting. 


Module Topic Community Focused Occupational Therapy 812 

Generic module name Community Focused Occupational Therapy 







Level 8 


� Demonstrate understanding of community weaknesses and 

strengths that determine positive and negative occupational 

pursuits; 

� Detect, analyse and demonstrate knowledge in dealing with 

social and occupational injustices; 

� Critically appraise the occupations of people living in any 

defined community. 

Main Content The characteristics of communities as defined by daily human 

occupation. Study of the nature of a community from an 

occupational orientation with reference to community 

vulnerabilities and resources, with collective, groups and 

individuals in mind 


Co-requisites Research Methods, Occupational Engagement 





Assessment 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 200 


Assessment methods: Assignments, two formative of 25% each, one summative 

of 50 % 

251


Module Topic Occupational Adaptation 813 

Generic module name Occupational Adaptation 







Level 8 

Main Outcomes 

The student must be able to: 

� Critical appreciation of the core concepts and 

associated theory of occupational adaptation; 

� Critical appraisal of occupational challenges and 

facilitation of occupational adaptation; 

� Provide clients with appropriate challenges to enable 

their adaptation to new, lost or dysfunctional life roles; 

� Apply means and methods of promoting internal 

adaptation to external demands to enable people to 

achieve their occupational goals; 

� Explore transactions that occur between individuals 

and the environment and that are dependant in the 

successful adaptation of intrinsic abilities in response 

to external demands. 

Main Content Some of the transactions that occur between the individual and 

the environment are dependent on the successful adaptation of 

intrinsic abilities in response to external demands. The module 

will explore the demands of everyday life for people living in 

poverty and help students to acquire a working understanding of 

the principles of occupational adaptation with specific reference 

to conditions of poverty or social disorganisation. 

Pre-requisites Research methods, Community Focused Occupational Therapy 

and Occupational Engagement 

Co-requisites Mini-thesis and one elective module 





Assessment 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 200 


Assessment methods: One formative assignment 

One summative assignment 


Module Topic Work, Unemployment and Underemployment 

Generic module name Work, Unemployment and Underemployment 







MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis 

Level 8 

252


� Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of 

unemployment on the adult life world by: 

*Citing case studies from the Western Cape, 

*Analysing facts and figures of 

*Unemployment in the Western Cape, 

*Describing chronic and transitory povert and related concepts. 

� Describing chronic and transitory poverty and related 

concepts. 

� Explain the underdevelopment of work abilities in South 

Africa 

� Describe examples of success stories from other countries 

who improved employment rates through changes in labour 

practices and occupational strategies. 

� Propose a strategy to address underdevelopment of work 

abilities in the Western Cape. 

Main Content Exceptional high levels of unemployment and underemployment 

of work opportunities in South Africa needs to be better 

understood before solutions to the problem can be implemented. 

The occupational life-world of the adult will be studied by 

building on undergraduate knowledge, skills and attitudes to 

develop and apply successful occupational strategies 

Pre-requisites Research Methods, Community Focused Occupational Therapy 

and Occupational Engagement 

Co-requisites Mini-thesis and one elective module 





Assessment 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 200 


Assessment methods: Assignments, two formative (25% each), and one summative 

(50%). 


Module Topic Qualitative Research Methods 

Generic module name Advanced Qualitative Research Methods 







Level 8 


� Produce a literature review; 

� Demonstrate the principles and practice of selected qualitative 

research methods by describing research questions, aims and 

objectives for a proposed study; 

� Describe participant selection and research ethics; 

� Describe methods of data collection, analysis and ensuring of 

trustworthiness; 

� Produce a research proposal. 

253

Main Content � Research paradigms and meta-theories 

� Social Science from Research designs – progression of metatheories 

in Social Science: from positivism to interpretavism 

to participatory and empowerment approaches; 

� Participant selection; 

� Data collection and analysis; 

� Establishing trustworthiness; 

� Ethics in research. 


Co-requisites Occupational Engagement and Community Focused 






Assessment 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 200 


Assessment methods: Assignments: 

� Literature review (25%); 

� Verbal presentation of design, aims, methods, 

participant selection, ethics, data collection and 

analysis methods (25%); 

� Produce research proposal (50%). 

PHYSIOTHERAPY 






development on health is introduced during the course. The 

course comprises of four sections, i) Perspectives of Health, ii) 

The impact of social inequality, poverty and development; iii) 

Introduction to Primary Health Care, and iv) Community 

involvement and Interdisciplinary teams. 


Alpha-numeric Code HPC113 


Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSc (PT) 


Level 5 









254





1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of 

health and the social determinants of health. 




Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation 

in a community context. 










health: 






Principles and objectives that underpin the PHC 

approach. 















Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Methods of Student Assessment Examination 40%, Continuous Assessment 60% 



some of the conceptual foundations which form the basis for 

sound ethical practice of health care professionals. 




Duration Term 

255




BSc (PT) 

Level 5 















social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the 

impact of policy on these constructs. 


ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an 

awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care 




practices. 




Main Content • Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they 

and why do they matter? 











Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Lectures p.w. 

Methods of Student Assessment Exam: 40%, Presentation of assignment: 50%, Attendance 10% 

Home Department Physiotherapy 

Module Topic Physiotherapy Clinical Practice 1 

Generic Module Name Physiotherapy Clinical Practice 

Alpha-numeric Code PHT110 / 820208 




256



Level 6 


Identify and solve problems 

Work in a team 

Organise and manage themselves 

Collect, analyse and evaluate information 

Communicate effectively 

Use science and technology 

Recognise problem solving contexts 

Reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

Participate as a responsible citizen 

Be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

Main Content Introduction to subjective and objective assessment of patients 

with: 

Respiratory conditions: heamopneumothorax, COAD, asthma 

Orthopaedic conditions: fractures, 

Neurological conditions: stroke 

Pediatric conditions: abnormal motor development and cerebral 

palsy 

Introduction to basic management techniques 


Co-requisite modules Applied Physiotherapy 203 







Selfstudy 40 


Methods of Student Assessment CE MARK 

Common respiratory conditions 25% 

Common orthopaedic conditions 25% 

Common neurological conditions 25% 

Common paediatric conditions 25% 

Total CE Mark 100% 

EXAM: 

Common respiratory conditions 25% 

Common orthopaedic conditions 25% 

Common neurological conditions 25% 

Common paediatric conditions 25% 

Total Exam mark 100% 

FINAL MARK: 60% CE MARK + 40% EXAM MARK 


Module Topic Analysis of Posture & Movement & Kinetic Handling 

Generic Module Name Analysis of Posture & Movement & Kinetic Handling 



Duration S 




BSc Physiotherapy 

257

Level 5 

Main Outcomes Define scientific concepts, terminology and kinematic description 

of movement used in Physiotherapy through writing a test and 

demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam 

Describe normal development of the spinal curves in relation to 

posture and identify anatomical structures and landmarks on the 

human body through writing a test and demonstrating practical 

skills in a practical exam 

Assess optimal standing of the young adult, analyse 

biomechanical factors related to standing through a practical test. 

Describe fundamental and derived positions used in 

Physiotherapy through a practical test. 

Analyse selected functional activities through demonstrating 

practical skills in a practical exam 

Measure joint range of movement using a goniometer by 


Demonstrate passive movements, ergonomics of working 

postures and seating, kinetic handling by demonstrating practical 

skills in a practical exam 

Perform techniques of transferring and adaptive mobility by 


Demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of 

peers, through attendance of classes and through practical 

assessment. 

Main Content Introduction to skeletal and major muscle groups 

Introduction to scientific concepts, terminology and kinematic 

description of movement used in physiotherapy 

Introduction to the normal development of the spinal curves in 

relation to posture. 

Identification of anatomical structures and landmarks on the 

human body. 

Optimal standing posture of the young adult, analysis of and 

biomechanical factors relating to standing, identification of 

fundamental and derived positions used in physiotherapy. 

Analysis of selected functional activities. 

Goniometry for measuring joint range of movement. 

Passive movements, ergonomics of working postures and seating, 

kinetic handling. 

Working postures, techniques of transferring and adaptive 

mobility. 


Co-requisite modules Human Biology / Physics (Mechanics) 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 6 (1 st term) & 4 (2 nd term) 

Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. 3 (1 st term) & 2 (2 nd term) 

Practicals: Part of contact 

time with 

lecturer 

Tutorials p.w. 3 (1 st term) & 2 (2 nd term) 


Selfstudy 16 

Other: Please specify:TUT TIME 35 


Methods of Student Assessment Formative (60% of final mark) 

One theory test. (40% of CE) 

One poster including presentation. (20% of CE) 

258


Generic Module Name Physiotherapy Techniques 1 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 1 & 2 

Programmes in which the module will BSc Physiotherapy 


One practical test. (40% of CE) 

Summative (40% of final mark) 

Two theory examinations (Paper 1 and Paper 2). (50% of 

final), One Practical Examination. (50 % of final) 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes Define concepts relating to electricity, electromagnetism and 

energy through writing a test. 

Demonstrate ability to use equipment for Cryotherapy, 

Conductive Heating; Conversive Heating; Low Frequency 

Currents safely and effectively through writing a test and 

demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam. 

Demonstrate the ability to select appropriate modalities and 

treatment dosages for specific conditions through writing a test 

and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam. 

Describe the therapeutic effects of each modality through writing 

a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam. 

Define the basic concepts of massage and relaxation through 

writing a test. 

Describe the physiological effects of massage and relaxation 

through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a 

practical exam. 

Demonstrate massage and relaxation techniques through 

demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam. 

Main Content Electrotherapy: 

� Revision of electricity, electromagnetism, and energy. 

� Pain Gate Theory. 

� Van Hoff‘s Law and Lewis Hunting Reaction. 

� Phases of healing & inflammation of soft tissue. 

� Electrophysical agents used in physiotherapy: 

- Cryotherapy 

- Conductive Heating: paraffin wax and hotpacks 

- Conversive Heating: 

shortwave diathermy, infrared, ultraviolet & Low 

Frequency Currents: Faradism 

Physiological effects of heat/cooling. 

The rationale, therapeutic effects and dosage of each of the 

modalities. Application and Management. 

� Safety and shock. 

Massage: 

The physiological effects of massage, theoretical and practical 

application. 

Types of massage for specific regions and conditions of the body 

(effleurage, kneading, skin rolling, petrissage and tapotment) 

Methods of relaxation – theoretical and practical application. 


Co-requisite modules Physics, Human Biology 


259


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 63 Lectures p.w. 3 (1 st term) & 6 (2 nd term) 

Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 2 (1 st term) & 4(2 nd term) 

Practicals: Part of contact 

time with 

lecturer 

Tutorials p.w. 2 (1 st term) 


Selfstudy 18 

Other: Please specify: TUT TIME 14 


Methods of Student Assessment Formative Evaluation: 60% of final mark (CE-mark) 

� 3 Theory Tests (1 Massage, 2 ET) 

� 2 Practical Tests (1 Massage, 1 ET) 

Summative Evaluation: 40% of final mark (EM-mark) 

� Theory Examination 

� Practical Examination 




promotion. These concepts are applied in a particular setting, i.e. a 

school in the community. Students are expected to plan, implement 

and evaluate health promotion projects in the school. The health 

promoting schools framework is used to guide students. Students 

spend 50% of the course time in the community and the 50% is 

spent on campus. 




Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSc (PT) 


Level 6 






















260

promoting schools framework and to use this framework 

when planning and implementing a health promotion 

project in the schools. 

� Analyze the impact of the media and research on health 


� Critically reflect on their community-based experience. 

� Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such 

as punctuality, participation and attendance 

when working in interdisciplinary groups and at 

the schools. 





promotion 





evaluation 








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 








Module Topic Applied Physiotherapy I 

Generic module name Applied Physiotherapy I 


Alpha-numeric code PHT203 


Duration and semester Offered Semester 1 

Programmes in which the module is Physiotherapy 


Level 6 


1. Describe selected pathologies that result in disease, 

impairment and disability in South Africa that are 

related to management and/or treatment by 

physiotherapy 

2. Analyse the patients problems in the context of the 

International Classification of Functioning Disability 

and Health (ICF) 

261

3. Describe the holistic multi- and interdisciplinary 

management 

Describe and apply the physiotherapy management 

Main Content � Definitions, terminology, pathology and concepts 

related to communicable diseases (e.g. cholera, 

parasitic conditions, scabies, gastro-intestinal diseases, 

hepatitis B, childhood diseases and immunisation, 

malaria, bilharzias, STD‘s, tetanus, common microorganisms). 

� Inflammation, infection, immunity, phases of healing 

(soft tissue and fractures) 

� Pathology, concepts and principles of assessment and 

management of the diseases / conditions mentioned 

below: 

1. Communicable diseases: TB, HIV/AIDS 

2. Respiratory conditions: Pneumothorax / 

haemopneumothorax, cystic fibrosis, pulmonary TB, 

restrictive (pneumonia, obstructive (COAD / COPD 

[bronchial asthma, chronic bronchitis, emphysema], 

cor pulmonale) and infective (bronchiectasis, lung 

abscess), interstitial (occupational lung disease, 

sarcoidosis, fibrosing alveolitis, scleroderma, SLE) 

lung diseases. Introduction to respiratory failure, 

ARDS. 

3. Orthopaedic conditions: principles of fracture healing, 

management of upper and lower limb fractures, 

osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis, 

haemophilia, Perthes disease 

4. Neurological conditions: stroke, multiple sclerosis, 

Parkinson‘s disease, Alzheimer‘s disease 

5. Paediatrics: normal and abnormal motor development, 

analysis of pediatric gait, cognitive development, 

cerebral palsy, scoliosis, congenital dislocation of the 

hip, arthrogryposis, osteogenesis imperfecta, 

Pre-requisites All first year physiotherapy modules, HUB (117, 127) 

Co-requisites MBS (213, 214) 





Assessment 


Selfstudy 28 


B. Time-table Requirement per week 

Lectures p.w. 4 

Practicals p.w. 4 

Tutorials p.w. None 

Assessment methods: Formative assessment: (60% of final mark) 

Tests, Assignments, Practical tests 

Summative evaluation: (40% of final mark) 

Theory exam 

262


Module Topic Disability and Rehabilitation 

Generic Module Name Disability and Rehabilitation 



Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSc Physiotherapy 


Level 6 


identify and solve problems 

work in a team 

organize and manage themselves 

collect, analyse and evaluate information 

communicate effectively 

recognize problem solving contexts 

reflect on and explore effective learning strategies be culturally and 

aesthetically sensitive 

use science and technology 

participate as a responsible citizen 

Main Content Definitions of disability and rehabilitation. 

WHO International classification of functioning, disability and 

health. 

Models of disability. 

Institution-based, out reach and community-based rehabilitation 

approaches. 

Multidisciplinary, interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary 

rehabilitation teams. 

Intersectorial collaboration. 

South African policies: Integrated national disability strategy, 

rehabilitation policies, relevant education policies, sport policies 

and employment equity. 

Sport for people with disabilities. 

Vocational training for the disabled. 


Co-requisite modules Interdisciplinary Core-courses (IPOC, PHC) 





Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 


Selfstudy 30 



One theory test. (50% of CE) 

One Case presentation. (25% of CE) 

One work book assignment. (25% of CE) 


One theory examination. 

263


Module Topic Movement Science II 

Generic module name Movement Science 


Alpha-numeric code PHT245 


Duration and semester Offered Year 



Level 6 


a) Define scientific concepts and terminology related to 

biomechanics (joint kinematics) and exercise 

physiology through writing a test/exam. 

b) Describe and understand the functional anatomy as it 

relates to the joints and muscles of the vertebral column, 

upper and lower quadrants through writing a test/exam 

and performing a practical test/exam. 

c) Analyse and assess normal and abnormal joint and 

muscle function through writing a test/exam and 

performing a practical test/exam. 

d) Demonstrate ability to screen functional activities, risk 

factors and disease by using interviews / questionnaires 

(PARQ). 

e) Demonstrate the ability to design, prescribe and 

implement appropriate exercises through writing a 

test/exam and performing a practical test/exam. 

f) Demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and 

respect of peers, through attendance of classes and 

through practical assessment. 

Main Content � Concepts and terminology related to biomechanics and 

exercise physiology: 

o Cardio-respiratory endurance, 

o Open and closed kinematic chains, 

o Joint structure and function, 

o Passive and active insufficiency. 

o Stabilisers and movers of peripheral joints and the vertebral 

column 

� Inflammation and phases of healing (soft tissue and connective 

tissue) 

� Different methods and equipment used to assess, design, 

prescribe and implement exercise programmes 

� Assessment of leg length discrepancies 

� Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise 

physiology of the shoulder, elbow & wrist and hand 


physiology of the hip, knee & ankle 


physiology of the vertebral column 

� Analysis and retraining of posture 

� Analysis of normal gait pattern 

� Exercises to improve endurance, joint mobility and muscle 

length, strength and imbalance using: 

o PNF techniques for the upper and lower limbs and trunk. 

o Dynamic stability of the lumbar spine. 

264

o Therapeutic balls, springs, suspension, weights and pulleys. 

o Hydrotherapy. 

Introduction of principles and execution of normal and abnormal 

group classes such as knee, back, shoulder, etc. 

Pre-requisites All first year physiotherapy modules 

Co-requisites MBS (All modules) 


A.Breakdown of Learning Time Amended Hours 



Assessment 28 


Selfstudy 26 





Tutorials p.w. 3 

Assessment methods: Formative Assessment: (60% of final mark) 

Theory Test, Assignment, Practical test 

Summative Assessment:(40% of final mark) 

Theory exam, Practical exam 


Module Topic Exercise to Promote Health 

Generic Module Name Exercise to Promote Health 



Duration T 




Level 5 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate knowledge of basic concepts of muscle action 

(eccentric, isometric, concentric etc.), muscle strength and benefits 

of physical activity through writing a test and demonstrating 

practical skills in a practical exam. 

Demonstrate ability to perform muscle strength testing using 

Oxford scale in a practical examination. 

Identify, set goals and implement health promotive exercise 

programmes for all age groups. 

Demonstrate ability to screen functional activities, risk factors and 

disease by using interviews / questionnaires. Ability to use circuit 

training as part of exercise programmes 

Main Content Basic concepts of muscle action 

Pre-exercise screening: General health questionnaire to screen for 

risk factors and disease, screening for functional abilities using 

interviews and or questionnaires. 

Muscle strength testing using Oxford Scale 

Health promotion exercises and play activities: Design and implement 

activities across the lifespan for groups and individuals 

Circuit training 

Principles of group work. 

Creative use of music and apparatus 

Evaluation of health promotion exercise programme 

265


Co-requisite modules Human Biology, Physics 





Practicals: Part of contact time Tutorials p.w. 3 

with ecturer 


Selfstudy 12 

Other: Please specify: TUT TIME 21 



One theory test. (40% of CE), One assignment. (20% of CE) 

One practical test. (40% of CE) 


One theory examination. (50% of final) 

One practical examination. (50 % of final) 


Module Topic Applied Physiotherapy II 

Generic module name Applied Physiotherapy 


Alpha-numeric code PHT 303 


Duration and semester Offered S T1 & T3 



Level 7 

Main Outcomes Describe and understand selected pathologies that result in disease, 

impairment and disability in South Africa that are related to 

management and/or treatment by physiotherapy 

Analyse the patients problems in the context of the International 

Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF) 

Describe the holistic multi- and interdisciplinary management 

Describe and apply the physiotherapy management of these 

conditions 

Application of ethical principles in the management of the indicated 

conditions 

Describe how South African education policies relate to 

physiotherapy management 

Main Content 1. South African education policy related to inclusive education 

2. Cardiothoracic conditions such as ischaemic heart disease, 

thoracic (pulmonary and cardiac) and abdominal (laparotomy) 

surgery and cardio-pulmonary rehabilitation 

3. Medical conditions (e.g. hypertension, diabetes, haematology) 

4. Orthopaedic conditions: joint replacements, spinal fractures, 

spondilolysthesis, spinal surgery, peripheral nerve lesions, hand 

trauma, ankylosing spondylitis and the rehabilitation thereof 

5. Burns: adults and paediatrics 

6. Oncology: leukemia, tumours 

7. Women‘s health: mastectomy, pregnancy, childbirth, 

incontinence, reproductive health 

8. Amputations and limb deficiencies (e.g. peripheral vascular 

disease, congenital deformity) 

9. Neurological conditions: head injuries, spinal cord injuries, 

266

Guillain Barre Syndrome, motor neurone disease, Bell‘s palsy 

10. Paediatric conditions: spina bifida, Downs syndrome, Duchenne 

muscular dystrophy, peripheral neuropathy, HIV/AIDS, 

poliomyelitis, meningitis, gastroenteritis, developmental 

coordination disorders, including the use of assistive devices 

11. Gerontology: Geriatrics 

12. Introduction to ethical principles and theories in healthcare 

Pre-requisites All physiotherapy modules, MBS (all modules) 






Assessment 


Selfstudy 32 



Lectures p.w. 

Practicals p.w. 


Assessment methods: Formative Evaluation: 60% of final mark: 

Theory tests, Assignments 

Summative Evaluation: 40% of final mark: 

Theory exam 


Module Topic Community-based Rehabilitation 


Module Topic Community-based Rehabilitation 

Generic Module Name Community-based Rehabilitation 

Alpha-numeric Code PHT 310 / 820311 


Duration T 




Level 7 

Main Outcomes Define the principles, concepts, and terminology used in 

community-based rehabilitation (CBR): 

WHO definitions 

Definition of community, community empowerment, community 

development, community participation, community entry 

Compile a community profile. 

Assess the needs of people with disabilities. 

Discuss principles of implementation of CBR programmes 

Develop, implement and evaluate a project based on the identified 

needs by completing an assignment and through writing a theory 

test. 

Discuss technology used in CBR 

Demonstrate knowledge of principles of adult education 

Main Content Definition: 

Community-based rehabilitation 


Community -development, empowerment, involvement 

267

Concepts involved in compiling a community profile 

Methods of implementation of CBR 

Community and family involvement in CBR using an adult 

education approach: 

Training 

Advocacy 

CBR technology; appropriate assistive devices 

Development of a CBR project: 

Assessment of needs of people with disabilities 

Setting objectives 

Project implementation 

Monitoring of the project 

Evaluation of the project 

Pre-requisite modules Disability and Rehabilitation, IPOC, Primary Health Care & 

Development 



A. Breakdown of Learning Time 



Practicals: 


Selfstudy 20 

Other: Please specify: client 

demonstrations 


Methods of Student Assessment Formative Evaluation: 60% of total mark 

1 Theory test 60%, 1 Assignment 30%, 

1 Project presentation 10% 

Summative Evaluation: 40% of total mark 

1 Theory examination 


Module Topic Physiotherapy Techniques 

Generic module name Physiotherapy Techniques 111 




Duration and semester Offered S term 1& 3 

Programmes in which the module is Physiotheray 


Level 7 


� Demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics 

of the vertebral column, peripheral joints, muscles and 

nerves 

� Demonstrate knowledge of principles of assessment and 

treatment of vertebral and peripheral joint disorders as 

well as muscle and nerve disorders 

� Demonstrate the ability to clinical reasoning when 

evaluating a patient by doing a theory exam and a 

practical test. 

� Demonstrate knowledge of the bio-psychosocial 

approach to health care in the field of OMT during a 

theoretical examination. 

268

� Demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and 



� Demonstrate the ability to effectively interview clients 

through a practical examination and role playing. 

� Define the rationale, therapeutic effects of mobilization 

of joints, nerves and soft tissue. 

� Demonstrate ability to apply various mobilisation 

techniques to joints, muscles and nerves through a 

practical examination in the management of acute, 

subacute and chronic conditions. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the precautions and 

contra-indications when using the various mobilization 

techniques. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of assessment and 

treatment techniques relevant to pathologies taught in 

Applied physiotherapy 1 and 2. 

Main Content � Introduction to passive joint mobilisation techniques of 

Maitland, Kaltenborn, Mckenzie, Mulligan 

� Introduction to soft tissue mobilization approaches of 

Cyriax, Hunter, Travell et al.) 

� Introduction to mobilisation of neural tissue 

� Exercises to prevent further injury (Recruitment of deep 

joint stabilizing muscles – Australian approach) 

� Advice on prevention of recurrence / joint care / ADL . 

� Introduction to health promotion programmes that to 

promote healthy work- and recreation situations to 

prevent NMS problems. 

Introduction to traction as a treatment modality. 

Pre-requisites All first and second year modules 

Co-requisites NONE 

Prohibited Combinations NONE 

A.Breakdown of Learning Time 



Assessment 20 


Selfstudy 60 


Assessment methods: Formative Assessment: 60% of final mark 

Theory tests, Practical tests. 

Summative Assessment: (40% of final mark) 

Theory examination, Practical examination. 


Module Topic Movement Science III 

Generic module name Movement Science III 




Duration and semester Offered S (Term 1 & 3) 



Level 7 

Main Outcomes � Define the principles of assessment and evidence based 

269

treatment as applied to patients with neurological disorders. 

� Define neural plasticity and recovery of function. 

� Describe the theories of motor control and motor learning. 

� Describe the neuro-therapeutic models used to treat patients 

with neurological deficits. 

� Describe the factors that contribute to postural control and 

mobility. 

� Discuss the elements of upper extremity manipulatory skills 

� Discuss abnormal postural control and mobility. 

� Revise normal movement patterns of balance, rolling, 

bridging, sitting to standing, lying to sitting and walking. 

� Assess and treat abnormal postural control and mobility. 

� Assess and treat upper limb function. 

� Apply motor learning principles to re-education of function. 

Main Content � Revision of: 

o neuro-anatomy and normal movement patterns 

o Theories of motor control 

o Reflex; Hierachial; Systems; 

� Neuro- rehabilitation models: 

o Bobath, 

o PNF 

o Rood Approach 

o Brunnstrom 

� Motor Re-learning 

� Constraint-induced therapy 

� Theoretical Concepts underlying: 

o Control of posture and balance 

o Abnormal postural control 

o Control of normal mobility 

o Abnormal mobility 

� Elements of upper extremity manipulatory skills 

� Definition and stages of motor learning 

� Strategies used to improve motor learning 

� Neural plasticity and recovery of function 

� Assessment and treatment techniques: 

o Patients with; hemiplegia, spinal cord 

injuries, head injuries 

o Muscle tone 

o Co-ordination 

o Selective active movement 

o Proprioception 

o Range of movement 

o Balance 

o Sensation 

o Muscle strength 

Pre-requisites All first and second year Physiotherapy modules, MBS 






Assessment 10 


Selfstudy 56 


270







Theory tests, Practical tests, Assignment 

Summative Assessment: )40% of final mark) 

Theory exam, Practical exam 


Module Topic Physiotherapy Techniques II 

Generic module name Physiotherapy Techniques II 




Duration and semester Offered S 2 



Level 5 

Main Outcomes � Describe the therapeutic effects of each modality 

through writing a test. 

� Demonstrate ability to use equipment for ultrasound, 

interferential, laser, TENS and combination therapy for 

specific conditions, safely and effectively through 

practical skills in an exam. 

� Demonstrate the ability to select treatment dosages for 

specific conditions through practical skills in a 

test/exam. 

� Demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics 

of the peripheral joints of the upper quadrant. 

� Demonstrate knowledge of principles of assessment and 

treatment of peripheral joint disorders of the upper 

quadrant. 

� Demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and 



� Define the rationale and therapeutic effects of 

mobilisation of joints in the upper quadrant. 

� Demonstrate ability to apply various mobilisation 

techniques to joints of the upper quadrant through a 

practical examination in the management of acute, 

subacute and chronic conditions. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the precautions and 

contra-indications when using the various mobilisation 

techniques. 

Demonstrate an understanding of assessment and 

treatment techniques relevant to pathologies taught in 

Applied physiotherapy 1 

Main Content Revision of electricity, electromagnetism, energy and theoretical 

concepts covered in Physiotherapy Techniques I. 

Electrophysical agents used in physiotherapy: 

� Ultrasound 

� Interferential Therapy 

� Laser 

271

� Combination Therapy 

� TENS 

The rationale, therapeutic effects and dosage of each of the 

modalities, application and management. 

� Introduction to passive joint mobilisation techniques of 

Maitland, Kaltenborn. 

� Advice on the prevention of recurrence / joint care / 

ADL . 

Introduction to health promotion programmes that to 

promote healthy work- and recreation situations to 

prevent NMS problems. 

Pre-requisites All first year physiotherapy modules, Physics 

Co-requisites MBS, Applied Physiotherapy 1 





Assessment 10 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 40 








Theory tests 

Practical Tests 

Assignment 


Theory examination 

Practical examination 


Module Topic Physiotherapy Clinical Practice 11 

Generic module name Physiotherapy Clinical practice 11 




Duration and semester Offered S Term 2 and 4 

Programmes in which the module is BSc Physiotherapy 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Students should be able to: 

1. Demonstrate the ability to effectively conduct a subjective and 

objective (physical) assessment on individual clients or groups 

with various pathological conditions 

2. Be able to conduct a needs assessment of specific communities 

(e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc.) 

3. Be able to identify and analyse problems in the context of the 

International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health 

(ICF) 

4. Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients at the 

Primary and Secondary levels of care 

272

Main Content Students should be able to: 

Demonstrate the ability to effectively conduct a subjective and 

objective (physical) assessment on individual clients or groups with 

various pathological conditions 

Be able to conduct a needs assessment of specific communities 

(e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc.) 

Be able to identify and analyse problems in the context of the 

International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health 

(ICF) 

Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients at the Primary 

and Secondary levels of care 

Pre-requisites All first and second year physiotherapy modules 

Co-requisites All first and second year physiotherapy modules 

Prohibited Combinations MBS 214, 216 




Assessment 210 

Practicals: 6 

Selfstudy 42 



Lectures p.w. 



Term 2 & 4 students at clinical placements Monday to Friday 


Professional conduct, Clinical file, Assignment 

End of block evaluation 


Known patient treatment exam, Patient Assessment exam 


Module Topic The purpose of this course is to give students knowledge and skills 

to manage a physiotherapy department/practice. 

Generic Module Name Management Physiotherapy 



Duration T 




Level 8 

Main Outcomes On completion of the module the learner will demonstrate: 

The ability to render an effective and efficient physiotherapy service 

in the public and private sector. 

Knowledge of the functions and roles of management within health 

care services 

The ability to develop a physiotherapy service. 

The ability to market the physiotherapy profession 

Main Content Management styles 

Introduction to Practice Management 

Needs/ market analysis 

Human resources/ employee recruitment 

Budgeting: Maintenance and ordering 

273

Policies relating to basic conditions of service, labour relations. 

Mediation and conflict resolution 

Proposal writing & project management 

Strategic management 


Record keeping and documentation 

Safety in the workplace 

Professional misconduct & peer review 







Practicals: 


Selfstudy 50 


Methods of Student Assessment Formative evaluation: 60% of final mark 

2 theoretical tests, 1 assignment 

Summative evaluation: 40% of final mark 

1 theoretical exam papers 


Module Topic The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the 

ethical concepts relating to the physiotherapy profession. Relevant 

codes of conduct, acts and charters are presented in this module. 

Generic Module Name Professional Ethics in Physiotherapy 



Duration T 


Programmes in which the BSc Physiotherapy 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the following concepts: 

professionalism and ethics 

ethics of care 

judgment and moral reasoning 

principles of ethics 

Demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate ways of managing 

moral and ethical dilemmas in health professional practice. 

Demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate issues around life and 

death, abuse and torture. 

Demonstrate the knowledge of policies relating to the physiotherapy 

profession. 

Main Content Professionalism and ethics: 

Criteria for the physiotherapy profession 

Code of ethics 

Ethics of care: 

Care as a practice 

Principles of care 

Policies: 

South African Society of Physiotherapy code of conduct 

Medical dental and supplementary health professionals act 

274

National Patients Rights Charter 

Batho Pele 

Children and older persons act 

Health Professionals Council of South Africa 

Ethical Concepts: 

Judgment and moral reasoning 

Respect for diversity 

Abuse and torture 

Conflict of interest 

Life and death 







Practicals: 


Selfstudy 50 




2 theoretical tests 

1 assignment 




Module Topic This course is intended to enhance the understanding of the most 

prevalent pathologies resulting in disease, impairment and 

disability in South Africa that are related to management and/or 

treatment by physiotherapy. Specific emphasis is placed on: 

Intensive care therapy of the child and adult, Pharmacology, Sports 

Rehabilitation. 

Generic Module Name Applied Physiotherapy 1V 



Duration S 




Level 8 

Generic Module Name Applied Physiotherapy 1V 

Main Outcomes On completion of the module the learner will demonstrate: 

Knowledge of complex disorders and disturbances in physiological 

processes requiring physiotherapy intervention. 

Ability to assess and manage the psychological and physical needs 

Main Content 

of the acutely/ chronically ill patient. 

Physiotherapy in intensive care 

Reasons for admission in ICU 

Understanding basic principles of mechanical ventilation 

Principles of assessment and treatment of the critically ill patient 

Understanding teamwork in the ICU 

Physiotherapy in Paediatric care 

Reasons for pediatric admission to ICU 

275

Managing the critically ill child 

Physiotherapy in sports injuries/ Sports rehabilitation 

Principles of sports rehabilitation 

Sport specific rehabilitation for conditions relating to the shoulder, 

knee and ankle 

Traveling with a team 

The role of physiotherapy in the medical sports team 

Pharmacology 

Indications for medication relating to conditions treated by 

physiotherapists 

Dosage and contra-indications of medication relating to conditions 

treated by physiotherapists 

Understanding drug prescription 

Pre-requisite modules Applied Physiotherapy 11, Applied Physiotherapy 111, clinical 

practice 1 and 11 






Practicals: 


Selfstudy 160 



6 theoretical tests 

3 assignmentsSummative evaluation: 40% of final mark 



Generic Module Name Research Project (PT) 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term T1 and 2 



Level 8 

Main Outcomes On completion of this section of the module the learner will 

demonstrate: 

1. Understanding of the importance of the process of research in 

health 

2. Knowledge of evidence-based research as the basis for evidencebased 

care 

Ability to write a research proposal; conduct research and write a 

report 

Main Content � Research methodology 

� Appraisal of journal article 

� Evidence-based practice 

� Field work: Carrying out research 

� Proposal writing 

� Data collection 

� Report writing / Journal article 

� Poster/ Oral presentation 


276






Practicals: 



Methods of Student Assessment Proposal presentation 

Report writing and presentation 

Journal article/ poster presentation 


Module Topic Physiotherapy Clinical Practice 

Generic Module Name Physiotherapy Clinical Practice 111 

Alpha-numeric Code PHT 405 / 851104 


Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term T1, 2, 3 and 4 



Level 8 

Main Outcomes By the end of this module the student will: 

Be able to demonstrate the ability to effectively interview patients 

with various pathological conditions 

Be able to assess patients with various pathological conditions; 

Be able to identify problems and manage patients accordingly. 

Main Content o Subjective and objective assessment of patients with various 

conditions on: 

o Primary level 

o Secondary level 

o Tertiary level 

o Communities 

o School settings 

o Occupational health 

o Specialised centres 

� Introduction to management techniques for the various conditions: 

o Maitland mobilization 

o Soft Tissue massage 

o Shaking, vibration and percussion 

o Strengthening and maintenance exercise 

o Motor relearning 

o Rehabilitation 

Pre-requisite modules Clinical Practice 11 








Selfstudy 50 



Professional conduct 10% 

277

Clinical file 10% 

Assignment 20% 

End of block evaluation 60% 


* seen treatment exam 50% 

* unseen assessment exam 50% 


Module Topic The Purpose Of This Course Is To Understand The Concepts Of 

Disability And Rehabilitation And Develop Skills To Apply And 

Integrate This Knowledge. This Includes The Development Of 

Policies And Implementation Of Outcome Measures. 

Generic Module Name Disability And Rehabilitation 

Alpha-Numeric Code PHT700 


Duration S 

Pre-Requisites None 

Co-Requisites None 

Prohibited Combinations: None 

Programmes In Which The Module Is Bsc (Hons) (PT) 

Offered. 

Level 4. 9 



Identify and solve problems 

Work in a team 

Organize and manage themselves 

Collect, analyse and evaluate information 

Communicate effectively 

Use science and technology 

Recognize problem solving contexts 

Reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

Participate as a responsible citizen 

Be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

Explore education and career opportunities 


On completion of the module the learner will: 

Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the concepts of 

disability and 


Demonstrate knowledge of the models of disability and 

appropriate rehabilitation approaches. 

Demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate ways of 

preventing disability and the different rehabilitation strategies 

employed to prevent disability. 

Ability to discuss and apply knowledge of community 

involvement in disability issues and rehabilitation. 

Demonstrate the ability to plan and implement effective and 

efficient rehabilitation programmes at all levels of care 

Demonstrate the knowledge of policies relating to disability and 


Main Content � Definitions of disability and rehabilitation. 

� International Classification of Functioning Disability 

and Health: 

� Terminology 

278

� Coding 

� Application to case study 

� Models of Disability. 

� Medical Model 

� Social Model 

� Bio-psycho Social Model 

� Education/Social Model 

� Causes of Disability. 

� Genetic 

� Poverty 

� Illness and diseases 

� Trauma 

� Lack of information 

� Disability prevention. 

� Primary 

� Secondary 

� Tertiary 

� Policies relating to disability. 

� United Nations Standardisation of Equalisation 

Opportunities 

� South African Integrated National Disability Strategy 

� South African Rehabilitation Policy 

� Disability Rights Charter 

� Education policies 

� Employment policies 

� Sports policies 

� Standardised Outcome Measures. 

� Definitions 

� Purpose 

� Use of this measures 

� Examples of commonly used outcomes measures 

(Barthel and EQ5d) 

� Use of outcomes measures in research articles and 

reports 

� Validity and reliability 

� Rehabilitation service delivery models: 

� Institution-based 

� Outreach 

� Community-based 

� Goal setting in rehabilitation 

� Rehabilitation teams 

� Multidisciplinary 

� Interdisciplinary 

� Transdisciplinary 






Selfstudy 35 



Formative evaluation 50% 

Assignment 20% 

279

Presentation 40% 

Case Report 40% 

Summative evaluation 50% 

Written Exam 

Module Name Physiotherapy 

Home Department Rehabilitation of Children 

Alpha-numeric PHT702 





Level 9 

Main Outcomes Critical Crossfield Outcomes 

Students will be able to: 

� Identify and solve problems 

� Work in a team 

� Organize and manage themselves 

� Collect, analyse and evaluate information 

� Communicate effectively 

� Use science and technology 

� Recognize problem solving contexts 

� Reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

� Participate as a responsible citizen 

� Be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

� Explore education and career opportunities 


On completion of the module the learner will demonstrate: 

� the ability to write an article, suitable for submission 

for publication in an academic journal that reveals 

mastery of single-case research design and reflection 

on the role of the physiotherapist in support of 

addressing barriers to learning of children with 

disabilities 

Main Content � Determinants of health of children and youth. 

� Rights of the child 

� Social and medical models of health and disability 

� Health promoting schools 

� Inclusive education 

� Role of the physiotherapist in the school setting 

� Health promotion: Child to child concept 

� HIV/AIDS 

� Different treatment approaches related to 

rehabilitation of the child 

� Single subject research design 

� Research planning, implementation and evaluation 

� Writing a journal article 







280


Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Rights of children with disabilities to education 20% 

Health promoting schools 20% 

Value of inclusive education 20% 

Physiotherapists‘ role in addressing barriers to learning 20% 

Single-subject research design 20% 

Results of study 20% 

Discussion on results 20% 

Total CE Mark 100% 

EXAM: ARTICLE 

Introduction and literature review 20% 

Aims and Objectives 5% 

Methodology 15% 

Results 20% 

Discussion 20% 

Conclusion and Recommendations 10% 

References 10% 

Total Exam mark 100% 


Module Name Research Project (Literature Review) 







Level 9 



1. Identify and solve problems 

2. Work in a team 

3. Organize and manage themselves 

4. Collect, analyse and evaluate information 

5. Communicate effectively 

6. Use science and technology 

7. Recognize problem solving contexts 

8. Reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

9. Participate as a responsible citizen 

10. Be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

11. Explore education and career opportunities 


� To develop skills in searching databases 

� To develop skills in formulating search terms and 

strategies 

� To develop skills in selecting appropriate literature 

on a specific topic 

� To be familiar with factors important in enhancing 

the scientific rigor of a paper 

� To develop skills in reading scientific reports 

� To develop skills in summarising research reports 

� To apply knowledge on research design, study 

281

methodology, statistics, etc to published reports 

� To know and understand scales to score 

methodological quality of published research 

� To develop skills in evaluating the methodological 

quality of research 

� Conduct a review on a physiotherapy related topic 

Main Content � Exploration of information sources 

� Library databases 

� electronic journals 

� web sources 

� published journals 

� books 

� Scope of published physiotherapy literature 

� Research designs appropriate for PT research 

� Formulating search strategies 

� Systematic summary of literature reviewed 

� Systematic review of literature 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Formative evaluation 

2 Presentations 20% 

1 Written report 20% 

Summative evaluation 

Literature review on selected topic 60% 

Module Name Movement Science (PG) 







Level 9 



identify and solve problems at a basic level 






reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 



Demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the 

282

vertebral column, peripheral joints, muscles and nerves 

Demonstrate knowledge of principles and rationale for 

assessment and treatment of vertebral and peripheral joint 

disorders as well as muscle and peripheral nerve disorders 

Demonstrate knowledge of the biopsychosocial approach to 

health care in the field of OMT. 

Demonstrate clinical reasoning when evaluating a patient. 

Main Content � Applied anatomy and biomechanics of the 

neuromusculoskeletal system. 

� Principles of assessment of patients with 

neuromusculoskeletal disorders 

� Introduction to passive joint mobilization techniques of 

Maitland, Kaltenborn, Mckenzie, Mulligan 

� Introduction to soft tissue mobilization approaches of 

Cyriax, Hunter, Travell et al.) 

� Introduction to neural mobilisation approaches of Butler, 

Elvey, Hall 

� Exercises to prevent further injury (Recruitment of deep 

joint stabilizing muscles – Australian approach) 

� Advice on: prevention of recurrence / joint care / activities 

of daily living in recreational, home and work environment. 

� Introduction to health promotion programmes that to 

promote healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent 

neuromusculoskeletal problems. 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Formative Evaluation: 60% of final mark 

3 tests 

3 Practical exams 

1 Assignment 

Summative Evaluation: 40% of final mark 

1 test 

1 practical 

Module Name Orthopaedic Manual Therapy 







Level 9 



a) identify and solve problems 

b) work in a team 

283

c) organize and manage themselves 

d) collect, analyse and evaluate information 

e) communicate effectively 

f) recognize problem solving contexts 

g) reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

h) be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 



• management of neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction according 

to the WHO classification of functioning, disability and 

health to address the impairment, activity limitation and 

participation restriction. 

• clinical principles, related to patients suffering from 

neuromusculoskeletal disorders. 

• clinical syndromes and their underlying biomechanical and 

biopsychosocial constructs. 

Demonstrate Skills in: 

• Clinical reasoning 

• Neuromusculoskeletal assessment, including the 

functional impact and health-related quality of life of patients 

• A variety of practical neuromusculoskeletal 

management approaches 

• Selecting appropriate outcome measures and 

strategies of evidence based practice 

• Literature searches 

• Scientific writing 

• Case presentations 

• Communication 

Main Content � Common neuromuskeloskeletal clinical syndromes. 

� The biopsychosocial approach of healthcare, and principles of 

evidence based practice. 

� Basic neurophysiology of pain, and the process of clinical 

reasoning. 

� Assessment of people presenting with neuromusculoskeletal 

dysfunction. 

� Application of orthopaedic manual therapy treatment 

techniques, including therapeutic exercise. 

Pre-requisites Movement Science (PG) 

Co-requisites Disability and Rehabilitation (PG) 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Formative Evaluation: 60% of final mark 

3 tests 

2 Practical clinical tests: First and follow-up consultation 

1 Assignment 

Summative Evaluation: 40% of final mark 

2 theory papers 

2 practical clinical exams: First and follow-up consultation 

284

Module Name Applied Exercise Science (PG) 







Level 9 















� To develop skills in identifying indications for 

exercise rehabilitation 

� To demonstrate an understanding of: 

o Basic principles of exercise 

approaches 

o Precautions to specific exercise 

approaches 

� To demonstrate the ability to apply principles of 

exercise approaches to a range clinical situations 

� To demonstrate and apply knowledge of exercise 

design, instruction and progressions 

� To demonstrate the ability to: 

o analyse movement 

o provide feedback to the client to ensure safe 

and effective execution of exercises 

o incorporate exercises in conjunction with 

additional other therapeutic approaches 

� To demonstrate knowledge of: 

o various rehabilitation strategies 

o special exercise considerations for specific 

groups 

o policies of physical activity promotion 

Main Content � Biomechanical aspects of soft tissues 

� Principles of rehabilitation 

� Clinical decision –making in exercise therapy 

� Exercise approaches in rehabilitation of the shoulder, 

knee, ankle and lumbar spine: 

� Stretching 

� Strengthening 

� Proprioceptive rehabilitation 

� Neuromuscular and stability assessment training 

� Skills specific training; 

� Principles of prevention of musculoskeletal injury 

285

� Exercise prescription for young people 

� Exercise prescription for geriatrics 

� Promotion of Exercise for health 


Co-requisites Disability and Rehabilitation (PG) 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Formative evaluation 50% 

1 Presentation 25% 

1 Written report 25% 

1 Practical demonstration 25% 

1 Written test 25% 

Summative evaluation 50%1 

Written Exam 

Module Name Research Methodology 







Level 9 

Main Outcomes Critical Crossfield Outcome 













Specific OutcomesOn completion of the module the learner will 

demonstrate: 

� Knowledge of research methodologies 

� Skills in conducting research 

o Proposal writing 

o Implementing research 

o Analysis of data 

o Reporting 

� Knowledge of evidence-based clinical practice 

Main Content Research methodology including quantitative, qualitative, 

action-research, mixed methods 

286

� Research design (e.g. Experimental, Quasiexperimental, 

non-experimental designs) 

� Ethics 

� Problem formulation 


� Conceptual frameworks 

� Sampling methods 

� Development of instruments (validity and reliability; 

pilot studies) 

� Data collection 

� Data analysis (Hypothesis testing; levels of 

measurement; interpretation) 

� Reporting of findings 

� Report writing 

� Proposal Writing 


Co-requisites Research Project: Review of Lit 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 240 



Oral Presentations 40% 

Written tasks 40% 

Proposal Presentations 20% 

Exam 

Research Proposal 100% 


Module Name Pain Management 







Level 9 



� identify and solve problems 

� work in a team 

� organize and manage themselves 

� collect, analyse and evaluate information 

� communicate effectively 

� use science and technology 

� recognize problem solving contexts 

� reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

� participate as a responsible citizen 

� be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 


287




� Demonstrate an indepth understanding of the 

biomedical aspects of pain states in patients/ clients 

� Be able to critically discuss the biospychosocial 

aspects of pain. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the role of 

physiotherapy in pain management within the 

Primary Health Care context 

� Critically analyse pain management from an 

evidence-based perspective. 

Main Content � Neurophysiology 

� Pain theories 

� Chronic pain physiology and associated factors 

� Factors influencing pain i.e. culture, psychological issues, 

etc. 

� Quality of life in chronic pain 

� Appropriate assessment techniques 

� Outcome measures related to pain syndromes 

� Management of pain in the primary health care context 

� Evidence-based management of pain 

� Pharmacological interventions 

� Health promotion in pain 


Co-requisites Research Project: Review of Lit 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Questionnaire 

Open-ended responses 

Ongoing student suggestions/ feedback/ needs 

Module Name Evidence- Based Practice 







Level 9 



a) Identify and solve problems 

b) Work in a team 

c) Organize and manage themselves 

d) Collect, analyse and evaluate information 

e) Communicate effectively 

f) Use science and technology 

288

g) Recognize problem solving contexts 

h) Reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

i) Participate as a responsible citizen 

j) Be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

k) Explore education and career opportunities 



� Knowledge and skills to identify and to evaluate evidence for 

a topic in health practice 

� An understanding of the hierarchy of medical evidence and its 

relevance to clinical practice 

� The ability to access library databases and other sources 

� The ability to critically evaluate the literature using quality 

rating tools 

� An understanding of the statistical aspects of a research 

publication 

� The ability to conduct a systematic review on a clinically 

relevant physiotherapy topic 

Main Content � Rationale and need for evidence-based practice 

� Theory of physiotherapy evidence-based practice 

� Evidence of hierarchy applicable to physiotherapy practice 

� Evidence available on physiotherapy topics that impact 

clinical practice and health promotion 

� Scoring systems and tools available for reviewing articles 

� Methodological critique of research articles 

� Search strategies for databases and formulation of key 

search terms 

� Formulating inclusion and exclusion criteria for conducting 

a systemic review 

� Summarising key concepts on literature regarding a specific 

physiotherapy related topic 

� Applying appraisal tools to critique methodological quality 

of literature 

� Theoretical and practical procedures in conducting a 

systematic review 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 



Formative 60% 

Oral presentation 40% 

Draft 1 of article 20% 

Draft 2 of article 40% 

Summative 40% 

Systematic Review Article for publication. 

289

PSYCHOLOGY 


Module Topic The purpose of this course is to equip the students with the 

basic knowledge and skills in understanding the concepts of 

health promotion. These concepts are applied in a particular 

setting, i.e. a school in the community. Students are expected to 

plan, implement and evaluate health promotion projects in the 

school. The health promoting schools framework is used to 

guide students. Students spend 50% of the course time in the 





Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BPsych 


Level 6 



identify and solve problems* 

work in a team* 

organize and manage themselves* 

collect, analyse and evaluate information* 

communicate effectively* 

use science and technology* 

recognize problem solving contexts* 

reflect on and explore effective learning strategies* 

participate as a responsible citizen* 

be culturally and aesthetically sensitive* 

explore education and career opportunities 

develop entrepreneurial opportunities 


Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that 

health promotion requires not only individual behaviour change 

but also social, political and environmental changes that 

address the underlying causes of ill-health. 

Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting 

schools framework and to use this framework when planning 

and implementing a health promotion project in the schools. 

Analyze the impact of the media and research on health 


Critically reflect on their community-based experience. 

Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as 


interdisciplinary groups and at the schools. 




� Importance of accessing information for health promotion 



objectives, deciding on indicators and developing and action 

plan, project implementation & methods of evaluation 


290







Practicals: 


Selfstudy 







Home Department Psychology 

Module Topic Introduction to Psychology 

Generic Module Name Introduction to Psychology 

Alpha-numeric Code PSY111 (861013) 

Credit Value 7.5 

Duration T 

Level NQF 5 

Main Outcomes � Understand the role of psychology in contemporary South 

Africa 

� Identify areas of professional work 

� Demonstrate a basic understanding of various areas of 

psychology (such as emotion and motivation, personality and 

social psychology) 

Main Content � The evolution of psychology 

� Schools of thought in psychology 

� The various types of psychology and registration categories 

� Human Emotion and motivation 

� Personality theory 

� Social Psychology 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 (1 hour/ lecture) 

Assignments & tasks: 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 (1 hour) 

Practicals: 0 


Selfstudy 30 


Methods of Student Assessment C.E. = 50% of final mark: Test (Multiple choice questions and 

long questions) 50%, Tutorial attendance, participation and 

assignment mark 50%. 

Exam = 50% of final mark. Exam consists of 

Multiple choice questions. 

291


Module Topic Brain and Behaviour 

Generic Module Name Brain and Behaviour 



Duration T 

Proposed semester/term 2 nd Term 

Programmes in which the module BA, BPsych 


Level NQF 5 


� Demonstrate basic understanding of brain circuits and 

the nervous system 

� Demonstrate basic understanding of sensation and 

perception 

� Demonstrate basic understanding of learning and 

memory 

Main Content � Brain circuits and the nervous system 

� Sensation and perception 

� Learning and memory 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 (1 hour/ lecture) 

Assignments & tasks: 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 (1 hour) 

Practicals: 0 


Selfstudy 30 

Other: Consultation 







Home Department PSYCHOLOGY 

Module Topic Introduction to Research Methods 

Generic Module Name Introduction to Research Methods 



Duration 1 term 

Proposed semester/term Term 4 (October – December) 

Programmes in which the module BPsych and BA. 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate 

basic understanding of: 

� The field of research psychology 

� The process involved in conducting research 

� Some methods of analysis in social sciences. 

Main Content � Introduction to the field of research 

� Scientific approach to behaviour 

292

� Experimental research 

� Descriptive/correlation research 

� Grouped and ungrouped frequency distributions 

� Measures of central tendency 

� Measures of variability 

� Measure of position 

Pre-requisite modules none 

Co-requisite modules none 


A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week (example) 


Assignments & tasks: 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 

Practicals: 0 


Selfstudy 30 








Module Topic Psychology of Child Development 

Generic Module Name Psychology of Child Development 



Duration T 

Proposed semester/term 3 rd Term 

Programmes in which the module B.A, BPsych 


Level NQF 5 


� Demonstrate basic understanding of the field of 

developmental psychology. 

� Demonstrate basic understanding of the various 

theories of developmental psychology. 

� Demonstrate basic understanding of the prenatal, 

infancy, early childhood and middle childhood stages 

of development 

Main Content � Basic concepts of developmental psychology 

� Theories of developmental psychology 

� Prenatal development and the birth process 

� Infancy 

� Early childhood 

� Middle childhood 






Assignments & tasks: 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 

Practicals: 0 


293

Selfstudy 30 

Other: Consultation 








Module Topic Introduction to Community and Health Psychology 

Generic Module Name Introduction to Community and Health Psychology 



Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term Second semester, fourth Term 

Programmes in which the module will BPsych, Education, OT 


Level Level 5 

Main Outcomes Students will: 

� Define Community and Health Psychology. 

� Familiarise themselves with the developments within 

Community and Health Psychology. 

� Know the epistemologies underlying the disciplines of 


� Know central approaches and intervention strategies within 


Main Content � Defining Community and Health Psychology. 

� The history of Community and Health Psychology locally and 

internationally. 

� Primary epistemologies for understanding human behaviour 

and experience in Community and Health Psychology. 

� Central approaches and intervention strategies in Community 

and Health Psychology. 









Selfstudy 42 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignment, examination 


Module Topic The Study of Human Development 

Generic Module Name The Study of Human Development 




Proposed semester/term first semester 

294



BPsych 

Level Level 6 














Main Content a) 


Ability to theorise and explain human development 

The ability to evaluate the appropriateness of certain theories of 

human development. 

The ability to offer a critique of the various theories of human 

development 

Physical, cognitive, personality and social development of humans 

from adolescence to late adulthood. 

b) Relevant developmental theories 





None 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14hrs 


Practicals: 

32hrs 

Tests & examinations: 4hrs 

Selfstudy 50hrs 

Total Learning Time 100hrs 

Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation :40% 

Written test :60% 

TOTAL 100% 


Module Topic Psychological Interventions 

Generic Module Name Psychological Interventions 




Proposed semester/term 1st Semester 

Programmes in which the module will be BPsych 


Level Level 6 

Main Outcomes Students should have: 

� An overview of the theoretical foundations of the various 

approaches to intervention. 

� An understanding of the process of intervention and the nature 

of helping relationships. 

295

� Knowledge of theories and techniques of counselling. 

� Knowledge of ethical decision making in counselling. 


Demonstrate basic understanding of: 

� The field of counseling and psychological intervention 

� The theoretical underpinnings of counseling 

� Some methods of intervention in psychological practice 

� Ethical decision making in counselling 

Main Content � Introduction to the field of counselling psychology 

� Ethical issues in counselling practice 

� Psychoanalytic therapy 

� Person centred therapy 

� Cognitive behaviour therapy 

� Family systems therapy 






Assignments & tasks: 32hrs 

Practicals: 




Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation: 50% 

Exam : 50% 

TOTAL 100% 


Module Topic Qualitative research methodologies 

Generic Module Name Qualitative research methodologies 




Proposed semester/term Second Semester 



Level 6 

















296


Demonstrate an understanding of: 

� Different methodologies and debates in researching 

� psychological and social reality. 

� Students own knowledges at a reflective level. 

� An introduction to the creation of knowledge. 

Main Content � Histories of the present 

� Doing an information search 

� Research Design 

� Interpretive Methods 

� Social Constructionist Methods 

� Participatory Action Research 

� Standpoint Methodologies 







Practicals: 




Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation:50% 

Exam :50% 

TOTAL 100% 


Module Topic Introduction to Psychometric Assessment 

Generic Module Name Introduction to Psychometric Assessment 




Proposed semester/term 1 st Semester 



Level 6 









� reflect on and explore effective learning 

strategies 






� Demonstrate an understanding of and explore: 

� When to use tests. 

297

� The origins of testing and assessment. 

� The different categories of tests. 

� Contemporary issues in testing. 

� Group participation and individual projects. 

Main Content � Basic concepts of measurement 

� Historical developments 

� Uses and abuses of psychological tests 

� Test administration 

� User qualifications – competencies of test users 

� Controlling the use of measures in South Africa 

� Fair and ethical assessment practices 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14hrs Group work 10hrs 


Practicals: 14hrs 




Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation :50%, Exam :50% 

TOTAL 100% 


Generic Module Name Community Psychology 

Alpha-numeric Code PSY 223 (861223) 


Duration 1 term 

Proposed semester/term 3 rd Term 



Level 6 












� explore education and career opportunity 


� To introduce students to the field of community 

psychology. 

� To facilitate critical thinking about 

traditional/mainstream ways of working in psychology. 

� To understand contextual ways of working. 

� To introduce students to the values and assumptions 

that underpin community psychology. 

� To understand the theoretical perspectives that are the 

298

core of community psychology. 

� To explore the application of community psychology in 

the South African context. 

Main Content � Introduction to and definition of community 

psychology. 

� Origins and historical context of community 

psychology nationally and abroad. 

� Comparing traditional psychology with community 

psychology approaches. 

� Core principles and values: an ecological perspective, 

prevention, empowerment, a psychological sense of 

community. 

� Community psychology models or perspectives. 

� Application: the roles of community psychologists in 

South Africa. 







Practicals: 




Methods of Student Assessment CE=50% TESTS=25% 

ASSIGNMENTS=25% EXAM=50% 


Generic Module Name Health Psychology 



Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term 4 th Term 



Level 6 














� Students will be able to: 

� Identify links between behaviour and health problems 

� Understand and identify the health risks connected to 

particular diseases 

299

� Critically discuss research done to identify health risks and 

research to test the effectiveness of intervention strategies 

� Explore some of the aspects that impact on the effectiveness 

of intervention strategies 

� Identify the most pressing health concerns in SA and the 

behaviours and contextual issues that contribute to these 

problems 

Main Content � Introduction to the psychology of health 

� The link between stress and disease 

� Lifestyle diseases (CVD, Cancer, HIV/AIDS) 

� Smoking 

� Alcohol 

� Drugs 

� Weight management 

Pre-requisite modules First year psychology (useful to have done 861017) 




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14hrs Self study 42hrs 





Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation :50% 

Exam :50% 

TOTAL 100% 


Generic Module Name Introduction to Personality Psychology 




Proposed semester/term 2 nd Semester 



Level 7 


Main Content Introduction to the following theories: 

Freud, Jung, Horney, Erikson, Fromm, Rogers, Bandura, Skinner, 

Allport and South African perspectives on the study of Self. 

Pre-requisite modules Successful completion of required psychology 2 modules 








Selfstudy 28 

Other: Please specify: Groupwork 10 


Methods of Student Assessment C.E. = 50% Test (Multiple choice questions and Essay-type 

questions) (50%) of CE; Assignment (50%) of CE. 

Exam = 50% 

300


Module Name Advanced Psychometric Assessment 


Module Code PSY313 (861313) 


Duration S 

Module Type Y 

Level 7 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will demonstrate: 

� Assessment skills and knowledge of assessment techniques 

and tests. 

Main Content � An overview of the historical context of assessment with 

particular reference to South Africa. 

� Introduction to some concepts that are the basis of 

Psychological assessment, including inter alia, test 

preparation, scoring and item analysis, norms, reliability, and 

validity. 

� The development of tests with particular attention to the 

domains of achievement, intelligence, aptitude, interests, 

attitudes and values. 

Pre-requisites Introduction to Psychometric testing. 




Assignments & tasks:20 

Tests & examinations:18 

Self-study:12 

Practicals:28 

Other (specify):Field trips:8 

Total learning time:100 

Methods of Student Assessment Test = 25% 

Assignment = 25% 

Reports = 40% 

Practical component = 10% 


Module Name Advanced Applied Psychological Interventions 



Duration 2 nd Semester 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the students will demonstrate: 

Self knowledge and understanding of their role as counselor 

Skills to implement an individual counselling model 

Advanced counseling and facilitation skills 

An understanding of interventions within a particular contexts 

Main Content A systemic problem-solving, opportunities development model of 

counseling 

Interventions within relevant areas of practice such as rape, 

suicide, substance abuse, teenage pregnancy 

Pre-requisites PSY225 




Tests & examinations: 8hours 


301


Other (specify): Group meetings 3hours 

Total learning time: 100hours 

Methods of Student Assessment Poster presentation 20% 

Role plays 20% 

Home assignments and reports (worksheets) 10% 

Summaries of readings 10% 

Small group assignment 20% 

Attendance and participation 10% 

Test 10 % 

Total 100% 


Generic Module Name Psychopathology 




Proposed semester/term 1 st Semester 



Level Level 7 


1. Critically interrogate mainstream approaches 

5. collect, analyse and evaluate information 

6. communicate effectively 

7. develop problem solving skills 

8. reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

9. be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

10. develop a social justice perspective 

Main Content a) Revision of diagnostic classification system 

b) Aetiology of mental disorders 

c) Anxiety disorders 

d) Mood disorders and suicide 

e) Eating disorders 

f) Personality disorders 

g) Substance-related disorders 

h) Sexual variants, abuse and dysfunctions 

i) Schizophrenia 

Pre-requisite modules PSY 213 








Other: Please specify 8hrs 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation:40% 

Written test :60% 

TOTAL 100% 

302

Home Department PSYCHOLOGY 

Module Topic Psychology of Social Identity and Oppression 

Generic Module Name Psychology 322 







Level 7 


show understanding of identity in South Africa and across the 

world 

demonstrate insight into power in South Africa and across the 

world 

demonstrate knowledge of difference forms of oppression in South 

Africa and across the world 

distinguish between traditional and mainstream verses recent and 

critical social psychological accounts of identity, power, and 

oppression in South Africa and across the world 

Main Content Introduction to social psychology 

A psychology of society 

Racism: a social psychological perspective 

Frantz Fanon and racial identity in (post)colonial conontexts 

Black adolescent identity development during and after apartheid 

Identity dynamics and the politics of self-definitions 

Women abuse: a critical review 

Heterosexuality 

Political leadership in the context of reconciliation 

Understanding and preventing violence: from description and 

analysis to social action 

Pre-requisite modules Successful completion of required Psychology 2 modules 








Selfstudy 30 

Other: Please specify: Groupwork 10 



Essay-type questions) (50%); Assignment (50%). 

Exam = 50% of final mark. Exam consists of multiple choice 

questions and essay-type questions. 


Module Name Applied Community Psychology 





� A clear sense as to how to apply basic principles and theory of 

community psychology in community settings. 

303

� Ability to plan and implement psycho-social needs 

assessments. 

� Ability to develop and implement appropriate psycho-social 

intervention strategies (e.g. how to facilitate groups, set up 

stake holders meetings and conduct workshops). 

� Ability to conduct basic programme evaluations. 

Main Content � Principles, theories and models of community psychology. 

� Community level programme development and evaluation in 


� Working in historically disadvantaged communities. 




Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor:28 hours 





Other (specify): Group work: 12 hours 


Methods of Student Assessment Class attendance, participation and lecturer evaluation: 30% 

Peer evaluation: 10 % 

Practical /Project Reports:60% 


Module Name Applied Health Psychology 




Level 7 


� A clear sense as to how to apply basic principles and theory of 

Health Psychology in community and clinical settings. 

� Ability to plan and implement psycho-social needs 

assessments. 

� Ability to develop and implement appropriate psycho-social 

and health intervention strategies (e.g. how to facilitate 

groups, set up stake holders meetings and conduct 

workshops). 

� Ability to conduct basic programme evaluations. 

Main Content � Principles, theories and models of Health Psychology. 

� Community level programme development and evaluation in 


� Implementation of Health psychological intervention 

programmes in appropriate settings (group and individual 

work). 

� Programme evaluation 

Pre-requisites BPsych 2 


Prohibited Combinations This module is restricted to BPsych 3 students only 






304

Other (specify): Group work: 13 hours 


Methods of Student Assessment Class attendance, participation and lecturer evaluation: 30% 

Peer evaluation: 10 % 

Practical /Project Reports:60% 


Module Name Quantitative Research Methods for CHS 



Duration S 

Module Type U 

Level 7 


� Basic quantitative analytical skills. 

� Introduction to computerized analysis packages. 

� Understanding of research literature. 

Main Content � Correlation 

� Regression 

� One sample tests 

� Two sample tests 

� More than two sample tests 






Tests & examinations: 5.5 

Self-study: 40 

Practicals: 40.5 

Other (specify): 


Methods of Student Assessment Worksheets} 

Tests }CE=50% 

Exam =50% 


Module Topic Internship programme 

Generic Module Name Practicum 







Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Develop and demonstrate core competencies of a professional 

counselor 

Main Content � Exposure to a range of psychopathological presentations 

� Exposure to clients in need of diagnosis 

� Exposure to clients needing short-term individual counseling 

� Exposure to behavioural risky patients, e.g. suicidal 

Pre-requisite modules Successful completion of previous semester‘s module 


305

Prohibited module Combination Should have no outstanding modules from previous years. 



Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. 


Tests & examinations: Supervision 2 

Selfstudy 72 

Other: supervision 28 hours 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation of students performance and rating of core 

competencies 


Module Topic Psychological Interventions 

Generic Module Name Applied Child Psychology 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 1st 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcome � Knowledge of Child Psychology 

� Application to Trauma and treatment of PTSD 

Main Content Knowledge of the various theoretical approaches in Child Therapy 

with special reference to the treatment of Trauma in childhood. 

Knowledge of developmental psychology in contexts of 

disadvantaged communities in developing countries. 

Pre-requisite modules BPsych 3 modules 








Selfstudy 27 


Methods of Student Assessment Written assignments and reports: 70% 

Class Participation and Attendance:30% 

TOTAL 100% 

Generic Module Name Applied Psychometry 







Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Students will be able to : 

1.Display knowledge and understanding of psychometrics, testing 

and assessment, 

2. Will understand the theory which informs and underpins the 

306

process of testing. 

3. Will be able to select, administer and report on selected 

psychometric instruments 

4. Will Understand the context in which testing occurs in South 

Africa 

Main Content a) Clinical history taking and Mental Status Examination 

b) Cognitive tests 

c) Self report inventories 

d) Checklists for emotional states, behaviour and symptoms 

e) Ethical issues 

Pre-requisite modules Psych313 Advanced psychometric assessment 


Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 1 Selfstudy: 30 



Tests & examinations: 10 Supervision 0 


Methods of Student Assessment Tests, psychometric and case reports, assignments, presentations 

and class discussions 


Module Topic To engage in diagnostic decision-making, in accordance with an 

accredited Diagnostic System such as the DSMIV TR, based on the 

client‘s presenting problem. 

Generic Module Name Advanced Psychopathology 





Programmes in which the module BPsychology 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes 1. Knowledge of DSM-1V TR Psychopathology 

2. Differential Diagnostic Decision-Making 

3. Understanding psychopathology within a South African context. 

Main Content Knowledge of the various categories within DSM 1V and 

differential decision-making. 

Phenomenology of psychopathology across diagnostic categories. 

Applying accredited systems of classifications within the South 

African context. 



Prohibited module Combination This module is restricted to BPsych students. 






Selfstudy 30 


307


Generic Module Name Advanced Psychological Interventions 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 1 ST Semester 

Proposed semester/term 1 ST Semester 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes 1. Demonstrate a detailed understanding of the field of counseling 

and psychological interventions as related to the theoretical 

underpinnings of counseling. 

2. Understand methods of intervention in psychological practice in 

application to case material are explored. 

3. Provide detailed theoretical formulation based on case material 

and to effectively devise a six session intervention plan, 

highlighting therapeutic goals as well as integrating 

psychopathological knowledge and differential diagnostic 

awareness. 

Main Content 1. Psychodynamic theory and Interventions 

2. Cognitive Behavioral Theory and Interventions 

3. Family and Group Theory and Interventions 

4. Multicultural and Community Counseling 

5. Integrative Approach 

6. Application with case study examples 









Selfstudy 47 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments: Presentations: Class test: Participation: Attendance: 


Generic Module Name Research Project 







Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes 1. To collect, analyse and evaluate information. 

2. To integrate research methods with psychology. 

3. To understand the research process. 

4. To conduct psychological research. 

Main Content Sharing research interests, choosing research topics, choosing 

supervisors, providing an overview of the research process, 

overview of the research proposal, the literature review, overview 

of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, planning fieldwork, 

308

data gathering, data analysis, how to report and discuss findings, 

writing the research report. 

Pre-requisite modules 3 rd year Psychology 







Tests & examinations: 0 Supervision 1 

Selfstudy 38 


Methods of Student Assessment Essays, Seminar Presentations, Proposal, Research report 


Module Name Project Management 




Level 8.1 

Main outcomes 1.Understand the basic concepts of Project Management. 

2.Critical issues involved in managing a project. 

3.Competence in designing a successful project. 

Main content 1.Focus on the factors involved in kicking off, leading, planning, 

organizing and executing a project. 

2.South African context considered. 

3.Pitfalls involved in successful completion of projects. 

Prohibited combinations Restricted to BPsych students only. 

Breakdown of learning time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 14 hours 






Methods of assessment Continuous Evaluation: 50% 

Assignment: 20% 

Test: 20% 

Practicals: 10% 


Generic Module Name Capita Selecta 



Duration Term 




Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Understand professional issues important to the profession 

� Understand and apply theories and management approaches 

to trauma 

� Understand diversity issues 

� Understand theories and management issues to specific 

psycho-social problems 

Main Content � Theories and management of specific management issues 

309

� Diversity issues in communities 

� theories and management approaches to trauma 

� Ethical issues 

Pre-requisite modules Pass BPsych 3 modules 








Selfstudy 10 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, class participation and preparation 

Module Name Programme Evaluation 


Alpha-numeric PSY832 



Duration One Term 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes a) Analyse and solve problems 

b) Work in a team 

c) Collect, analyse and evaluate information 

d) Be culturally sensitive 

e) Recognize problem solving contexts 

Main Content a) Introduction to Programme Evaluation (PE) 

b) Planning of PE 

c) Uses and types of PE 

e) Data Collection Methods 

f) Analysing & Interpreting Information 

g) Reporting Evaluation Results 








Selfstudy 32 

Other: Group Project 12 


Methods of Student Assessment Assessment Criteria 

1. Demonstrate knowledge of most major types of programme 

evaluation 

2. Evaluate a programme according to established criteria 

3. Demonstrate understanding of strengths, weaknesses and 

limitations of programme evaluation 

Assessment Tasks 

1. Produce a written seminar on an ascribed approach to programme 

evaluation 

2. Written case study for qualitative feedback 

3. Seminar paper to class for qualitative feedback 

310

Home Department 

Module Topic 

Psychology 

Generic Module Name Qualtitative methodology 

Alpha-numeric Code PSY 833 


Duration T 


Programmes in which the module M.A.Research 


Level 9 

Main Outcomes 1. Understand the philosophical underpinnings of qualitative 

research 

2. Understand the different qualitative methods 

3. Demonstrate practical qualitative methods 

4. Demonstrate qualitative data analysis. 

Main Content 1. Philosophical underpinnings of qualitative research 

2. Phenomenology 

3. Grounded theory 

4. Social constructionism 

5. Ethnography 

6. Feminist research 

7. Focus group research 

Pre-requisite modules An honours pass in Psychology and registration as a Psychology 

Masters student or in an equivalent programme 


Prohibited module Combination Should have no outstanding modules 





Tests & examinations: Supervision 

Selfstudy 36 

Other: supervision 14 


Methods of Student Assessment Class attendance, class participation, class presentations, class 

assignments, term papers 

Home Department 

Module Topic 

Psychology 

Generic Module Name Survey Research methods 

Alpha-numeric Code PSY 834 


Duration T 


Programmes in which the module M.A.Research 


Level 9 

Main Outcomes 1. To collect, analyze and evaluate information, integrate 

quantitative research methods with Psychology, identify and 

solve problems 

2. To understand survey research methods. 

Main Content 1. Introduction and overview of Positivism 

2. Types of survey designs 

3. Conceptualization and measurement 

4. Questionnaire construction 

311

5. Sampling 

6. Overview of data analysis 

Pre-requisite modules An honours pass in Psychology and registration as a Psychology 

Masters student or in an equivalent programme 


Prohibited module Combination Should have no outstanding modules 





Tests & examinations: Supervision 

Selfstudy 36 

Other: supervision 14 


Methods of Student Assessment Class attendance, class participation, class assignments, term papers 

Module Name Research Proposal and Thesis Writing 







Level 9 

Main Outcomes a) To understand the research process. 

b) To write up and present a full research proposal. 

Main Content a) Choosing a research topic; choosing your supervisor, 

b) Overview of research process 

c) Overview of research proposal 

d) Literature review; overview of methodology (quantitative 

and qualitative) 

e) Data gathering, data analysis, report writing. 







Tests & examinations: - 

Practicals: - 

Selfstudy 42 


Group Project 

- 


Methods of Student Assessment Class attendance; supervision attendance; 

Class participation; research proposal 

Module Name Community Psychology 






312

Module Type Programme based module 

Level 9 



� Critically interrogate mainstream approaches 

� work in groups 



� develop problem solving skills 



� develop a social justice perspective 


a) Display content knowledge about the differences 

between mainstream and community psychology 

approaches. 

b) Display a clear understanding of research within 

the community psychological framework 

c) Ability to apply theoretical knowledge on case 

study 

d) Display understanding of different research 

strategies within community psychology context 

e) Ability to critique articles on community 

Main Content a) 

psychological research. 

Introduction to community psychology. 

b) Community psychology and research. 

c) Ecological perspective (theory and application) 

d) Models of community psychology 

e) Different research strategies within the 

f) 

community psychological context 

Published community psychology research 

g) Critical perspectives to community psychology 

(e.g. Marxism) 









Selfstudy 32 

Other:Group project 12 



100 

Specific 

Assessment Assessment 

Outcomes 

1. Display 

content 

knowledge about 

the differences 

between 

mainstream and 

community 

psychology 

313 

Criteria 

Demonstrate the 

ability to discuss 

mainstream and 

community 

psychology 

approaches 

Tasks 

Oral 

presentation

approaches 

2. Display a clear 

understanding of 

research within 

the framework of 

community 

psychology 

3. Ability to apply 

theoretical 

knowledge on 

case study 

4. Display 

understanding of 

different research 

strategies within 

community 

psychology 

context 

5. Ability to 

critique articles on 

community 

psychological 

research 

314 



research within 

the framework of 

community 

psychology 

Ability to apply 

ecological model 

on a case study 



different research 

strategies within 

community 

psychology 

context 

Demonstrate 

ability to critique 

articles on 

community 

psychological 

Oral 

presentation 

Written report 

and oral 

presentation 

Written seminar 

and oral 

presentation 

Written critique 

of article and 

oral presentation 

Module Name Interventions 





Duration 2 SEMESTERS 


Level 8 



a) identify the need for psychological intervention 

b) assess the relative contribution of psychological 

interventions to mental health 

c) organize and manage themselves 

d) collect, analyse and evaluate information 

e) communicate effectively 

f) use science and technology 

g) recognize problem solving contexts 

h) reflect on and explore effective learning strategies 

i) participate as a responsible citizen 

j) be culturally and aesthetically sensitive 

k) explore education and career opportunities 



a) have a content knowledge of the DSM IV TR 

classification system 

b) decide on the appropriateness of psychological 

interventions 

c) select appropriate intervention methodologies depending 

on client profile 

d) demonstrate competence in the delivery of an array of 

psychological intervention techniques

e) demonstrate competence in the delivery of a range of 

psychological intervention models 

f) demonstrate competence in the evaluation of 

g) 

psychological intervention efficacy 

demonstrate competence in the delivery of a range of 

psychological intervention models appropriate to 

h) 

differing ages ranges of children, adolescents, adults 

demonstrate competence in the delivery of a range of 

psychological intervention models appropriate to 

i) 

differential client groups: individual, couple, family, 

groups 

Demonstrate competence in the delivery of a range of 

psychological intervention models appropriate to client 

groups from different ethnic, socio-econmomic, sociocultrural 

and language contexts 

Main Content a) Psychodynamic theories of psychological intervention 

b) Theories of Family therapy 

c) Models of family therapy interventions 

d) Family consultation and parent feedback 

e) Play therapy assessments 

f) Models of play therapy 

g) Assessing children for psychodynamic play therapy. 

h) Trauma interventions with children, adolescents and 

adults 

i) Short term models of intervention with children 

adolescents and adults 

j) Cognitive- behavioural approaches to intervention for 

children, adolescents and adults 

k) Object relations theories of psychological intervention 

l) Crisis intervention 








Practicals: - 

Selfstudy 84 


- 

Group Project 


Methods of Student Assessment Students are provided an anonymous evaluation form assessing 

their evaluation of key dimensions of the module content, 

presentation, organization, materials, and assessment 

Module Name Advanced Research Project 


Alpha-numeric PSY 701 



Duration Year course 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes To collect, analyse and evaluate information. 

To integrate research methods with psychology. 

315

To understand the research process. 

To conduct psychological research. 

Main Content Sharing research interests, choosing research topics, choosing 

supervisors, providing an overview of the research process, 

overview of the research proposal, the literature review, 

overview of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, 

planning fieldwork, data gathering, data analysis, how to report 

and discuss findings, writing the research report. 

Pre-requisites 3 rd year psychology and registration as Psychology Honours 

student or in equivalent programme 







Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 58 



Methods of Student Assessment Essays, Seminar Presentations, Examinations 

Module Name Abnormal Psychology 




Credit Value 20 credits 

Duration 1 semester 

Module Type Long thin 

Level Level 8 


display content knowledge of some of the symptoms of some 

major mental health categories form the DSM IV-TR; display 

content knowledge of some of the major aetiological approaches 

to mental health problems; display content knowledge of the 

major approaches to treatment for mental health problems 

apply this knowledge to case material; apply this knowledge to 

community level interventions; display content knowledge of the 

major contextual approaches to mental health; apply this 

knowledge to the mental health problems studied earlier; apply 

this knowledge to community level interventions; apply 

knowledge of both mainstream and critical approaches to 

understanding learners own personal development in critical 

thinking. 

Main Content Major mainstream approaches to psychopathology 

DSM-IV multi-axial framework 

Post-traumatic Stress Disorder 

Major Depression 

Paedophilia 

Schizophrenia 

Borderline Personality Disorder 

Critical psychology approaches to mental health 

Marxist approaches to mental health 

Liberation psychology and mental health 

Community psychology and mental health 

316

Pre-requisites Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with 

psychology 3 

Co-requisites N/A 

Prohibited Combinations N/A 



Assignments & tasks: 137.25 


Practicals: 

Self-study: 31.75 


Methods of Student Assessment Oral presentation, Written review of journal articles, Written exam 

Module Name Psychological Interventions 







Level 8 

Main Outcomes This course introduces students to some of the diverse 

theoretical models of counseling and advanced psychological 

interventions and their applications in a variety of settings. 

Moreover, the course aims to generate an appreciation not only 

of different styles of counseling, but also of different clients 

needs. 

Main Content Ways of thinking about counseling and psychological 

interventions have changed over the years. The course 

highlights this shift and places an emphasis on some of the 

more recent developments. Although a balance is forged 

between theory and praxis, there is an emphasis on the 

theoretical assumptions underlying various models of 

counseling. 









Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 58 




Module Name Research Procedures & Statistics 






317


Level 8 

Main Outcomes To understand quantitative rand qualitative research methods 

To collect, analyse and evaluate information 

To integrate research methods with psychology 

To identify and solve problems 

Main Content Overview of Quantitative Research Methods; Ethics of 

Research; Measurement: Theory/Issues; Research Designs; 

Control of Extraneous Variables; Factorial Designs; Quasi- 

Experimental Designs; Introduction to Multivariate Designs 

and Statistics; Regression Analysis; Computers in Research 

Overview of Qualitative Research Methods; Paradigms ; 

Interviews; Focus Groups; Case Studies; Feminism; 

Interpretive Methods; Constructionism; Discourse and 

Thematic Analysis; Postcolonialism; Postmodernism; 

Participatory Action Research 

Pre-requisites 3 rd year pass in Psychology and registration as Psychology 

Honours student or in equivalent programme. 







Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 58 

Other: Seminar presentations 24 



Module Name Personality Development 







Level 8 


identify and solve problems 





use science and technology 



participate as a responsible citizen 


explore education and career opportunities 

develop entrepreneurial opportunities 

demonstrate an understanding of and explore the impact of 

personal and social-historical influences on the development of 

theories of personality 

evaluate theories of personality development and the inter- 

318

elatedness of theory and research 

Main Content Introduction to Personality Development. 

Definitions of key concepts. 

The study of personality development. 

Criteria for evaluating theories of personality development. 









Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 58 




Module Name Health Psychology 706 






Module Type Semester based module 

Level 8 

Main Outcomes To equip students with a knowledge of the field of health 

psychology; To equip students with an appraisal of the 

psychological and behavioural dimensions of health and illness; 

To equip students with a knowledge of the psychological and 

behavioural dimensions of specific illness profiles such as 

HIV/AIDS, cardiovascular disease; and To equip students with 

knowledge of the psychological and behavioural interventions 

applicable in preventing and remediating illness. 

Main Content The behavioural and psychological dimensions of illness and 

health; Conducting health research; Stress, Pain and Coping; 

Behaviour and Chronic Disease; Behavioural Health; Dealing 

with HIV/AIDS; Risk Behaviours for various diseases; The 

Psychology of disease patterns 









Selfstudy 84 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignment, seminar, class participation, exam 

319

Module Name Social Psychology 







Level 8 


display content knowledge of some of the theories of social 

oppression. 

display content knowledge of some of the major theoretical 

debates on the nature and process of oppression, particularly in 

low-income countries. 

display content knowledge of the major approaches to 

understanding violence in all its manifestations 

apply this knowledge to an analysis of current conflicts in 

countries at war and in social and civil conflict. 

apply this knowledge in analysing and changing the impact of 

oppression, both on a personal, social and societal level. 

display content knowledge of the major contextual approaches 

to preventing the perpetuation of social oppression. ns 

apply knowledge of subtle oppressive processes on learners own 

personal and self development. 

Main Content Major mainstream approaches to social psychology 

Psychology and Apartheid 

Colonial medicine and oppression 

Frantz Fanon‘s theory of violence 

Structural Violence and its consequence of Premature Death 

Hegel‘s Master-Slave dialectic 

Racism, Sexism and Classism- and oppression 

The South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission 

From Adaptation to Empowerment 

Prevention of Socially Oppressive Mechanisms 

Special Focus on Genocide: The case of the Native Americans, 

The San, The Holocaust, Former Yugoslavia and Rwanda. 

Liberation psychology and mental health 









Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 58 




320

Module Name Community Psychology Honours 





Duration One semester 


Level 8 


Critically interrogate mainstream approaches 

work in groups 



develop problem solving skills 



develop a social justice perspective 

Display content knowledge about the differences between 

mainstream and community psychology approaches. 

Display a clear understanding historical perspectives of 

community psychology 

Display a clear understanding of the theoretical foundations of 

community psychology 

Display a clear understanding of the different community 

psychological intervention strategies 

Ability to apply understanding of genesis and management of 

psycho-social prolems to their community. 

Ability to implement some of the community psychological 

intervention strategies 

Main Content Introduction to community psychology. 

Historical perspectives to community psychology 

Ecological perspective (theory and application) 

Models of community psychology 

Intervention programmes in community psychology 

Understanding and management of HIV/AIDS 

Behaviour change models 

Workshop training and implementation 

Support groups and mentor programmes 

Dealing with the abuse of women and children 

Risk and protective factors 

Critical perspectives to community psychology (e.g. Marxism) 








Practicals: 

Selfstudy 56 

Other: Community Outreach; 

33 

Skills training & Group work 

24 


Methods of Student Assessment Oral presentation, written seminar paper, written examination 

321

Module Name Psychological Assessment 





Duration One Semester 


Level 8 


conduct a clinical history taking interview; collect, analyse and 

interpret psychological data regarding the person‘s past and 

current level of functioning pertaining to emotional, social, 

cognitive and personality adjustment, as well as career decision 

making; work in groups; communicate effectively; develop 

problem solving skills; reflect on and explore effective 

intervention strategies; develop a social, cultural, legal and 

morally ethical perspective; develop a proficiency in certain 

selected psychometric assessment instruments; display an 

understanding of the processes of psychological assessment 

report writing; display an understanding and sensitivity of 

psychological assessment within the South African context; 

ability to critique articles on psychological assessment research 

Main Content 

Introduction to psychometry; discussion of administrative 

issues, requirements and course-outline 

Psychiatric History & Report Writing 

Mental Status Examination 

Ethics in Testing 

The Clinical Interview 

Intellectual Assessment: History, concepts and Intellectual 

Assessment 

Clinical Application, construction of tests, etc. 

Senior South African Intelligence Scale (SSAIS-R) 

Dynamic Assessment 

Infant and pre-school testing 

Educational Assessment in school settings 

Projective Tests: (i) History & general concepts etc 

Projective Tests: (ii) Specific tests 

Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) 

Objective Personality Tests: (i) History & Concepts 

Objective Personality Tests: (i) Specific Tests 

16 Personality Factor (16PF) 

MB-10 Interest Questionnaire 

Career Decision-making System Revised (CDM-R) 

Assessment & Culture/ Race/Gender Issues 

Neuro-psychological Assessment 

Forensic Assessment 

Interest Questionnaires 

Career Counselling 

Computer Based Assessment 

Pre-requisites 3rd year pass in Psychology and registration as Psychology 

Honours student or an equivalent programme. 






322


Practicals: - 

Selfstudy 58 

Other:SeminarPresentations 24 


Methods of Student Assessment Written confidential psychological report, Seminar presentations, 

Examination 


Module Topic Philosophical and Social Issues 

Generic Module Name PSY 831 

Alpha-numeric Code 861831 


Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term 4th term 



M.A. Research Psychology 

Level NQF 

Main Outcomes 

Main Content 

(a) Objective 

The course is not a comprehensive course in Philosophy but a 

contained discourse on some of the central epistemological 

frameworks, which impact on Psychology as a discipline. The 

course is intended as a broad introduction to philosophical 

thinking and meta-theory. 

(b) Specific aims 

The specific aims of the course is to ensure that students 

understand and are able to reflect on: 

- the assumptions and foundational issues of Psychology and 

linking them to issues in ontology and epistemology, and history 

of psychological research. 

- The nature and development of psychological concepts, 

propositions, hypotheses and conclusions 

- the forms of reasoning used to arrive at conclusions in 

Psychology 

- The scope and limits of psychological knowledge and 

proclaimed scientific methods 

- the relation of psychological knowledge to society. 

1. What is philosophy?: The nature of philosophical questions 

and analysis 

2. The philosophy of science: 

* Questions of epistemology and ontology 

* The role of worldview and theory in epistemology and 

ontology 

* Paradigms in science 

3. Traditions in trouble: The evolution of scientific 

traditions: A model of social science 

4. Epistemological positions in psychology: 

a. Positivism 

b. Critical theory 

c. Interpretivism and Hermeneutics 

d. Phenomenology 

e. Grounded theory 

f. Feminism 

g. Social constructionism 

5. Ethics and research 

323





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 18 2 

Assignments & tasks: 15 3 

Practicals: 


Selfstudy 10 1.3 hours Per week 


Methods of Student Assessment Formative assessments (50%): 

Each student will be required to critically evaluate one major 

epistemological discourse outlined in the course, with particular 

reference to the contributions it has to make to psychology in 

contemporary South Africa. This will be achieved by a written 

position paper as well as a seminar presentation to the class. 

Summative Assessment (50%): 

Each student will be required to produce a discussion paper that 

demonstrates an integrated and critical understanding of the entire 

range of philosophical concepts under scrutiny 


Module Topic Advanced quantitative technology 

Generic Module Name Psy 835 



Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term 1 st 

Programmes in which the module M.A. Research Psychology 


Level NQF 8 

Main Outcomes By the end of the course students will: 

� understand the process of designing a quantitative 

� research study and be able to operationalise research 

questions; 

� plan different designs and fit a design to a research 

question; 

� select and/or develop instruments to use in the research 

study; 

� plan sampling; 

� use different data collection techniques; 

� select, execute and interpret appropriate statistical 

techniques; and 

� do ethical research across/within diverse groups 

Main Content Quantitative research methodology 

Ethics in research 

Designs 

Sampling 

Instrument evaluation 

Cross-cultural research 

Data collection 

Statistics: ANOVA, Multiple Regression, Logistic regression, 

Discriminant analysis, and Factor analysis 



324



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 2 hours 

Assignments & tasks: 50 4 hours 

Practicals: 7 1 hour 4 weeks 

Tests & examinations: 3 End of the year 

Selfstudy 12 4.3 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (50%): 

1. Seminar (40%) 

2. Participation in discussions (10%): 

3. Statistical assessment assignments (50%) 

Summative assessment (50%): 

The students will be assessed towards the end of the third term. 

This test will be an integrated assessment consisting of this 

module and the module Measurement Design and Construction 

and will assess the application of theoretical and practical 

knowledge gained in these courses. 


Module Topic Measurement design and construction 




Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term 3rd term 

Programmes in which the M.A. Research Psychology 


Level NQF 

Main Outcomes By the end of this course the student will have: 

� A conceptual understanding of assessment, tests and 

measurement; types of tests 

� A conceptual understanding of ethics in testing and test 

construction; SA legislation on testing and the history of 

testing in SA 

� A conceptual understanding of test construction and test 

validation 

� An understanding of score interpretation: the setting of 

standards and norms 

� A conceptual and practical understanding of the statistical 

basis of test construction and especially test evaluation 

A conceptual and practical understanding of cross cultural 

and cross linguistic testing and the evaluation of tests for 

Main Content 

use in heterogeneous groups 

1. Introduction 

� Tests, measurements, and assessment: issues of terminology 

� Measurement levels: relevance for test construction 

� Types of tests: 

� norm referenced versus criterion referenced 

� educational tests versus psychological tests: 

distinction and different kinds e.g. intelligence, 

personality, language tests etc 

� purposes of tests e.g. selection (admission), screening, 

diagnostic etc; high stakes versus low stakes testing 

2. How do we construct tests? 

325

� The process of test construction 

� Frameworks and constructs 

� Item analysis (choose item difficulty and item 

discrimination for practical example) 

� Scale construction 

3. The meaning of test scores 

� The meaning of raw scores 

� The transformation of scores 

� The setting of standards: brief overview 

� Norm setting: 

o Percentiles 

o Age and grade scores 

o Standard and standerdised scores 

o Normalised scores 

� Equating scores: what it is, and why and when do/can we 

equate tests? 

4. Psychometric properties of tests 

Validity: what it is, and how do we evaluate it? (choose one aspect of 

validity as a practical example) 

� Reliability: what it is, and how do we evaluate it? (choose 

one form of reliability for a practical example) 

� What are the implications of reliability for error of 

measurement and test score interpretation? 

� The relationship between validity and reliability 

5. The distinction between Item Response Theory and classical test 

theory and implications for test development and evaluation 

(psychometric properties of tests) 

6. Ethics and standards in testing and test development and history of 

testing 

� The history of testing in SA and internationally (focus on 

USA): relevance for ethics and legislation: 

� Code of conduct of psychologists: International and SA 

� Code of conduct for educational testing: International 

� APA Standards 

� Legislation in SA: Employment Equity Act; draft legislation 

on testing in schools 

7. Cross cultural and cross linguistic testing 

� What it is 

� APA Standards on fairness and bias; relevance for SA 

� The development of cross cultural and cross linguistic tests: 

22 guidelines of the International Test Commission 

� Central concepts: group differences, fairness, equivalence 

and bias. 

� How do we evaluate it? 

8. Critical testing 

� What is ―critical testing‖? 

� Why is ―critical testing‖ important for researchers? 

How do we do ―critical testing‖?: backwash, argumentation, 

consequences of testing and stakeholder involvement 




A. Breakdown of Learning 

Time 

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 18 2 

326

Assignments & tasks: 30 10 Three weeks 

Practicals: 4 1 Four weeks 


Selfstudy 12 1.3 hours Per week 



Assessment 

Continuous (formative) assessment (50%): 

1. Presentations on topics (20%) 

2. Assignments on: (30%) 

2.1 A test construction and item analysis assignment (group project) 

2.2 Practical test evaluation assignment (individual) 

2.3 Practical bias and equivalence assignment ( individual): 

Summative assessment (50%): 

The students will be assessed towards the end of the third term. This 

test will be an integrated assessment consisting of this module and the 

module Quantitative Techniques and will assess the application of 

theoretical and practical knowledge gained in these courses. . 

Module Name Masters Health Psychology 


Alpha-numeric Psy 840 



Duration 1 term – 3 rd term. 

Module Type Term based module 

Level 9 

Main Outcomes Develop a relevant research agenda 

Explore concepts and theoretical models 

Make link between lifestyle, wellness and illness 

Identify Health belief determinants of behaviour change 

Explore examples of health psychology research 

Debate research methodology issues 

Understand the relevance of health psychology in South 

Africa 

Main Content Prevention and health promotion 

Theories of lifestyle change 

Research in health 

The burden of TB in S.A. 

Multi-drug resistance and the DOTS programme 

Issues around HIV and AIDS 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 42 


Methods of Student Assessment Proposal writing and class presentations 

327


Module Topic Skills Training (quantitative and qualitative analysis) 




Duration S 




Level NQF 8.3 


� Analyze quantitative data using SPSS 

o Demonstrate understanding of navigating the 

SPSS environment 

o Demonstrate basic understanding of 

developing a measuring instrument and SPSS 

codebook 

o Demonstrate understanding of generating and 

interpreting descriptive statistics 


interpreting inferential statistics 


interpreting graphs 

� Analyze qualitative data using one the following techniques: 

o Thematic Analyses 

o Discourse Analyses 

o Phenomenology/Heuristic Analysis 

o Narrative Analysis 

o Have a basic understanding of qualitative analysis 

software (using Atlas Ti) 

Main Content � Quantitative data analysis 

o Basic concepts in quantitative research 

o Navigating the SPSS environment 

o Codebook construction 

o Data capturing 

o Cleaning and verifying the data 

o Data management 

o Descriptive statistics 

o Inferential statistics 

o Generating and interpreting graphs using 

SPSS 

� Qualitative data analysis 

o Thematic Analyses 

o Discourse Analyses 

o Phenomenology/Heuristic Analysis 

o Narrative Analysis 

o Atlas.ti 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures p.w. 4 (2 hour) 

Assignments & tasks: 40 Tutorials p.w. 



328

Selfstudy 30 


Methods of Student Assessment � Quantitative analysis assessed by means of five written 

assignments (Assignment 1=10%, Assignment 2 = 10%, 

Assignment 3-4 = 30%, Final assignment = 50% 

� Qualitative analysis assessed by means of 1 assignment. 

� Total Course = 50% Quantitative and 50% Qualitative 


Module Topic Adult Psychopathology 





Proposed semester/term 1 st 



Level NQF 8 

Main Outcomes Display content knowledge of DSM IV-TR classification 

system 

Display content knowledge of major explanations for mental 

health problems 

Demonstrate competence in diagnostic decision making 

Demonstrate competence in case specific explanations and 

treatment for selected mental health problems 

Demonstrate familiarity with ICD-10 classification system 

Main Content Approaches to mental health problems 

Knowledge of DSM-IV TR classification system 

Knowledge of symptoms of all disorders identified by the DSM-IV 

TR classification system 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 7 X 2 hrs 


Practicals: 0 


Self-study 35 


Methods of Student Assessment Lectures, class discussions, and case presentations, class test, 

examination 

SOCIAL WORK 



some of the conceptual foundations which form the basis for sound 

ethical practice of health care professionals. 




Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSW 

329


Level 5 


















ethics and human rights relevant to service providing 

and an awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health 

care workers in South Africa. 



practices. 


punctuality, participation and attendance when working 

in interdisciplinary groups. 













Practicals: 


Selfstudy 











330








Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSW 


Level 5 





























health: 














331








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Lectures p.w. 



Generic Module Name CONTEXTUALISING THE FIELD OF SOCIAL WORK 

Alpha-numeric Code SCW010 


Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 1 ST SEMESTER 

Programmes in which the module BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK (FOUNDATION 


PROGRAMME) 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will be able to: 

Contextualize the role of the social worker in relation to pertinent 

social issues 

Main Content Defining social work and its role in society 

Basic concepts in social issues 

Defining human needs in SA context 

Defining social issues in SA context 

Defining volunteerism and its role in the field of social work in SA 


Co-requisite modules SCW113 

Prohibited module Combination Year Level 2 modules 






Selfstudy 30 



Examination: 50% 

Total:100% 

Generic Module Name CONTEXTUALISING SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 2 nd SEMESTER 



PROGRAMME) 

Level 5 


Contextualize how ‗social welfare‘ serves to inform Social Policy 

and Social Work practice 

332

Main Content � Concepts of, social development, and social welfare as 

introduction to the history and overview of social 

policies, social work practice and social welfare services 

in a development context. 

� Contemporary ‗developmental‘ social services and 

policies including structures for implementing service 

delivery 

� Factors and processes impacting on financing social 

policies( social welfare legislation), and implications for 

implementing Social Work services in a developmental 

context 









Selfstudy 30 




Total:100% 

Generic Module Name CONTEXTUALISING SOCIAL WORK PROCESSES 




Proposed semester/term 1 ST SEMESTER 

Programmes in which the module BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK(FOUNDATION 


PROGRAMME) 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student will be able to understand the 

assessment, intervention and communication processes in social 

work 

Main Content � Micro, mezzo and macro levels of assessment and 

intervention 

� Basic concepts in communication 

� Different levels of communication 

� Context of and barriers to communication 

� Relationship building skills 

� Attending skills 

� Exploring and action skills 









Selfstudy 13 



333


Total:100% 

Generic Module Name CONTEXTUALISING THE PHILOSOPHY OF 

PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK VALUES AND ETHICS 



Duration S 

Proposed semester/term 2 nd SEMESTER 



PROGRAMME) 

Level 5 

Main Outcomes Contextualize Social Work values, the professional relationship 

and personal beliefs 

Main Content � Personal values, traditions and belief systems 

� Difference and diversity 

� Professional values, attitudes and conduct 

� Time management 

� Conflict resolution 

� Managing interpersonal relationships 

� Self-awareness 









Selfstudy 13 




Total:100% 

Home Department SOCIAL WORK 

Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO FIELDWORK EDUCATION 

Generic Module Name SCW101 



Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term FIRST AND SECOND SEMESTER 

Programmes in which the module BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in engaging as a volunteer in a supportive 

relationship with an individual, in a pre-determined, structured 

environment for the duration of the academic year 

Demonstrate beginning skills in professional report writing. 

Main Content Overview and orientation to the meaning of Social Work practice. 

Developing mentoring skills, including relationship building, 

communication and listening skills, self-esteem development, child 

development, sexuality and HIV/AIDS. 

A volunteer placement during the June vacation observing and 

shadowing of Social Work-in-action. 

334

Beginning skills in report writing 


Co-requisite modules Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy 840124 

Introduction to the Field of Social Work 840113 

Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values 

and Ethics 840123 

Introduction to the Social Work Process 840114 







Selfstudy 0 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% 

Summative assessment: Examination 50% 

Total: 100% 


Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF SOCIAL WORK 




Duration S 

Proposed semester/term FIRST SEMESTER 



Level 5 

Main Outcomes Describe the role of the Social Worker in relation to pertinent social 

issues 

Main Content Overview of major issues and needs affecting human security in 

contemporary South Africa, such as inclusion, the impact of 

HIV/AIDS, child, youth and family wellbeing 

Social Work‘s response to identified social issues and needs 

Overview of fields of practice and multi-disciplinarity 

The role and function of the Social Worker 

Human diversity and knowledge of Social Work strategies to 

alleviate oppression and exclusion. 


Co-requisite modules Introduction to Fieldwork Education 840014 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 / 7 Lectures p.w. 2 

Assignments & tasks: 31 Practicals 

p.w. 

0 



Selfstudy 30 




Total: 100% 

335


Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL WORK PROCESS 




Duration S 




Level 5 

Main Outcomes Compare the similarities and differences between the phases of 

the professional Social Work process with particular reference to 

communication and relationship building skills, to the 

experience of a structured volunteer relationship. 

Main Content Overview and steps of the professional Social Work process vs a 

volunteer relationship. 

Communication and relationship building skills and techniques. 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14 Lectures p.w. 1 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 

Assignments & tasks: 11 Practicals p.w. 0 Assignments & tasks: 



Selfstudy 15 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO THE PHILOSOPHY OF 

PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK VALUES AND ETHICS 




Duration S 

Proposed semester/term SECOND SEMESTER 



Level 5 

Main Outcomes Link Social Work values and the professional relationship with 

the philosophy of the ‗ethics of care‘ 

Main Content � Values and principles of social work 

� Philosophical foundations of social work 

� Knowledge base of social work practice 

� Professional codes of ethics in social work 

� Concepts and philosophy of caring 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14 / 7 Lectures p.w. 1 

336




Selfstudy 15 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF SOCIAL WORK 




Duration S 




Level 5 

Main Outcomes Illustrate how social policy serves to inform Social Work 

practice 

Main Content Introductory and historical overview of social welfare services and 

social policies as related to the development and practice of Social 

Work 

Contemporary social services and income maintenance policies 

including structures for service delivery 

Factors and processes impacting on social welfare legislation, 

financing and implementation affecting Social Work services 









Selfstudy 30 




Total: 100% 




promotion. These concepts are applied in a particular setting, i.e. 

a school in the community. Students are expected to plan, 

implement and evaluate health promotion projects in the school. 

The health promoting schools framework is used to guide 

students. Students spend 50% of the course time in the 





337

Duration Term 




BSW 

Level 6 

















and that health promotion requires not only 

individual behaviour change but also social, political 

and environmental changes that address the 

underlying causes of ill-health. 



framework when planning and implementing a 

health promotion project in the schools. 




experience. 



working in interdisciplinary groups and at the 

schools. 




models 


promotion 



objectives, deciding on indicators and developing 

and action plan, project implementation & methods 

of evaluation 








Lectures p.w. 

338

Practicals: 


Selfstudy 








Module Topic BASIC FIELDWORK EDUCATION 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term First Semester and Second Semester 



Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in applying appropriate intervention 

skills and techniques from a strengths-based and antidiscriminatory 

perspective to pertinent social issues encountered 

within the context of a supervised, field work placement 

Demonstrate competence in basic professional report writing 

Main Content Beginner level Social Work practice in community work 

laboratory. 

Social group work – a weekly placement in the community. 

Beginner level practice in social work at a micro level. 

Community profile presentation. 

� Basic skills in professional report writing. 

Pre-requisite modules Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy 

Introduction to the Field of Social Work 

Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work Values 

and Ethics 

Introduction to the Social Work Process 

Introduction to Fieldwork Education 

Co-requisite modules The Social Work Process at Micro Level – 840212 

The Social Work Process at Meso Level - 840213 

The Social Work Process at Macro Level - 840214 







Selfstudy 70 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 50% 

Summative Assessment: examination 50% 

Total 100% 

339


Module Topic THE SOCIAL WORK PROCESS AT MICRO LEVEL 




Duration S 




Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in the application of skills and 

techniques when working with individuals from a strengths-and 

anti-discriminatory perspective within the context of the Social 

Work process. 

Main Content Develop practical competence in appropriate intervention skills 

for a strengths and anti-discriminatory Social Work perspective 

on a micro level. 



Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work 




Co-requisite modules Basic Field Work Education 840201 







Selfstudy 30 




Total 100% 


Module Topic THE SOCIAL WORK PROCESS AT MESO LEVEL 




Duration S 




Level 6 

Main Outcomes Within the context of the Social Work process, demonstrate 

competence in the application of group work skills and 

techniques from a strengths-and anti-discriminatory perspective 

Main Content Overview of group work as a method of Social Work 

intervention. 

Theory and practice skills for social group work practice. 

Roles and skills of a social group worker. 

Qualities of a competent group leader. 

Overview of the different types of groups and their functions in 

340

society. 

Group formation and phases. 














Selfstudy 30 




Total 100% 


Module Topic THE SOCIAL WORK PROCESS AT MACRO LEVEL 




Duration S 




Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in the application of community work 

and community development skills and techniques from a 

strengths-and anti-discriminatory perspective, within the context 

of the Social Work process. 

Main Content Brief history, conceptualization, definitions, approaches, 

strategies and processes. 

Developmental social welfare, community work, community 

development. 

Leadership development and participatory democracy. 

Techniques of anti-discriminatory and strengths-based practice 

at a macro level 













Selfstudy 35 

341




Summative Assessment 50% 

Total 100% 

Home Department Social Work 

Module Topic INTERMEDIATE FIELDWORK EDUCATION 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term Semesters 1 & 2 



Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in applying intervention strategies, 

techniques and skills to pertinent social issues that are 

encountered in the Social Work field of practice. 

Demonstrate competence in intermediate professional report 

writing 

Main Content Simulated exercises and role plays on micro, meso and macro 

levels . 

Weekly fieldwork experience with children and families in the 

community for 1 day per week over two semesters. 

Weekly social group work sessions in the community. 

Application of appropriate intervention approaches, strategies, 

techniques and skills in addressing poverty. 

Family-in- community profile presentation. 

Intermediate skills in professional report writing 

Pre-requisite modules Basic Fieldwork Education 840201 

Co-requisite modules Intervention: Social Inclusion 

The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being 

Intervention: Family well-being 

Intervention Youth well-being 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Thursdays 1&2 period 


Practicals/Fieldwork 200 Wednesdays 8am -4h30pm 


Self-study 68 



Summative assessment: examination 50% 

Total: 100% 


Module Topic Child and Youth Well-being 







342


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to demonstrate 

appropriate intervention approaches, strategies, techniques and 

skills in addressing social challenges facing children and young 

people on micro, mezzo and macro levels. 

Main Content Historical background. 

Rights linked with the relevant policies. 

Family preservation-restorative justice. 

Impact on parental roles and family systems. 

Child care policies. 

Children in conflict with the law. 

Diversion 

Pre-requisite modules Social Work Process at Macro level 

Social Work Process at Mezzo level 

Social Work Process at Micro level 

Co-requisite modules Intermediate Fieldwork Education 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 1 double period per week 



Self-study 30 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment:50% 



Module Topic INTERVENTION:FAMILY WELL-BEING 




Duration S 




Level 7 

Main Outcomes Evaluate and apply appropriate micro and macro intervention 

strategies and techniques to South African family situations. 

Main Content � Factors impacting on South African families – historical, sociocultural, 

economic, relational 

� Different approaches to dealing with family issues 

� Narrative, strengths-based, structural and anti-discriminatory 

intervention strategies and techniques with South African 

families. 

Pre-requisite modules The Social Work at Macro level 

The Social Work at Meso Level 

The Social Work at Micro Level 

Basic Social Work Intervention 

Co-requisite modules Intermediate Fieldwork Education 840301 




343

Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 2hrs 

Practicals: Lab p.w. 2hrs 


Self-study 12 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic INTERVENTION:THE IMPACT OF HIV AND AIDS ON 

WELL-BEING 




Duration S 




Level 7 

Main Outcomes Describe the impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being and demonstrate 

critical application of appropriate intervention strategies and 

techniques at micro, meso and macro levels to HIV/AIDS . 

Main Content Social Work and health care with the emphasis on HIV/AIDS 

Selection and use of the appropriate intervention approaches, 

strategies, techniques and skills in addressing HIV/AIDS 

Pre-requisite modules The Social Work Process at Macro Level 

The Social Work Process at Meso Level 

The Social Work Process at Micro Level 

Co-requisite modules Intermediate Fieldwork Education 840301 




Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 2 hours 

Practical: Lab p.w. 2 hours 


Self-study 12 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic INTERVENTION: SOCIAL INCLUSION 




Duration S 




Level 7 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in the knowledge and critical 

application of strategies and techniques which facilitate the 

inclusion of marginalized, socially excluded, dispossessed, 

344

vulnerable and at-risk groups within a local context. 

Main Content � Overview of forms of exclusion from resources and related 

issues of vulnerability from a global and local perspective. 

� Poverty alleviation programmes. 

� Community development projects. 

� Social security and grants. 

� Selection and use of the appropriate intervention approaches, 

strategies, techniques and skills in addressing poverty. 

Pre-requisite modules The Social Work Process at Macro Level 

The Social Work Process at Meso Level 

The Social Work Process at Micro Level 

Co-requisite modules Intermediate Field Work Education 840301 



Contact with lecturer 28 Lectures p.w. 2 




Selfstudy 21 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic ADVANCED FIELD WORK EDUCATION 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term FIRST AND SECOND SEMESTER 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competence in the integration and application of 

core strategies, concepts, principles and techniques of Social 

Work practice at all levels (micro, meso and macro), within the 

context of a supervised field work placement. 

Demonstrate competence in advanced professional report 

writing. 

Main Content Engage in advanced practice in fieldwork placement for 560 

hours at organization. 

Assess, intervene and evaluate at an advanced level to chosen 

field of practice using strengths-based, narrative and antidiscriminatory 

approaches on micro, meso and macro levels. 

Assess needs and develop logical framework for addressing 

needs 

Evaluate policy, planning and practice in organisation 

Advanced skills in professional report writing 

Critical reflection on practice from a justice and ethics of care 

perspective 

Pre-requisite modules Intermediate Field Work Education 840301 

Co-requisite modules Advanced Social Policy and Planning 

Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care 

Advanced Social Work Intervention 

345

Research Methodology 

Research Project 

Advanced Social Work Ethics 





Practicals/Field Placements: 478 


Selfstudy 20 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH PROJECT 




Duration Y 

Proposed semester/term YEAR MODULE 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Compile and submit a research report which includes 

identification of a research problem, application of appropriate 

research methodology, a literature review, interpretation of data, 

evaluation of research process and recommendations regarding 

the research problem. 

Main Content Compilation of bibliography 

Writing a research proposal, including: Focus of 

research/research problem, literature review, proposed research 

methods, pilot study and reflexivity, proposed time schedule, 

presentation of proposal, drafting of a research report, compiling 

a research report. 

Pre-requisite modules Intervention: Social Inclusion Intervention: The impact of 

HIV/AIDS on well-being 

Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being 

Intervention: Family Well-being 

Intermediate Field Work Education 

Co-requisite modules Advanced Field Work Education 







Selfstudy 58 



Summative assessment: Examination (Research 

report) 

100% 

Total: 100% 

346


Module Topic SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 




Duration S 




Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Critically compare research paradigms and apply relevant 

research methodology to Social Work practice 

Main Content Epistemological issues 

Ethics, values and principles relevant to anti-discriminatory 

practice in Social Work 

Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies including 

research methods and data analysis 

Approaches to research (feminist, participatory, action, cooperative 

enquiry, heuristic) 

Evaluation research 













Selfstudy 27 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic ADVANCED SOCIAL WORK ETHICS 




Duration S 




Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Present and defend perspectives of ethics of care and social justice, 

critically applied to the field of Social Work practice. 

Main Content The ethics of care approach. 

Social justice approach. 

The difference between the ethics of care and social justice 

approaches. 

347

Application of the ethics of care and social justice approaches to 

Social Work. 

Selection of a field of Social Work practice for application of above 

approaches. 













Selfstudy 17 




Total: 100% 


Module Topic ADVANCED SOCIAL POLICY AND PLANNING 




Duration S 




Level 8 

Main Outcomes Describe how policies impact on social issues and service provision 

in the South African context 

Main Content The social, economic and political context of social policy. 

Social policy and planning. 

Policy making processes. 

Social policy and social welfare programmes. 

Critical analysis of social welfare policy in South Africa. 





Intermediate Fieldwork Education 

Co-requisite modules Advanced Field Work Education 840401 


Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer 48 hours 

Assignments 30 hours 

Self-study 22 hours 

Total learning time 100 hours 

Methods of Student Assessment Formative assignments = 50% 

Summative assignment: examination = 50% 

Total: 100% 

348


Module Topic Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care 




Duration S 




Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Demonstrate understanding of Specific Fields of Care field of 

practice 

� Identify and describe risks, strengths, and demographic trends in 

the Specific Fields of Care 

� Assess, intervene and evaluate from a strengths-based and antidiscriminatory 

perspective in the fields of practice 

� Demonstrate understanding of relevant policies and legislation 

in the particular fields 

� Describe the roles of different service providers and 

stakeholders in the fields 

Main Content � Indicators of particular problems, relevant policy and 

legislation, impact of trauma, and anti-discriminatory and 

strengths-based assessment, intervention and evaluation 

strategies and the roles of service providers and stakeholders 

Pre-requisite modules Intervention: Social Inclusion Intervention 



Intervention: The impact of HIV/Aids on Well-being 

Co-requisite modules Advanced Field Work Education 840401 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures: 2 hrs p.w. 


Practicals/Field Placements: 0 


Selfstudy 14 



Summative assessment: examination 50% 

Total: 100% 


Module Topic ADVANCED SOCIAL WORK INTERVENTION 




Duration S 




Level 8.1 


Demonstrate competence in the application of the techniques of 

anti-discriminatory, narrative, strength-based and structural 

349

perspectives, in assessment, intervention and evaluation 

Main Content 1. Introduction to theoretical frameworks. 

2. Critical theory and social constructions. 

3. Approaches to assessment. 

4. Application of strengths-based and critical 

autobiographical approach to assessment. 

5. Approaches to intervention. 

6. Application of relevant intervention techniques. 

7. Approaches to evaluation. 

8. Participatory evaluation. 













Selfstudy 27 




Total: 100% 

Home Department Social work 

Module description Mini-thesis 

Generic module name Social Work mini-thesis 

Alpha-numeric code SCW803/SCW804 

Module numeric code 842838/842848 


Duration 2 years 


Level 8 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate the ability to select and implement appropriate 

research designs, methods, techniques and technologies for a 

specific research problem in the chosen field of social work 

Engage in current research and professional study related to the 

chosen field and present and communicate the findings according 

to criteria for a research report. 

Main Content 

Pre-requisites 891812 Advanced quantitative research methods 

891923 Advanced qualitative research methods. 

Co-requisites 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: Supervision as required. 



Practicals: 


Methods of Student Assessment Mini-thesis 

350


Module description (Head Social work practicum 

Generic module name Social work practicum 

Alpha-numeric code SCW809 

Module numeric code (if 842828 




Level 8 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate competency in advanced intervention and 

evaluation application in a specific clinical practice 

setting.(practicum) 

Main Content Fieldwork assignments for advanced socio-clinical 

interventions in a selected field of practice, related to 

contemporary social issues in the Western –Cape including 

practical work under supervision and field evaluation and 

relevant reports for educational supervision 


Co-requisites 842798 Social work clinical practice 







Selfstudy 10 


Methods of Student Assessment Portfolio, presentation, observation and evaluation by field 

work supervisor according to specified criteria 


Module description (Head Clinical social work 

Generic module name Social work clinical practice 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes Critical assessment of social work theories for clinical practice 

Assessment and interventions from a strength-based 

perspective as applied to a specific contemporary social issue 

Main Content Philosophy of strength-based assessment and interventions - 

social work advanced socio-clinical assessments and 

intervention from a strength-based perspective as applied to a 

specific contemporary social issue -on individual, group and 

community levels . 


Co-requisites 842828 Social work practicum 






Practicals: 0 

351

Selfstudy 125 


Methods of Student Assessment 2 Written assignments to be presented.. 


Module description (Head Social sup/consultancy 

Generic module name Social work supervision and consultancy 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes Based on relevant model guidelines, assess management and 

utilization of volunteers in a selected organization 

Present a plan for educational, administrative and supportive 

supervision in a selected organization, referring to core content 

guidelines. 

Main Content Principles of democracy and social justice and power and 

authority in supervision; leadership; motivation; elements of 

supervision; supervising professionals, paraprofessionals and 

volunteers; a model for supervision; consultancy and 

supervision. 


Co-requisites 842818 -Social Work Admin and human resource management 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 125 



Methods of Student Assessment 2 Written assignments to be presented.. 


Module description Social Work in Social Dev. 

Generic module name Social Work in Social Developmental context 





Module Type Department 

Level 8 

Main Outcomes Critically analysis of social developmental theories, models and 

intervention strategies models/approaches for promoting 

development and empowerment on micro- meso and macrolevels. 

Evaluations of- practice implementation of social 

development approach by means of case-study illustrations. 

Main Content Social development approach in social welfare; social work 

values and principles of human rights social justice; theoretical 

debates on social development in social work, strategies for 

social development 


352

Co-requisites Other core modules 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 100 



Methods of Student Assessment Written assignment; group task; seminar presentation 


Module description Social work Admin and human resource management 

Generic module name Social work Admin and human resource management 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes Present a critical descriptive analysis of the planning, 

organizing, controlling and leading as related to organizational 

management tasks in a selected organization and more specific 

also to human resource management, based on selected 

theoretical guidelines. . 

Main Content Participatory leadership and democracy; Planning for agency 

effectiveness; organizing and designing structural issues; 

developing human resources; elementary budgeting principles; 

evaluating human service programs 


Co-requisites 842778- Social Work supervision and consultancy 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 125 


Methods of Student Assessment One written assignment ( final evaluations) 2 class 

presentations (process / formative evaluations) 

Module Name Families and Households 


Module Code SCF842 (891842) 


Programme MA Child and Family Studies 


Module Type Faculty 

Level 8.3 

Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student will be able to: 

� Analyse the impact of macro and micro influences on 

family practices 

� Appreciate the diversity of family practices 

353

� Recognise power relations in contemporary families 

Main Content � Family practices 

� Life course 

� Gender 

� Generation 

� Race 

� Violence and Family Practices 

� Paid and unpaid work 

� Resources 




Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 



Self-study: 100 

Practicals: 



Methods of Student Assessment Interactive e-learning tasks 

Collaborative assignment 

Research exercise on family in community 

Module Name Parent and Child Interaction 


Module Code SCF836 





Level 8.3 


� Demonstrate an understanding of parenting styles and 

processes 

� Critically analyse the notion of parenthood 

� Understand the notion of cultural diversity in South 

African parenting 

Main Content � Developmental perspectives of parenting styles and 

processes 

� Constructions of parenthood 

� Parenting and Culture 

� Parenting and Family Form 

� Strategies or techniques of Contemporary parenting 






Tests & examinations: None 


Practicals: 



Methods of Student Assessment Formative Assessment: 50% 

Summative Assessment: 50% 

354

Module Name Youth in Urban Society 







Level 8.3 


� Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of different 

theoretical frameworks of youth studies 

� Understand cultural and institutional constructions of 

youth 

Main Content � Youth and Culture 

� Youth At-risk 

� Youth and Relationships 

� Youth and Gender 

� Youth and Education 

� Youth and Work 








Practicals: 





Module Name Children’s rights, family and society 

Home Department Law Faculty 





Module Type University 

Level 8.3 


� Understand different declarations on children's rights in 

Africa and South Africa 

� Understand the application of international human rights 

to domestic law in Africa and South Africa, with special 

reference to vulnerable groups of children in African 

settings 

� Understand the role of children's rights monitoring 

structures, including international and national NGO's 

and other relevant bodies which play a role in monitoring 

the implementation of children's rights 

� Understand principles concerning the best interests of the 

child and the right of the child to be heard and seen in 

light of the UN Convention and various legal situations, 

private and public, that involve children. 

355

� Apply knowledge of children‘s rights to policy and 

practice situations in local and global contexts 

Main Content � The Convention on the Rights of the Child: Children‘s 

rights as human rights 

� The African Charter on the Rights and Welfare of the 

Child and relevant international law 

� Children's lives and welfare in light of changing policies 

and processes of globalisation 

� Children's rights with respect to major societal 

institutions, such as family, schools, the justice system, 

and the welfare system 








Practicals: 





Module Name Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the 

Family 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Demonstrate understanding of the main theoretical 

perspectives on families 

� Distinguish between notions of ‗family‘ and ‗household‘ 

� Critically interrogate assumptions underlying policies and 

practices relating to families 

Main Content � Contested conceptualisations of Family and Household – 

familism, familialism, family values 

� Classical theories of Family – Functionalism and Systems 

Theory, Phenomenological Approaches, Critical 

Perspectives 

� Contemporary theories of Family – Postmodernism and 

Poststructuralism 


Co-requisites Other core modules 



Assignments & tasks: 60hours 



Practicals: 





356

Module Name Constructions of Children and Childhood 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Demonstrate knowledge of different conceptions of 

childhood historically and geographically 

� Critically analyse the notion of childhood 

� Demonstrate knowledge of diversity in South 

African childhoods 

Main Content � Childhood as a Social Construction 

� Historical notions of childhood 

� Children as Citizens 

� South African childhoods 


Co-requisites All other core modules 






Practicals: 





Module Name Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Assess policies, strategies and programmes relevant 

to family poverty 

Main Content � Past and present policies in relation to family 

� Theories of poverty 

� Strategies and programmes to combat poverty 

Pre-requisites All core modules 







Practicals: 





357

Module Name Child Protection 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Be familiar with relevant legislation in relation to 

child protection 

� Demonstrate understanding of situations 

vulnerability in childhood 

� Critically evaluate types of interventions in child 

protection 

Main Content � Theoretical explanations of child vulnerability 

� Legislative framework 

� Interventions in child protection 

Pre-requisites Core Modules 







Practicals: 





Module Name Advanced Quantitative Research 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of 

research in Child and Family Studies from various 

perspectives. 

� Identify a research problem in Child and Family 

Studies and design a research proposal. 

� Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family 

Studies. 

� Collect, analyse research data 

� Write and present a research report 

Main Content � Research theory and philosophy – Hermeneutics, 

empiricism, phenomenology, idealism, critical theory and 

rationalism, positivism and contemporary research theories. 

� Types of research methodologies – Historical, comparative, 

descriptive correlational, experimental, evaluation, action, 

feminist/identity politics and cultural. 

� Research problem and hypothesis – Null and alternative, 

statistical and non-statistical hypotheses. 

� Literature review – Critiques, style, referencing and 

plagiarism 

358

� Research sample and sampling methods 

� Data Analysis Techniques 

� Descriptive statistics 

� Types of data/measurement 

� Graphing techniques 

� Inferential Statistics: Statistical significance and hypothesis 

testing; T-test; Chi square statistic/non-parametric statistical 

methods; Correlation methods (E.g. Pearson‘s product 

moment correlation); Regression (Simple linear regression); 

Analysis of variance/post-hoc tests 

� Computer-based data analysis 

� Ethics in research – Informed consent/indemnity 

� Validity, reliability and objectivity issues 

� Research proposal/thesis writing – Format 








Practicals: 





Module Name Advanced Qualitative Research 






Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of 

research in Child and Family Studies from various 

perspectives. 

� Identify a research problem in Child and Family Studies 

and design a research proposal. 

� Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family 

Studies. 

� Collect, analyse research data 

� Write and present a research report 

Main Content Qualitative theoretical approaches 

� Case study; Biography; Narrative; Ethnography 

� Interview techniques; design and analysis of interview 

data; Focus group method 

� Data analysis 

� Observational methods and analysis 

� Audiovisual technique, data and image analysis 

� Multi-method or Mixed research methods – Qualitative 

and quantitative – Triangulation 



359







Practicals: 





SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



basic knowledge and skills for understanding the concepts 

health, development and primary health care and links between 

them. A comprehensive analysis of the impact of social 

inequality and development on health is introduced during the 

course. The course comprises of four sections, i) Perspectives 

of Health, ii) The impact of social inequality, poverty and 

development; iii) Introduction to Primary Health Care, and iv) 

Community involvement and Interdisciplinary teams. 


Alpha-numeric Code HMS121 


Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module will BA (SRES) 


Level 5 

















3. Describe the origins and main features of the 

Primary Health Care Approach and analyse its 

implementation in a community context. 

4. Analyse the factors influencing the health of a 

specific community and make recommendations to 

improve health using the Primary Health Approach. 



360





health: 


Social inequality, poverty and poor development and 

its impact on health. 




approach. 












A.Breakdown of Learning Tim Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week 



Practicals: 


Selfstudy 











Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module will BA (SRES) 


Level 5 












361


• Analyse and describe ‗care‘ as a social practice and 

your position as a future health care professional in 

the larger social power constructs, e.g. gender, class 

and race, and the impact of policy on these 

constructs. 

• Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral 

concepts, ethics and human rights relevant to service 

providing and an awareness of the ethical 

responsibilities of health care workers in South 

Africa. 

• Demonstrate the ability to analyse and the skills 

needed when dealing with moral dilemmas in day to 

day caring practices. 



working in interdisciplinary groups. 













Practicals: 


Selfstudy 





Home Department Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science 

Module Topic SRE 101 Practical 

Generic module name SRE 101 (Practical) 

Alpha-numeric code SRE 101 




B.A. SRES 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, the learners must be able to: 

� teach the basics of at least the free style stroke in 

swimming 

� organize and implement a swimming event, including the 

performance of all related administrative functions from initial 

planning through to evaluation of the success of the event 

� demonstrate the basics of most styles of dancing, 

choreography and appropriate warm up. 

Main Content � Administration and organization of sport structures 

362

� Event organisation 

� Water safety 

� Basic water skills 

� Stroke mechanics 

� Styles of dance 

� Choreography of dance 









Selfstudy 80 


Methods of Student Assessment CA 


Module Topic SRE102 Practical 

Generic module name SRE102 (Practical) 

Alpha-numeric code SRE102 (831112) 


Duration S 

Proposed Semester/ Term 2 

Programmes in which the module BA SRES 


BSc SES 

Level 5 


� Demonstrate an understanding of various concepts and terms 

related to Outdoor and Adventure Recreation 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between 

Adventure- and social recreation-based activities 

� Demonstrate an understanding of a wide variety of practical 

components of sport, recreation 

� Demonstrate an understanding of various games concepts, the 

design and analyze 

Main Content � Outdoor and Adventure Recreation activities, safety aspects 

and programme planning 

� Outdoor and adventure recreation leadership, soft skills and 

hard skills 

� Social recreation 

� Games concepts in individual and team sports 

� Experiential learning of a variety of adapted games 

� Games analysis 









Selfstudy 20 

363




Module Topic Kinesiology 

Generic module name SRE111 (Kinesiology) 

Alpha-numeric code SRE111 


Duration S 



Level 5 

Main Outcomes At the end this module students will be able to: 

� To demonstrate knowledge of the human muscle and skeletal 

systems and an understanding of how they relate to the science 

of movement 

Main Content � Anatomy of the skeletal and muscle systems. 

� Terminology to describe joint movements and body part 

locations 

� The various types of joints in the human body and their 

characteristics. 

� Joint movements and muscles acting around joints 








Selfstudy 100 



FA 


Module Topic Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 

Generic module name SRE113 (Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module BA SRES, BSc SES 


Level 5 


� Provide a fundamental understanding of physiology applied to 

exercise, with special reference to nutrition, digestion, 

metabolism, the heart, the cardiovascular system, the respiratory 

system, the muscular system, the nervous system, and the 

endocrine system 

Main Content � Nutrition, digestion and metabolism 

� The physiology of the cardiovascular, respiratory, muscular, 

nervous and endocrine systems 


364








Selfstudy 35 



FA 

Home Department Department of Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science 

Module Topic Management of Sport 211 

Generic module name Principles of Sport Management 

Alpha-numeric code SRE 211(Principles of Sport Management) 


Duration S 

Programmes in which the module is B.A (SRES) 


Level 6 


� Demonstrate an understanding of the planning, organizing, 

leading and control processes 

� Explain the role of leadership, motivation and 

communication in management 

� Differentiate between top management and operational level 

control using a sport example. 

� Address management issues in sport and recreation. 

Main Content � The South African sports industry 

� Management theory and definitions 

� Planning, Organising, Leading and Controlling as a 

management function 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 30 



FA 


Module Topic Measurement and Evaluation 

Generic module name SRE216 (Measurement and Evaluation) 



Duration S 



BA SRES, BSc SES 

365

Level 6 


� Demonstrate an understanding of the need for tests and 

measurement in the evaluation process of sport, recreation and 

exercise science. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the principles of measurement 

and evaluation to give greater meaning to the field of sport, 

recreation and exercise science. 

Main Content � Principles of measurement and evaluation. 

� Basic statistics 

� Kinanthropometry; Somatotyping and body composition 

� Administration of tests. 

� Evaluation and the use of tests 








Selfstudy 40 



FA 


Module Topic Exercise Physiology (Bioenergetics) 

Generic Module Name SRE 217 

Alpha-numeric Code SRE 217 (881215) 


Duration S 

Proposed semester 1 



BSc SES 

Level 6 


Demonstrate an understanding of the bioenergetics of exercise; 

Application of exercise bioenergetics to sport 

� performance, training and conditioning; 

� Demonstrate ability in assessing exercise bioenergetics. 

Main Content Explain exercise bioenergetics under the following conditions: 

Skeletal Muscle Tissue 

Energy Metabolism, with specific reference to: 

Anaerobic Energy Metabolism 

Aerobic Energy Metabolism 

Nutrition and Sport Performance 

Neuromuscular Fatigue 







Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0.5 

366


Selfstudy 33 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments 20% 

Tests 40% 



Module Topic Sport in Society 




Duration S 


Programmes in which the module B.A (SRES) 


Level 6 


� Demonstrate and understanding of the History of Sport 

� Demonstrate and understanding of Sociology of Sport 

� Debate sociological issues around sport, gender, race and 

politics 

Main Content � The history of sport in the western world 

� History of Sport in South Africa 

� Sport, Gender, Race and Ethnicity 

� Sport and Politics in South Africa 









Selfstudy 5 


Methods of Student Assessment Test 1: 33,3 % 

Assignment 1: 33,3% 

Assignment 2: 33,3 % 

Exam: 50% 


Module Topic Fitness 

Generic module name SRE 224 

Alpha-numeric code SRE 224 (Fitness) 


Duration T 


Programme(s) in which the BA SRES 


BSc SES 

Level 6 


� Demonstrate a knowledge of and ability to discuss the 

physiological basis of the major components of physical fitness: 

367

flexibility, cardiovascular fitness, muscular strength, muscular 

endurance, and body composition. 

Main Content � Client consultation and health appraisal 

� Test standardization 

� Testing protocols and norms 

� Physical fitness testing 

� Exercise test administration 

� Exercise test interpretation 

� Practical application of various testing modalities 








Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 50 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment (CA) 


Module Topic Outdoor Recreation 




Duration T 


Programmes in which the module BA (SRM); BA (SES); BSc (SES) 


Level 6 

Main Outcomes � Gain knowledge of responsible recreational use of the environment 

� Plan for and experience a two day (overnight) hike 

� Plan, promote and organize one recreation activity for a group of 

people of more than 30 people 

� Design a weekend outdoor adventure recreation program 

Main Content Experiential learning of a variety of recreation activities 

Safety and emergency procedures 

Hiking equipment, skills and mountain leadership 

Route planning (map reading and navigation) 

Mountain weather, hazards, emergency procedures and 

mountaineering first aid 

Phases in outdoor experience 

Pioneering, rock climbing, abseiling 

Camp organization and tent pitching 



Prohibited module Combination NONE 






368

Selfstudy 36 


Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Assignments: 50% 

Practical : 50% 


Module Topic Motor Control and Development 

Generic module name Sport and Recreation Exc 326 Int 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module BA (SRES) 


BSc (SES) 

Level 6 


� Demonstrate an understanding of the nervous system and how 

it operates. 

� Explain the process of sensation. 

� Explain the process of selective attention. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of how actions are planned and 

produced. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the Motor Control and 

memory processes. 

Main Content � The structure and functions of the nervous system 

� The process of sensation 

� The process of selective attention 

� The process of forming a perception 

� The process of planning actions 

� Producing actions 

� The process of motor control 

� The memory process 









Selfstudy 32 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment: 2 written tests 

In-class tasks (group work) (60%) 

Final Assessment: Examination (40% ) 


Module Topic Recreation Theory II 

Generic module name SRE 237 (Recreation Theory) 



Duration S 




BA SRES 

BSc SES 

369

Level Level 6 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the students will be able to: 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of recreation 

and leisure 

� Demonstrate an understanding of sociological influences and 

benefits of recreation & leisure 

� Demonstrating an understanding of leadership in recreation 

and leisure 

� Demonstrate an understanding of participation trends and the 

different delivery systems in recreation and leisure 

Main Content � Define, describe and compare the basic concepts associated with 

leisure and recreation. 

� Explain how leisure and recreation affect and are affected by 

society: (Gender, ethnicity and race, religion, and socioeconomic 

class) 

� Social perspective implications to the leisure and recreation 


� The benefits of recreation and leisure 

� Participation trends across the life span 

� Leadership in recreation and leisure 

� Analyses of the different recreation delivery systems and/or 

services 

� Define Therapeutic Recreation (TR) 

� Identify the benefits of TR and the key laws affecting TR services 

� Evaluate TR practice models 









Selfstudy 15 




FA 


Module Topic Sport Psychology 

Generic module name SRE 238 (Sport Psychology) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module BA (SRES) 


BSc (SES) 

Level 6 


� Explain the influence of psychological variables on 

participation and performance in sport and physical activity. 

� Demonstrate how sport psychology can be applied by a coach 

or any other practitioner. 

Main Content � Principles of sport and exercise behaviour 

370

� Motivation 

� Personality and sport 

� Attention and aggression 

� Psychology of coaching 

� Mental skills for performance enhancement 

� Goal setting 

� Arousal control 

� Psychology of injuries 









Selfstudy 32 



FA 


Module Topic Physical and Health Education 

Generic module name SRE311 (Physical and Health Education) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module B Ed / Post Graduate Certificate in Education 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module learners will be able to: 

� Understand the relationship between the NCS and LO 

� Understand the outcomes of LO and specifically the Outcomes 

and Assessment Standards of Physical and Health Education 

� Understand the key elements of assessment 

� Understand the different methods of assessments 

� Understand and know how to draw up a Physical Education task 

� Critically evaluates health promotion in order to adopt a healthy 

lifestyle 

� Analyze lifestyle diseases such as HIV/AIDS and concentrate 

on prevention, coping and treatment options 

� Comment intelligently on a game played by referring to skills 

and concepts applied or not applied 

� Describe the factors that will influence the choice of a diet 

Main Content Students will learn how Physical and Health Education fits into Life 

Orientation. The Physical lesson will be studied and Health related 

topics will be discussed in order to promote healthy lifestyles. 

� Different types of PE lessons will be observed 

� The PE teacher will be shadowed in order to familiarize 

themselves with what to expect in the school environment 

Pre-requisites SRE 328 



Breakdown of Learning Time B. Time-table Requirement per week 

371





Selfstudy 30 




Module Topic Biomechanics 

Generic module name SRE 312 (Biomechanics) 



Duration S 



BSc SES 

Level 7 


� Demonstrate an understanding of the methods and mechanics as 

applied to the structure and function of the living human body. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the forces which act on the 

human body and the effects which these forces produce. 

Main Content � Forms of motion 

� Linear kinematics 

� Angular kinematics 

� Linear and angular kinematics 

� Fluid mechanics 









Selfstudy 32 



FA 


Module Topic Theory: Impaired Motor Control 

Generic module name Adapted Physical Activity 

Alpha-numeric code SRE 313 (Adapted Physical Activity) 


Duration S 



BSc SES 

Level 7 


� Demonstrate an understanding of different posture- and muscle 

imbalances. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of different 

� chronic and acute health problems. 

372

Demonstrate an understanding of the following disorders: 

Specific Learning 

� Disabilities, Developmental coordination 

� disorder, Attention deficiency hyperactivity 

� disorder as well as Intellectual disabilities. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of spinal paralysis. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the hearing- and visually 

impaired. 

Main Content � Posture problems and muscle imbalances 

� Other health 

� Specific Learning Disabilities 

� Intellectual disabilities 

� Spinal paralysis 

� Deaf and hard-of-hearing conditions 

� The visually impaired 









Selfstudy 32 



FA 


Module Topic Contemporary Sport and Recreation Management 

Generic Module Name SRE315 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the B.A (SRES) 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, learners will be able to: 

a) Knowledge: 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the planning, 

organizing, leading and control processes 

� Explain the role of leadership, motivation and 

communication in management 

b) Skills: 

� Differentiate between top management and 

operational level control using a sport example. 

c) Attitudes/Values: 

a. Address management issues in sport and 

recreation. 

Main Content 1. Strategic planning process 

2. Managing change/diversity 

3. Sport and the Entrepreneur 

4. Sport Management and International Relations 

373









Selfstudy 30 


Methods of Student Assessment Test 1: 40% 

Assignment : 40% 

Class Participation: 20% 

Exam: 40% 


Module Topic Sport Safety 

Generic module name SRE 316 (Sport Safety) 



Duration S 




BSc SES 

Level 7 


� Demonstrate an understanding of aetiology, treatment, and 

prevention of common sports injuries. 

� Develop an accepted approach in the management of sports 

injuries. 

� Develop an understanding of safety in sport. 

Main Content � Role of the teacher/coach in sport safety; 

� Aetiology of sports injuries 

� Prevention of sports Injuries 

� Common sports injuries; 

� Sport-specific injuries 

� Management of Sports Injuries 

� Criteria for return to sport 

� Legal considerations in sport safety. 

� Special issues: stretching; massage; orthopedic problems; pre- 

& post rehabilitative testing. 








Practicals: 6 

Selfstudy 43 



FA 

374


Module Topic Sport for Community Development 


Alpha-numeric Code SRE 317 


Duration S 




Level 7 


� Stimulate critical discourse on the issues of community 

development and the role of sport. 

� Provide a fundamental understanding of community 

development theories, and global development initiatives; 

� Develop strategies in order to address community 

development issues nationally and locally, especially through 

sport 

� Understand the holistic (interdisciplinary) model of 

community development. 

� An overview of community development theories 

� International development agencies and global initiatives on 

community development, emphasizing the role of sport. 

� Critical challenges facing SA communities 

� To conduct a needs analysis within a community and develop 

realistic strategies for addressing a community‘s needs. 

Main Content 

� The role of local (national and/or regional) development 

agencies, civil society, the private sector, government, and 

sports organizations in community development 

� To provide students with the basic tools to facilitate 

community development. 

� Dealing with issues of HIV/AIDS, ethnic diversity, social 

class, disability, poverty, conflict, politics, racism, etc. 

� Socioeconomic development through sport 

� Best Practices in Community Development 







Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0.5 


Selfstudy 40 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignment 20% 

Tests 40% 



Module Topic Advanced Exercise Physiology 


Alpha-numeric code SRE 318 (881318) 


375

Duration S 


Programme(s) in which the module BA SRES 


BSc SES 

Level 7 


Demonstrate an understanding of human physiological responses to 

exercise and training 

Apply physiological concepts to sport performance, training and 

conditioning; 

Demonstrate ability in assessing physiological responses to exercise. 

Main Content Explain the physiological functioning under the following 

conditions: 

At rest, during exercise (endurance, speed, strength, etc), and in 

recovery 

Under the impact of various environmental stressors, such as: 

Heat and cold, including humidity 

Altitude 

pollution 

Describe the acute and chronic adaptations 

Understand the impact of research and future trends in exercise 








Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 50 



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment (CA), and 

Final Assessment (FA) 


Module Topic Management Major 


Alpha-numeric code SRE322 Management Major 


Duration S 

Programmes in which the module B.A (SRM) 


Level 7 


� Demonstrate knowledge of office management and 

administration 

� Acquire information about the structure and design of sports 

organizations 

� Design and event implementation plan 

� Demonstrate knowledge of facilities management 

� Demonstrate knowledge with regard to Marketing through sport 

� Develop a brief sponsorship brief 

� Demonstrate adequate management competencies 

Main Content � Study Unit 1: Introduction to Sports Organisations and 

376

Organisational Theory 

� Study Unit 2: Facilities Management 

� Study Unit 3: Event Management 

� Study Unit 4: Sports Marketing 

� Study Unit 5: Management Competencies 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 30 


Methods of Student Assessment FA 

CA 


Module Topic Recreation Major Theory 

Generic module name SRE 324 (Recreation Major Theory) 



Duration S 




BSc SES 

Level Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, the students will be able to: 

� Demonstrate an understanding of social and community 

recreation 

� Demonstrate an understanding of recreation programme 

planning. 

Main Content � Community recreation and its services 

� Social recreation and social issues 

� Programme life cycle production, development cycle models, 

structure, formats and management tools 

� Programme design and management 


Co-requisites SRE 325 







Selfstudy 34 



377


Module Topic Recreation Major Internship 

Generic module name SRE 325(Recreation Major Internship) 



Duration S 




BSc SES 

Level Level 7 


� Demonstrate the ability to work independently in a recreation 

service setting under supervision 

� Demonstrate the ability to plan and implement a recreation 

programme in conjunction with a recreation service setting 

Main Content � Work in a recreation service setting developing skills and 

knowledge around the administration and operations of the 

setting 

� Conduct a community needs survey 

� Presentation of data of community needs assessment 

� Develop a recreation programme 

� Implementation and evaluation of the programme 









Selfstudy 12 




Module Topic Coaching Science 

Generic module name SRE 326 (Coaching Science) 



Duration S 



Level 7 


� Demonstrate an understanding in the design, development 

and delivery of high quality coaching programmes and 

sessions. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the principles underpinning 

coaching science 

Main Content � Physiological, psychological and biomechanical capacity for 

sports performance 

� Measuring physiological capacities in the laboratory and 

field 

� Principles of sports training 

378

� Motivation and goal setting 

� Acquisition of motor skills 

� Planning training programmes 

� Injuries and illness in sport 

� Nutrition and drugs in sport 









Selfstudy 32 



FA 


Module Topic Coaching Internship 


Alpha-numeric code SRE 327 (Coaching Internship) 


Duration S 



Level 7 


� Application of coaching science principles in practical 

situations. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of how coaching sessions are 

conducted. 

� Demonstrate an understanding of how training programmes 

are designed and implemented. 

Main Content � Planning training programmes 

� Planning coaching sessions Strength, speed, flexibility and 

power training 








Practicals: 6 



FA 


Module Topic Physical and Health Education 

Generic module name SRE 328 Physical and Health Education 



379

Duration S 

Programmes in which the module B Ed / Post Graduate Certificate in Education 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, learners will be able to: 

� Understand the relationship between the NCS and LO 

� Understand the outcomes of LO and specifically the Outcomes 

and Assessment Standards of Physical and Health Education 

� Understand the key elements of assessment 

� Understand the different methods of assessments 

� Understand and know how to draw up a Physical Education 

task 

� Critically evaluates health promotion in order to adopt a healthy 

lifestyle 

� Analyze lifestyle diseases such as HIV/AIDS and concentrate 

on prevention, coping and treatment options 

� Comment intelligently on a game played by referring to skills 

and concepts applied or not applied 

� Describe the factors that will influence the choice of a diet 

Main Content Students will learn how Physical and Health Education fits into Life 

Orientation. The Physical lesson will be studied and Health related 

topics will be discussed in order to promote healthy lifestyles. 

� Different types of PE lessons will be observed 

The PE teacher will be shadowed in order to familiarize themselves 

with what to expect in the school environment. 








Selfstudy 48 




Module Topic Fitness Internship 

Generic module name SRE329 (Fitness Internship) 



Duration S 




BSc SES 

Level 7 


� Acquire practical experience, knowledge, and skills within the 

fitness industry (academic & non-academic settings). 

� Demonstrate effective and efficient client management. 

� Conduct fitness testing and compile individualized training 

programmes. 

� Act as a fitness consultant for various target groups: individual, 

community, corporate sectors. 

380

Main Content � Health Appraisal and risk assessment 

� Appropriate Fitness testing 

� Exercise test administration 

� Exercise test interpretation and programme prescription 

� Ongoing client monitoring and supervision. 

� Supervision of clients with special needs 








Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 50 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment (CA) 


Module Topic Management Internship 

Generic module name SRE 330 (Management Internship) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module B.A (SRM), B.A (SRES) 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, learners will be able to; 

� Demonstrate an ability to work in the sport and recreation 

industry 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the various responsibilities 

which sport and recreation managers have 

� Conduct a simple research interview 

Main Content This is an internship module, therefore no theoretical content is 

covered. Learners are exposured to Human Resources, Facilities 

management and Office Management in their practical experiences. 

Students are required to: 

1. Observe and submit a journal on the internship experience; 

2. Assist with the execution of any task or duties as deemed 

appropriate by your organisation; 

3. Conduct an interview with the manager of the 

organisation; 

4. Collect evidence that portrays the actual activities of the 

organisation. 







Selfstudy 60 



381


Module Topic Fitness 


Alpha-numeric code SRE 331 (881316) 


Duration S 

Proposed semester First 



BSc SES 

Level 7 


� Demonstrate an understanding of the fitness industry and its 

impact of societal health and well-being. 

� Understand health-risk behaviours and lifestyle 

management. 

� Develop knowledge and skills in exercise testing and 

prescription. 

� Understand special population needs: asthmatic; obese; 

sedentary. 

Main Content � The Fitness industry in SA and international trends. 

� Health appraisal, risk assessment, and exercise safety. 

� Exercise Testing and Prescription. 

� Special population needs: safety; monitoring; accountability. 

� Lifestyle management. 

� Corporate health and well-being 








Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 50 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment (CA) only 


Module Topic Research Project 702 

Generic module name SRE702 (Research Project 702) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc 


(Hons) Biokinetics 

Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Plan and conduct a research study 

� Develop an idea for a research proposal and its motivation 

� Review relevant literature/ provide theoretical framework 

� Outline a research design, methodology and methods of data 

collection 

� Collect relevant data 

� Present, interpret and discuss the results 

382

� Draw conclusions and offer recommendations 

Main Content � All aspects relevant to the planning and writing of a research 

project 

� Prepare a proposal and present it to postgraduate students and staff 

� prepare a research project and submit for examination 

Pre-requisites SRE 706 (for part-time students) 

Co-requisites SRE 706 (for full-time students) 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 80 



FA 


Module Topic Research Methods 706 

Generic module name SRE706 



Duration S 




Level 8 

Main Outcomes By the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate: 

1. A clear understanding of different theoretical approaches to 

research 

2. An understanding of where to situate their topic within the 

published literature 

3. An clear understanding of the principles and practice of research 

design, especially as it affects their research project; 

4. An ability to identify particular techniques they need to use to 

carry out their research project 

5. An ability to write a research proposal 

6. Ability to plan and conduct a research project 

Main Content � Research enquiry process 

� Research paradigms (quantitative and qualitative) 


� Subject sampling 

� Research designs (quantitative and qualitative) 

� Ethics in research 

� Writing a proposal 

� Collecting data 

� Analysing data 

� Discussing and reporting data 

� Completing a research project 

Pre-requisites SRE 706 (for part-time students) 

Co-requisites SRE 706 (for full-time students) 




383



Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 120 


Methods of Student Assessment CA: Assignments; Tests; Presentations; Research Proposals (60%) 

FA: Thesis (40%) 


Module Topic Psychology of Sport 1 

Generic module name SRE713 (Psychology of Sport 1) 



Duration S 




Level 8.1 


� To understand and know theoretical aspects of various mental 

skills for performance enhancement 

� To understand and know group dynamics that influence team 

sports 

Main Content � Learning, Motivation and Social Interaction 

1. Motor skill learning and reinforcement 

2. Youth sport 

3. Team sport 

� Mental skills for performance enhancement 

1. Goal setting 

2. Arousal and performance 

3. Cognitive techniques 

4. Attentional control 

5. Programme implementation 








Selfstudy 25 



FA 


Module Topic Recreation and Leisure Studies 

Generic module name SRE 715(Recreation and Leisure Studies) 



Duration S 




BA (HONS) SRM, BA(HONS) SRES 

Level Level 8.1 

384


� Demonstrate an understanding of community recreation and 

health care settings 

� Demonstrate an understanding of Therapeutic Recreation (TR) 

in the community as an inclusive approach 

� Show an understanding of the TR service through assessment 

of the community and the agency 

� Report on the direct services in the TR industry 

� Show an understanding of the special groups being serviced by 

TR 

� Report on the management and motivation of participants 

� Apply the TR process 

Main Content � Overview of concepts and foundations of leisure and 

recreation 

� Community recreation & health care settings 

� Therapeutic Recreation (TR) an inclusive approach 

� TR service through assessment of the community and the 

agency 

� Direct services in the TR industry 

� Show an understanding of the special groups being serviced by 

TR 

� Management and motivation of participants 

� Apply the TR process 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 25 


Methods of Student Assessment CA & FA 


Module Topic Kinanthropometry 

Generic module name SRE716 (Kinanthropometry) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � To demonstrate an understanding of the morphology of the 

human body and how it relates to function. 

� To demonstrate understanding of the measurement techniques 

associated with anthropometry 

Main Content � Anatomy of the cardiovascular system and the respiratory 

system 

� Anatomy of the Musculo-Skeletal system 

� Anthropometric techniques 

� Methods used to classify physiques 

� Overview of direct and indirect methods of body composition 

385

assessment 

� Indices and Proportionality 









Selfstudy 27 



Module Topic Exercise Physiology 1 

Generic module name SRE717 (Exercise Physiology 1) 



Duration S 



Level 8.1 


Demonstrate a critical understanding of human physiological responses 

to exercise; an application of physiological concepts to sport 

performance, training, conditioning and rehabilitation 

Demonstrate the use of more advanced methods of assessing 

physiological responses to exercise in normal individuals and elite 

sportspersons 

Understand the physiological adaptations, both acute and chronic, to 

various categories of exercise: resistance, high-intensity and prolonged 

exercise 

Main Content Historical development of sport science 

Research in sport and exercise science 

Exercise, nutrition, body composition and weight control 

Exercise bioenergetics: energy transfer systems and fuel utilization 

Respiratory physiology; musculo-skeletal physiology, cardiovascular 

physiology; neurophysiology; endocrinology; 

Pre-requisites SRE 113, SRE217 & SRE 318 







Practicals: 8 

Selfstudy 28 




FA 

386






Duration S 



Level 8.1 


� Demonstrate a critical understanding of human physiological 

responses to exercise; an application of physiological concepts to 

sport performance, training, conditioning and rehabilitation 

� Demonstrate the use of more advanced methods of assessing 

physiological responses to exercise in normal individuals and elite 

sportspersons 

� Understand the physiological adaptations, both acute and chronic, 

to various categories of exercise: resistance, high-intensity and 

prolonged exercise 

Main Content � Historical development of sport science 

� Research in sport and exercise science 

� Exercise, nutrition, body composition and weight control 

� Exercise bioenergetics: energy transfer systems and fuel utilization 

� Respiratory physiology; musculo-skeletal physiology, 

cardiovascular physiology; neurophysiology; endocrinology 

Pre-requisites SRE 113, SRE217 & SRE 318 







Practicals: 8 

Selfstudy 28 



FA 



Generic module name SRE 718 (Motor Control and Development) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the BA (Hons) SRM; BA (Hons)SRES); BA / BSc (Hons)Biokinetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Know and understand the neuropsychological model of motor 

behaviour 

� Know and understand the process of motor-control 

� Know and understand motor learning and memory 

Main Content � An overview of the neuropsychological approach of motor 

behavior 

� Sensory input and sensory integration 

387

� Structure and function of the motor cortex 

� Mechanisms for storing motor skills 

� Feedback, transfer and practice of motor behaviour 









Selfstudy 25 



CA 

FA 


Module Topic Psychology of Sport 2 

Generic module name SRE723 (Psychology of Sport 2) 



Duration S 




Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Understand the practice of a sport psychologist 

� To be able to integrate the theory and practice of sport psychology 

Main Content � Various themes confronting a sport psychologist 

1. Dysfunctional self-talk 

2. Gender issues 

3. Drug abuse 

4. Staleness and burn-out 

5. What makes a champion? 

� Action research project on the experience of working as a sport 

psychologist 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 25 



FA 


Module Topic Recreation and Leisure Studies 

Generic module name SRE 725 (Recreation and Leisure Studies) 



388

Duration S 




BA (HONS) SRM, BA(HONS) SRES 

Level Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to show an 

understanding of different controversial issues through the: 

� Demonstration an understanding of policies related to 

governance of recreation 

� Application of various social perspectives to interpret recreation 

behavior practices 

� Reporting on factors affecting recreation practices and the 

implications of this for recreation managers 

� Exploration of cultural activities, ethnicity and interpretation of 

recreation in a community of choice 

� Examination of the suitability of current interpretations of 

recreation to understand the meaning of recreation of different 

participant groups 

Main Content � Recreation policy and governance 

� Social perspectives and recreation 

� Inclusive recreation 

� Factors affecting participation 

� Leisure education 

� Leisure and work 

� Leisure, cultural diversity and ethnicity 

� Gender and leisure 

� Youth & Youth@risk 

� Leisure in correctional service and military settings 








Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 25 


Methods of Student Assessment CA & FA 


Module Topic Kinanthropometry 

Generic module name SRE726 (Kinanthropometry) 


Credit Value S 

Duration P 

Programmes in which the module BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics; BA SRES Hons 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � To demonstrate an understanding of the structure/function 

relationships in humans. 

� To demonstrate understanding of the human size, shape, 

proportion, composition, maturation and gross function with 

the objective of solving problems related to physical fitness, 

389

exercise, performance, growth and nutrition. 

Main Content � Growth and biological maturation 

� Interaction of heredity and environment on growth 

� Exercise and growth 

� Morphological factors limiting human performance 

� Body fat predictions – cadaver evidence 

� Nutritional anthropometry – measurements and relation to 

health 


Co-requisites 






Practicals: 5 

Selfstudy 30 



FA 






Duration S 



Level 8.1 


� Prescribe scientifically based exercise programmes for all groups 

of individuals 

� Give advice on special aids to performance and exercising safely in 

extreme conditions 

� Analyze research and current scientific information critically 

Main Content � Appropriate training for aerobic power, anaerobic power and 

strength 

� Special aids to exercise training and performance 

� Exercise and training at altitude 

� Exercise in conditions of differing pressure 

� Exercise in thermal stress 

� Physical activity in children 

� Physical activity and aging 

� Gender differences 

Pre-requisites SRE 113, SRE 217, SRE 318 & SRE 717 







Practicals: 8 

Selfstudy 28 

390



FA 



Generic module name SRE 728 (Motor Control and Development) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module BA (Hons) SRM; BA (Hons)SRES); BA / BSc (Hons)Biokinetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Know and understand motor development across the lifespan 

� Know how to test and train motor patterns in people 

Main Content � Factors affecting motor development 

� A theoretical model for motor development 

� Childhood perception and motor development 

� Motor performance in adults 

� Aging and movement 

� Coordination and motor dysfunction 









Selfstudy 25 



FA 


Module Topic Biokinetics 


Alpha-numeric code SRE 730 (Biokinetics) 




Programme(s) in which the module BA Honours (Biokinetics) 


BSc Honours (Biokinetics) 

Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Describe the theoretical background of Biokinetic action 

Discuss the development of Biokinetics 

Manage a professional biokinetics practice 

Observe a code of professional ethics 

Understand isokinetics and its application in testing and 

rehabilitation 

Describe labour classification of work-specific evaluation 

Perform emergency procedures and treatment 

Main Content The scope and being of Biokinetics. 

Historical overview of the origin and development of the profession. 

391

Hypokinetics, degenerative tendencies and destructive lifestyles. 

Physical activity as a health conserving modality. 

Planning of a biokinetic centre 

Regulations of local authorities concerning health services 

Multidisciplinary teamwork 

General and financial management 

Legal aspects 

Ethical code for biokineticists 

Local authorities 

Industry 

Private institutions 

Physical and ergonomic demands and job specifications 

Evaluation and classification of workers 

Job specifications and profiles 

Emergency plan and drills 

Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation 

Oxygen therapy 

Liaison with local emergency services 

Isokinetics procedures in assessment and rehabilitation 

Pre-requisites SRE 224 Fitness, SRE 315 Sport Safety, and SRE 331 Fitness or 

equivalents 







Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 36 

Internship & Presentations 0 



FA 


Module Topic Physical Evaluation 1 

Generic module name SRE731(Physical Evaluation 1) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � After Completion of this modules students will be able to: 

� Competently perform orthopaedic assessment of the upper 

extremity, including the head, neck and back 

� Competently perform physical/ ergological evaluation of joint 

and muscle condition and function 

� Evaluate posture and body alignment 

Main Content � History of the injury/problem 

� Physical/Ergological evaluation of the upper extremity including 

the head, neck, and back 

� Physical/Ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition 

and function 

� Posture and body alignment assessment 

392

o Visually 

o Using video/photographic equipment 

� Exercise programme prescription for orthopedic rehabilitation 

Pre-requisites SRE 111 and SRE 316 

Co-requisites 






Selfstudy 35 



FA 


Module Topic Physical Evaluation 1 

Generic module name SRE732 (Physical Evaluation 1) 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Competently perform orthopaedic assessment of the lower 

extremity, including the pelvic girdle 

� Competently perform physical/ergological evaluation of joint 

and muscle condition and function 

� Conduct proper gait analysis, interpretation, and follow-up 

� Conduct proper postural analysis, interpretation, and follow-up 

Main Content � History of the injury/problem 

� Physical/Ergological evaluation of the lower extremity including 

the pelvic girdle 

� Physical/Ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition 

and function 

� Posture and body alignment assessment 

o Visually 

o Using video/photographic equipment 

� Simple and sophisticated procedures of gait analysis 

� Exercise programme prescription for orthopedic rehabilitation 








Selfstudy 35 



FA 

393


Module Topic Exercise Testing & Prescription 

Generic module name SRE733 (Exercise Testing & Prescription) 





Programme(s) in which the module is BA Honours (Biokinetics) 


BSc Honours (Biokinetics) 

Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Use exercise in the prevention, treatment and final phase 

rehabilitation of injury/ disease. 

Develop clinical skills in the use of exercise as a modality of 

treatment within the multi-disciplinary health-care setting. 

Contribute to community service and research development within 

the discipline of Biokinetics. 

Main Content Exercise Testing and Prescription 

Coronary heart disease risk assessment and risk reduction 

Physical Activity and health promotion 

Special populations: disabled, diseased, children, elderly, pregnant 

Physical assessment and exercise programme prescription. 

Labour classification and work specific evaluation. 

Pre-requisites SRE 121 and SRE 217 or equivalents 




None 




Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 36 

Internship & Presentations 0 



FA 


Module Topic 

Generic Module Name 

Exercise for Chronic Disease and Disability 

Alpha-numeric Code SRE735 


Duration S 

Proposed semester Second 

Programmes in which the module BA Honours Biokinetics 


BSc Honours Biokinetics 

Level 8 

Main Outcomes � Understand the use of exercise for clients with chronic 

diseases and disabilities. 

� Develop appropriate exercise programming to optimize 

functional capacity in persons with chronic diseases and/or 

disabilities. 

� Develop an integrated model of care in which exercise 

prescription is emphasized as one of the therapeutic 

modalities of comprehensive health care. 

� Understand the effects of pharmacological drugs on exercise 

394

capacity in persons with chronic diseases and/or disabilities 

� Develop a problem-oriented approach towards exercise 

management of persons with chronic disease and disability 

Main Content � Pathophysiology of common chronic diseases and disabilities 

that limit functional capacity 

� Exercise response and adaptation in persons with chronic 

diseases and/or disabilities 

� Effects of commonly used medicines 

� Exercise testing and programming of individuals with chronic 

diseases and/or disabilities 

� Integrated model of comprehensive health-care 









Selfstudy 16 



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (CA), and final assessment (FA). 


Module Topic Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 


Alpha-numeric Code 

SRE736 


Duration S 





Level 8 

Main Outcomes To demonstrate and understanding of normal human anatomy and 

a description of body systems, followed by common disorders and 

diseases: pathology 

To demonstrate an understanding of the morphology of the human 

body 

To demonstrate understanding of the measurement techniques 

associated with anthropometry 

Main Content Main anatomical structures of the body, including musculoskeletal, 

cardiorespiratory, and neuroendocrine systems 

Anthropometric techniques 

Overview of direct and indirect methods of body composition 

assessment 






395




Selfstudy 40 





Module Topic Biokinetics Clinical Practice 

Generic Module Name Biokinetics Clinical Practice I 



Duration S 





Level 8 


� Conduct a subjective and objective (physical) final phase 

assessment on individual clients or groups with various 

pathological conditions 

� Conduct a needs assessment of specific communities (e.g. 

geographical, sports, schools, etc.) specifically related to the 

scope of biokinetics 

� Identify and analyse problems specifically related to biokinetics 

in the context of the International Classification of Diseases 

(ICD-10) 

� Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients in the final 

phase of rehabilitation 

Main Content Subjective and objective assessment of patients with: 

1. Respiratory conditions e.g, COAD / COPD 

2. Orthopaedic conditions e.g. fractures, dislocations, joint 

replacements 

3. Neurological conditions e.g. stroke, head injuries 

4. Pediatric conditions e.g. cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophy 

5. Neuromusculoskeletal conditions (vertebral and peripheral) 

Management of the various conditions mentioned above using the 

following techniques: 

1 Basic mobilisations 

2 Soft Tissue massage 

3 Shaking, vibration and percussion 

4 Strengthening and maintenance exercise 

5 Motor relearning 

6 Rehabilitation 









Selfstudy 13 

396

Other: special events Practical Observation 200 hrs 




Module Topic Biokinetics Clinical Practice 

Generic Module Name Biokinetics Clinical Practice II 



Duration S 

Proposed semester Second 




Level 8 


Conduct a subjective and objective (physical) final phase 

assessment on individual clients or groups with various 

pathological conditions 

Conduct a needs assessment of specific communities (e.g. 

geographical, sports, schools, etc.) specifically related to the scope 

of biokinetics 

Identify and analyse problems specifically related to biokinetics in 

the context of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-10) 

Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients in the final 

phase of rehabilitation 

Main Content Subjective and objective assessment of patients with: 

Respiratory conditions e.g., COAD / COPD 

Orthopaedic conditions e.g. fractures, dislocations, joint 

replacements 

Neurological conditions e.g. stroke, head injuries 

Pediatric conditions e.g. cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophy 

Neuromusculoskeletal conditions (vertebral and peripheral) 

Management of the various conditions mentioned above using the 

following techniques: 

Basic mobilisations 

Soft Tissue massage 

Shaking, vibration and percussion 

Strengthening and maintenance exercise 

Motor relearning 

Rehabilitation 









Selfstudy 13 

Other: special events Practical Observation 200 hrs 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (CA) and final assessment (FA). 

397


Module Topic 


Applied Research Methods 



Duration S 


Programmes in which the module will BA (HONS) SRES, BSc (HONS) SES; 


BA (HONS) BIOKINETICS; BSc (HONS) BIOKINETICS 

Level 8.1 


demonstrate an understanding of the research process 

demonstrate a basic understanding of the processes involved in 

conducting research 

formulate a research question, aims/objectives and hypotheses and 

a rationale for a research project 

analyse, interpret research findings in the literature and write a 

review of literature 

demonstrate an understanding of the various design and 

methodologies of both quantitative and qualitative research. 

apply appropriate methodologies and sampling procedures for data 

collection 

collect data 

evaluate their own research findings and discuss the results, 

conclude and make appropriate recommendations 

compile a research report 

Main Content The Nature of Research 

Introduction to research in sport, recreation and exercise science 

- Formulating an idea 

- Ethical issues in research and scholarship 

Problem formulation and Literature Review 

- Developing the Problem 

- Aims and objectives 

- Literature review 

Research Paradigms and Designs 

- Research paradigms and research designs in 

quantitative research 

- 

Research Methods 

Research paradigms and research designs in 

qualitative research 

- Quantitative research instruments 

- Ensuring scientific rigour 

- Reliability and validity 

- Qualitative research methodologies 

- Ensuring trustworthiness 

- Reflexivity 

- Subject selection/Sampling 

- Research ethics 

Writing the Research Report 

- Proposal and Research Report Structure 

- Writing an abstract 

- Referencing 





398



Practicals: 0 


Selfstudy 228 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment: 60% 



Module Topic Concepts and Trends in Sport for Development 

Generic Module Name Concepts in Sport for Development 

Alpha-numeric Code SRD811 



Programmes in which the module MSc Sport and Development 


Level 9 

Main Outcomes On completion of this module students will be able to: 

� discuss and reflect on the different sociology of sport 

and sport for development philosophy and conceptual 

frameworks and how they relate to the diverse sportsrelated 

interventions; 

� recognize the historical and cultural context of sport for 

development 

� identify and discuss key issues in the field of sport for 

development; 

� argue about the different foci informed by global and 

stakeholder priorities; 

� critically evaluate sport for development programmes to 

theoretical and practical information 

� unpack ‗lessons from the field‘ that might inform 

different stakeholders on their possible role and 

positioning in the field of development. 

Main Content The course will deal with the following topics: 

� Theoretical and cultural understanding of sport and 

development 

� Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in sport for 

development 

� Interventions and guidelines for sport for development 

initiatives 

� The role of sport as a development tool of governments 

NGOs, the media and other stakeholders. 

� International development cooperation in the field of 

sport and development 

� Recent research and literature in the field of sport for 

development 





(example) 




399

Practicals: 4 

Selfstudy 80 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment: Assignments, Tests, Class 

Presentations (60%) 

Final Assessment (40%) 

Home Department Department of Social Work 

Module Topic Applied Research Methods 

Generic Module Name Applied Research Methods 




Programmes in which the module MSc (Sport for Development) 


Level 9 


� Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of 

research in Sports for Development from various 

perspectives. 

� Identify a research problem in Sports for Development 

and design a research proposal. 

� Discuss ethical issues in research in Sports for 

Development. 

� Collect, analyse research data. 

� Write and present a research report. 

Main Content Unit 1: Research Theory 

� Research theory and philosophy – Hermeneutics, empiricism, 

phenomenology, idealism, critical theory and rationalism, 

positivism and contemporary research theories. 

� Types of research methodologies – Historical, comparative, 

descriptive correlational, experimental, evaluation, action, 

feminist/identity politics and cultural. 

� Research problem and hypothesis – Null and alternative, 

statistical and non-statistical hypotheses. 

� Literature review – Critiques, style, referencing and 

plagiarism 

� Research sample and sampling methods 

� Ethics in research – Informed consent/indemnity 

� Validity, reliability and objectivity issues 


Unit 2: Qualitative Research Methods (Emphasis on 

interpretive techniques) 

� Ethnography; Case study; Biography; 

� Interview techniques; design and analysis of interview data; 

Focus group method and data analysis 

� Observational methods and analysis 

� Audiovisual technique, data and image analysis 

� Multi-method or Mixed research methods – Qualitative and 

quantitative - Triangulation 

Unit 3: Quantitative Techniques 

� Descriptive statistics 

� Types of data/measurement 

� Graphing techniques 

� Sampling 

400

� Inferential Statistics: Statistical significance and 

hypothesis testing; T-test; Chi square statistic/non-parametric 

statistical methods; Correlation methods (E.g. Pearson‘s 

product moment correlation); Regression (Simple linear 

regression); Analysis of variance/post-hoc tests; Computerbased 

data analysis 








Selfstudy 100 






Module Topic Concept and trends in health and wellness 

Generic Module Name Concepts in Health and Wellness 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module will MSc in Sport for Development 


Level 9 

Main Outcomes On completion of this topic, students should be able to: 

� Provide knowledge on determinants of health and well 

being 

� Have knowledge on concepts and theories of psychosocial 

development 

� Use sport as a strategy for health enhancing behavior 

� Summarise the key findings linking exercise and the mental 

health parameters of mood and well-being and cognitive 

functioning; 

� Apply psychosocial strategies to enhance health, 

adherence and well-being in sport 

Main Content � Defining psychological and physical well-being. 

� Sport and health risk behaviours 

� Personality and sport 

� Motivation and sport 

� Psychosocial factors influencing health, adherence and 

well-being in sport 

� Developing strategies to improve performance and good 

sporting behaviour 

� Discuss the main conclusions of research on exercise and selfesteem 

and physical health 

� Describe the relation between physical activity and 

cognitive functioning. 

� Discuss some of the methodological problems encountered 

in research on exercise and mental health and physical 

health. 


401

Co-requisite None 







Selfstudy 62 







Module Topic Health and Wellness 

Generic Module Name Sport for Health and Wellness 



Duration S 



MSc (Sport for Development) 

Level 9 

Main Outcomes 

On completion of this topic, students should be able to: 

� Comprehend concepts related to health promotion and 

disease prevention. 

� Provide health education and health promotion in various 

settings 

� Become a liaison with schools and community health 

organizations 

� Foster the impact of health and wellness on physical, 

mental and social well-being 

Main Content � Concepts of health and wellness 

� Dimensions of wellness 

� Methods to analyse the influence of family, peers, culture, 

media, technology on health behaviours 

� Implementation 

programmes 

mapping to do health education 









Selfstudy 62 





402


Module Topic Injury Prevention and Rehabilitation 

Generic Module Name Injury Prevention 



Duration S 

Programmes in which the module will MSc (Sport for Development) 


Level 9 

Main Outcomes On completion of this module students will be able to 

demonstrate an understanding of: 

� The benefits of sport and the evidence regarding 

current methodologies for injury prevention and 

rehabilitation in sport and exercise. 

� Evaluation of the etiology, prevention and 

rehabilitation of injuries will be encouraged 

through a multidisciplinary focus that includes 

anatomical, biomechanical, neuromuscular, 

psychological and sociological approaches. 

Main Content � Understanding of theory, science and practice of 

injury prevention and rehabilitation; 

� Understand the psychological aspects of injury 

prevention, treatment and rehabilitation; 

� Appraise the role of preventative interventions for 

the reductions of injuries; 

� Understanding of the benefits and aims of basic 

rehabilitation programmes implemented by health 

professionals. 









Selfstudy 62 






Module Topic Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle (CDL), HIV/AIDS and Sport 

Generic Module Name CDL HIV/AIDS and Sport 



Duration S 



Level 9 


demonstrate an understanding of : 

� The benefits of sport in combating CDL and 

HIV/AIDS through understanding the 

403

physiological and psychological benefits of sport, 

and 

� The principles of implementing sports programs 

to combat these diseases. 

Main Content � Biomedical, behavioural and societal 

determinants of HIV transmission; Impact of 

HIV/AIDS on sport; 

� Understanding of role of sports in prevention of 

HIV/AIDS and CDL through intervention 

programmes; 

� Understanding of basic principles to be addressed 

and barriers associated with implementing 

intervention programmes; 

� Benefits of physical activity in prevention or 

decrease of CDL; 

� Understanding of the barriers preventing sports 

participation. 









Selfstudy 80 






Module Topic Monitoring and Evaluation 

Generic Module Name Monitoring and Evaluation 



Duration S 



Level 9 


� Monitor and evaluate sport management 

practices within communities 

� Carry out impact assessments on communities 

with social issues. 

� Implement sound evidence-based monitoring and 

evaluation system for transparency and 

accountability. 

� Explain different concepts and procedures for 

programme monitoring and evaluation with 

reference to practical examples 

� Indentify and describe success indicators or 

benchmarks referring to a buy-in from local 

‗host‘ communities or groups of recipients 

� Explain and apply different methods of 

404

collecting information in the field, followed by 

report writing 

� Write a research proposal for a research or 

funding agency for an impact assessment of a 

particular programme or intervention in the field 

of sport for development 

� Critically appraise an impact assessment report 

and offer recommendations for designing a 

monitoring and evaluation system for a particular 

agency. 

Main Content � Monitoring – entails a process where information 

is collected at regular intervals and analyzed to 

establish if activities are being delivered 

according to an implementation plan, outcomes 

are achieved and what adaptations to be made to 

address programme management and delivery 

issues 

� Evaluation – is a process whereby information 

obtained through the monitoring process is 

judged or rated according to pre-set criteria 

expressing a certain level of quality or 

compliancy such as ‗(un)satisfactory‘, ‗good‘ or 

‗excellent‘. 

� Impact assessment – represents the results that 

can be ascribed to different aspects of 

programme implementation or where a causal 

relationship between a finding and intervention 

can be substantiated by evidence 









Selfstudy 70 






Module Topic Sports Management for Development 

Generic Module Name Marketing and Entrepreneurship 



Duration S 



Level 9 


� Understand the various funding procedures 

� Demonstrate adequate knowledge around the 

bidding and hosting of international events 

405

� Demonstrate knowledge of fundamental issues 

regarding marketing through sport 

� Display an understanding of sponsorship and 

sponsorship components 

� Understand concepts surrounding ambush 

marketing 

� Develop and sell a sponsorship proposal 

� Develop promotional strategies for the 

marketing of sport and sport products 

� Understand pricing decisions in sport marketing 

� Understand the role of technology in sports 

marketing 

Main Content � Introduction to Sports marketing 

� Traditional and mainstream sport marketing 

strategies 

� Sponsorship, advertising 

� Ambush Marketing 

� Pricing concepts in sport marketing 

� Implementation of promotional strategies 









Selfstudy 70 






Module Topic Managing Sport for Development 

Generic Module Name Sports Management for Development 



Duration S 



Level 9 

Main Outcomes On completion of this module, learners will be able to: 

� Understand and analyze best practice 

governance within sporting structures 

� Discuss the various trends facing the 

management of sport internationally and compare 

it to the South Africa and African situation 

� Demonstrate an insight into legal aspects 

of hosting sport and recreation events 

� Discuss the various trends facing the 

management of internationally and compare it 

with the African and South Africa sporting 

context 

406

� Demonstrate insight into the 

management of sport facilities 

� Explain the importance of strategic 

planning for sports management. 

� Analyse how the external and internal 

environments should be scanned to identify 

opportunities and threats for sports organisations. 

� Explain what strategic planning entails 

� Recommend different tools and 

techniques which can be used when formulating 

strategic plans 

� Understand the complexities of being a 

sport manager with regard to management 

competencies, professionalism and abilities 

Main Content � Introduction to sport management 

� Event management 

� Strategic Management 

� Programme management 

� Facilities management 

� Management competencies 









Selfstudy 70 






Module Topic Gender in sport 

Generic Module Name Gender in Sport 






Level 9 

Main Outcomes • To provide knowledge on concepts and theories of 

Social Inclusion/Exclusion and in relation to gender and 

sport 

• Recognize the historical and cultural contexts of gender 

sports, as well as the potential of social inclusion to 

promote integration, recognition of various and variable 

abilities and skills, and understand as a potential for 

human and societal development; 

• Critically discuss inclusion, well-being, rights, identity 

and group formation 

Main Content � Different gender-related concepts ‗embodied‘ be 

‗femininity‘, ‗masculinity‘ and assumptions around 

407

sexuality 

� Key elements of addressing gender inequality inherent 

in various international declarations and actions or 

praxis 

� Gender inequality as it has manifested in different 

spheres, roles and practices excluding women and 

girls‘ access to participation 

� Formulate guidelines and propose an ‗agenda for 

change‘ for different sectors such as public, private 

and particularly NGOs working in the field of 

providing inclusive sport for development 

opportunities in diverse communities. 







Selfstudy 100 






Module Topic Children in Sport 

Generic Module Name Children in Sport 






Level 9 


• Demonstrate a knowledge on concepts and theories of 

Social Inclusion/Exclusion and in relation to children in 

sport 

• Recognize the historical and cultural contexts of 

children in sport as well as the potential of social 

inclusion to promote integration, recognition of various 

and variable abilities and skills, and understand as a 

potential for human and societal development; 



Main Content � Development of children 

� Theoretical and cultural understanding of children 

� Different types of parents 

� Parental roles and responsibilities in sport 

� Coach and parent behaviours in sport 

� Coach-parent relationships in sport 

� Interventions and guidelines for coach and parent 

communication with children in sport 




408




Selfstudy 100 






Module Topic Sports for People with Disabilities 

Generic Module Name Sport and Disability 






Level 9 


• Demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of the 

concepts and theories of Social Inclusion/Exclusion 

and in relation to sport for persons with disabilities; 

• Recognize the historical and cultural contexts of sports 

for persons with disabilities as well as the potential of 

social inclusion to promote integration, recognition of 

various and variable abilities and skills, and understand 

as a potential for human and societal development; 



Main Content � Concepts, theories, historical and cultural concepts of 

sports for persons with disabilities 

� Technical and logistical knowledge necessary for 

developing sports for persons with disabilities 

� Active exploration of the relationships between 

development and of disability sports 

� Mainstreaming inclusive sports 

� With the cultural model as a background, this unit 

examines the potential and use of sport as a local and 

global tool for realizing human potential and societal 

integration. 

� Appling a comparative international and cross-cultural 

focus, this unit is to increase an understanding of (1) 

international frameworks, movements, and 

organizations sport for persons with disabilities, (2) the 

potential of sports as a mechanism for individual and 

societal inclusion and well-being; (3) the agents that 

mobilize resources and interest in sport for persons 

with disabilities in various countries (such as 

governments, families, sports federations, business, 

media, and others); and (4) critical issues that pertain to 

the adaptation of sports for persons with disabilities. 





409



Selfstudy 100 






Module Topic Sport, Peace and Social Transformation 

Generic Module Name Sport Peace and Soc Transformation 






Level 9 


� Recognise the historical context of sport, 

including cultural and traditional dimensions, as 

well as the philosophy and principles of sport to 

promote education, health, development and 

peace. 

� Continuously explore the potential of sport in its 

human and social context for promoting human 

rights, equality, social mobility, inclusion, 

violence and crime prevention and peace 

building. 

� Critically examine and assess sport as an 

international peace building tool of governments, 

NGO‘s, UN agencies, the media and other 

stakeholders. 

� Demonstrate critical thinking and analytical 

skills for the complexity of using sport as a tool 

for social transformation, peace building and 

development locally, nationally and 

internationally 

� Evaluate the opportunities and challenges facing 

international sport in promoting peace and 

international understanding. 

� Demonstrate familiarity with current research 

and global role players in the field of sport, 

peace building and development. 

Main Content � The course will deal with the following topics: 

� The history, philosophy and principles of sport 

as a tool for peace building 

� Cultural and traditional dimensions of sport to 

promote education, health, development and 

peace 

� The potential of sport for promoting human 

rights, children‘s rights, gender equity, human 

diversity and social inclusion 

� The role of sport as an international peace 

building tool of governments, NGO‘s, UN 

agencies, the media and other stakeholders. 

410

� The requisite conceptual and management 

context if sport is to make a positive contribution 

to health, education, conflict prevention, 

transformation, reconstruction and development. 

� The challenges facing international sport in 

promoting peace and international 

understanding. 

� Practical tools and techniques to promote peace 

building, fair play, respect, tolerance and team 

work. 

� Recent research and literature in the field of 

sport, peace building and development. 








Selfstudy 80 







Module Topic Socio-economic Development 

Generic Module Name Socio-economic Development 






Level 9 

Main Outcomes • To provide knowledge on concepts and theories of 

Human Development from a Multidisciplinary 

perspective 

• Introduce Students to Sociological Perspectives of 

Development 

• Provide Students with the knowledge of how to apply 

human development values to different policy 

frameworks 

Main Content Unit One: Introduction to Main Concepts 

Unit Two: 

� Evolution of Human Development theory 

� Economic Development theories 

� State intervention theory (Post WW11 State Planning) 

� Redistribution theories 

� Neo liberal theories 

� Sociological theories & Dependency theories 

� Modernization theories 

� Colonial Theories – Marx 

� Political Philosophy and Science (Rawls, Nozick, Raz, 

Dworkins) 

411

� Theories of democracy & Power 

� Theories on the Role of the state 

� Religious and theological theories) 

� Other Development Frameworks 

� Poverty Reduction strategy papers (PRSPs), Sector 

Wide Frameworks (SWFs)& Medium Term 

Expenditure Frameworks (MTEF) 

� Unit Three: Human Development & Capability 

� Constituent elements (Alkire) 

� Functionings & Freedoms 

� Key insights of capability approach 

� Multidimensionality 

� Focus on human needs 

� Centrality of freedoms, agency, participation, 

empowerment 

� Multidisciplinary& Complementarity 

� Diversity of populations 

� Operationalization of capability approach using HDI 

and MDGs 

� Unit Four: Development Programs & Approaches: 

Policy and Strategy for Human Development 

� The policy cycle 

� Setting of Human Development objectives 

� Social, Political & Economic strategies 

� Development of Human Development strategies 

� Costing of Human Development programmes 

� Implementation of Human Development programmes 

� Monitoring and evaluation of Human Development 

programmes 

� Human Development advocacy tools and processes 

� Human development reports – principles of Human 

Development reporting 

� Unit Five: Social Development 

� Social development – defining the concept and the 

strategy 

� Critical issues of Social development 

� Aspects of social change and development 

� Stratification and power – social inequality 

� Gender; A Social Stratum 

� The Social Stratification of Peasantry 

� Social Capital Theory 

� Social consequences of development policies and 

theories (historical perspectives and transitions) 

� Unit Six: Factors influencing Human Development & 

Social Development 







Selfstudy 100 



412




Module Topic Sport and Community Development 

Generic Module Name Sport and Community Development 






Level 9 


� Recognise and evaluate the historical context of 

sport and community development including 

cultural and traditional dimensions 

� Distinguish various theories and principles for Sport 

and Community Development 

� Critically assess the role of sport in communities in 

South Africa and Africa today 

� Critically assess the role of sport in communities in 

Development Cooperation 

� Demonstrate familiarity with Sport and Community 

Development in practise 

� Evaluate the benefits, opportunities, challenges and 

weaknesses of Sport and Community Development 

� Demonstrate critical thinking and analytical skills 

for the complexity of sport as opportunity for 

Community Development, Social Transformation 

and Development Cooperation 

Main Content � The course will deal with the following topics: 

� The history, philosophy and principles of sport as a 

tool for community development 

� Cultural and traditional dimensions of sport to 

promote education, health, community development 

and development 

� The potential of sport for promoting human 

development, youth development, gender equity, 

human diversity and social inclusion 

� The role of sport as an international development 

cooperation tool for community development. 

� The requisite conceptual and management context if 

sport is to make a positive contribution to 

community development in the areas of health, 

education, conflict prevention, transformation, 

reconstruction and development. 

� Recent research and literature in the field of sport, 

development and community development. 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: *30 

Assignments & tasks: *80 

Tests & examinations: * 6 

413

Practicals: * 4 

Selfstudy *80 






Module Topic Sport Ethics 

Generic Module Name Sport Ethics 



Duration S 



Level 9 


demonstrate an understanding of: 

� The Olympic values and the meaning of 

sportpersonship 

� The causes and incidence of doping, (sexual) abuse, 

corruption, violence and traffic in young players from 

Africa to Europe. 

� the barriers in sport that seem to block managers from 

being convinced of the use of integrity management. 

� appropriate approaches and instruments of integrity 

management 

Main Content � The two major approaches in integrity management 

� Describe within these two approaches the major 

instruments for integrity management 

� Causes of cheating in sport 

� What is the Magglingen declaration all about? 

� Do the international sport bodies such as FIFA and the 

IOC well in terms of observing the universal 

declaration of human rights according Giulianotti? 

� Describe Giulianotti‘s reasoning on the universalism 

or relativism of the universal human rights: are the 

human rights an essential Western cultural conception? 









Selfstudy 80 





414

Home Department Sport Recreation and Exercise Science 

Module Topic Thesis 

Generic Module Name Thesis 

Alpha-numeric Code SRD803/804 





Level 9 

Main Outcomes On completion of this modules students will be able to: 

• Plan and conduct a research study 

• Develop an idea for a mini research thesis and its 

motivation 

• Review relevant literature/ provide theoretical 

framework 

• Outline a research design, methodology and methods of 

data collection 

• Collect relevant data 

• Present, interpret and discuss the results 

• Draw conclusions and offer recommendations 

Main Content � All aspects relevant to the planning and writing of a 

research thesis. 

� Preparing a mini-thesis for submission for examination 







Selfstudy 530 


Methods of Student Assessment Thesis 100% 

SCHOOL OF NATURAL MEDICINE 






Alpha-numeric Code NAT112 


Duration Term 


Programmes in which the module BSc (CHS) 


Level 5 









415







social power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the 

impact of policy on these constructs. 


ethics and human rights relevant to service providing and an 

awareness of the ethical responsibilities of health care 




practices. 
















Practicals: 


Selfstudy 


Methods of Student Assessment Exam: 40%, Presentation of assignment: 50%, Attendance 10% 






development on health is introduced during the course. The 

course comprises of four sections, i) Perspectives of Health, ii) 

The impact of social inequality, poverty and development; iii) 

Introduction to Primary Health Care, and iv) Community 

involvement and Interdisciplinary teams. 




Duration Term 




Level 5 


416

















Health Care Approach and analyse its implementation 

in a community context. 










health: 







approach. 















Practicals: 


Selfstudy 




417



basic knowledge and skills in understanding the concepts of 

health promotion. These concepts are applied in a particular 

setting, i.e. a school in the community. Students are expected to 

plan, implement and evaluate health promotion projects in the 

school. The health promoting schools framework is used to 

guide students. Students spend 50% of the course time in the 





Duration Term 




Level 6 
















� Understand the main approaches to health 

promotion and that health promotion requires not 

only individual behaviour change but also social, 

political and environmental changes that address the 

underlying causes of ill-health. 



framework when planning and implementing a 

health promotion project in the schools. 




experience. 



working in interdisciplinary groups and at the 

schools. 




models 


promotion 

418



objectives, deciding on indicators and developing 

and action plan, project implementation & methods 

of evaluation 








Practicals: 


Selfstudy 








Home Department School of Natural Medicine 

Module Topic The science of drugs, relating to medicinal products in their 

natural state 

Generic module name Herbal Pharmacognosy 312 


Alpha-numeric code NAT312 


Duration S 

Programmes in which the module is BSc Complementary Health Sciences III 


Level 7 


� Identify plants with medicinal value, visually and with 

laboratory tests and name their family and botanical name. 

� Explain the basic metabolic pathways and origins of 

secondary metabolites in plants. 

Explain the principles related to the commercial 

production, quality and standardization of natural drugs. 

� Test herbal material for quality by using specified 

laboratory tests. 

� Explain the pharmacodynamics of the archetypal 

plant constituents: carbohydrates, glycosides and 

saponins. 

Main Content � An introduction to botany, including taxonomy and 

morphology. 

� Principles related to the commercial production, 

quality and standardization of natural products. 

� Quality control, standards applicable to crude drugs 

and techniques for detection of contamination. 

� General methods associated with the phytochemical 

investigation of herbal products. 

419

� Basic metabolic pathways and the origin of secondary 

metabolites 

� The chemical and physical structure, chemical and 

physical constants, extraction, identification 

reactions, properties and functions of the following 

main classes of secondary plant chemicals: 

carbohydrates, glycosides, saponins. 

Pre-requisites Life Sciences 






Assessment 15 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 27 







Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) CAF 

Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Assignments, Practicals, Tests 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic The Process of determining the nature of a disorder by 

considering the patients signs and symptoms, medical background 

and lab tests 

Generic module name Clinical Diagnosis 402 


Alpha-numeric code BCM402 


Duration Y 

Programmes in which the module is B Complementary medicine Naturopathy, Phytotherpay, Chinese 


Medicine, Unani Tibb 

Level 8.1 


� Diagnose a patient‘ illness using their clinical skills 

learnt in this module. 

Main Content � Clinical skills that are used to diagnose disease. 

� Disease processes and pathology. 

Pre-requisites General medicine 301 

Pathology 311 and 321 

Co-requisites General Medicine 401 





Assessment 15 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 27 


420


Time-table Requirement per week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Practicals 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic Clinical Phytotherapy 

Generic module name Clinical Phytotherapy 406 


Alpha-numeric code PHH406 


Duration Y 

Programmes in which the module is B Complementary Medicine Phytotherapy 


Level 8.1 


� Take a complete case history. Questioning about all body 

systems, past medical history, family history, emotional state, 

diet and lifestyle, as well as present health problems, all in 

accordance with the philosophy of Phytotherapy. 

� Make decisions regarding pathology tasks, other tests or 

examinations required to establish a diagnosis, or when to 

refer the patient to / or liaise with another practitioner or 

specialist. 

� Treat the patient in a holistic and safe manner using herbal 

medicine, diet, nutrition and lifestyle, all in the promotion of 

health. 

� Manage a herbal dispensary in accordance with current 

regulations regarding medicines and rules of AHPCSA. 

Main Content � Integumentary system 

� Cardiovascular system 

� Respiratory system 

� Digestive system 

� Musculoskeletal system 

� Nervous system 

� Urinary system 

� Endocrine system 

Pre-requisites Pathology 311 and 321 

General Medicine 301 

Co-requisites Materia Medica 405 

Clinical diagnosis 402 






Assessment 12 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 22 


B. Time-table Requirement per 

421

week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Assignments, Presentations, Tests 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic Clinical Phytotherapy 

Generic module name Clinical Phytotherapy 506 




Duration Y 



Level 8.2 


� Take a complete case history. Questioning about all body 

systems, past medical history, family history, emotional state, 

diet and lifestyle, as well as present health problems, all in 

accordance with the philosophy of Phytotherapy. 

� Make decisions regarding pathology tasks, other tests or 

examinations required to establish a diagnosis, or when to 

refer the patient to / or liaise with another practioner or 

specialist. 

� Treat the patient in a holistic and safe manner using herbal 

medicine, diet, nutrition and lifestyle, all in the promotion of 

health. 

� Manage a herbal dispensary in accordance with current 

regulations regarding medicines and rules of AHPCSA. 

Main Content � Immune system 

� Autoimmune diseases 

� Understanding disease and treatments for the various systems 

Pre-requisites Clinical Phytotherapy 406 

Co-requisites Materia Medica 405 





Assessment 12 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 22 








FE: 40% 

422


Module Topic Clinical Practice 

Generic module name Clinical Practice 404 




Duration Y 



Level 8.1 


� Communicate effectively with the patient, 

encompassing good listening skills and compassion 

for the patient, to assess the overall health of the 

patient 

� Examine any body systems of a patient in a thorough 

and competent manner to make or confirm a 

diagnosis. 

� Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or 

medicament required in the treatment of a patient, 

whether external or internal treatment. 

� Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans 

through help of keeping professional records. 









Pre-requisites Pathology 311 and 321 

General medicine 301 

Co-requisites Clinical Phytotherapy 406 






Assessment 12 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 22 








FE: 40% 

423


Module Topic ETHICS, JURISPRUDENCE AND PRACTICE 

MANAGEMENT 

Generic module name ETHICS, JURISPRUDENCE AND PRACTICE 

MANAGEMENT 




Duration S 

Programmes in which the module is B Complementary medicine Naturopathy, Phytotherpay, Chinese 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, the learner will: 

� understand the health legislations in a broader context 

and their implication on the practice of a 

Complementary Health Practitioner 

� be able to apply ethical principles and be empowered in 

ethical decision-making 

� understand the importance of ethics in the practice of 

medicine 

� understand the importance of Continuing Professional 

Development in healthcare 

� be able to make ethical decisions in everyday life 

� understand and be able to refer to relevant regulations 

governing their professions 

Be able to interpret the articles of the Allied Health 

Professions Act and it‘s regulations, such as: 

� Interpret and understand Act 63 of 1982 

� the Acts preceeding Act 63 of 1982 

� the constitution of the Council and its powers 

� the constitution of the Professional Boards and their 

powers 

� the registration of students and practitioners 

� the influence on Education and Training 

� disciplinary matters 

Main Content � Ethics 

� Values in Health care 

� Informed consent 

� Confidentiality 

� Beneficence and Non-maleficence 

� Patient‘s rights 

� Autonomy 

� Conflicts of interest 

� Jurisprudence 

� Relevance Act, 63 of 1982 

� Broadly statutory and Professional bodies 

� Registration of students and Practitioners 

� Guidelines for making Professional Services known 

� Scopes of Practice of Health Professionals 

� Rules of conduct for Healthcare Professionals 

� National Patients‘ Rights Charter 

� The Primary Health Care package for SA 

� The National Health Act, 61 of 2003 


424






Assessment 15 


Selfstudy 15 







Assessment methods: CE: 60% Assignments, tests 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic Clinical Practice 





Duration Y 



Level 8.2 



encompassing good listening skills and compassion for 

the patient, to assess the overall health of the patient 


and competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. 

� Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or 

medicament required in the treatment of a patient, 












� Immune 

� Autoimmune 

� Cancer 

� HIV 

Pre-requisites Clinical Practice 404 

Co-requisites Clinical Phytotherapy 506 

Materia Medica 505 


425




Assessment 12 


Selfstudy 22 








FE: 40% 


Module Topic The science or practice of the diagnosis, treatment, prevention of 

disease 

Generic module name General Medicine 401 




Duration Y 

Programmes in which the m 

B Complementary medicine Naturopathy, Phytotherpay, Chinese 



Level 8.1 


� Describe diseases and disease processes 

� Explain how to diagnose diseases theoretically, their 

presentations in patients, the pathology and the 

treatment of these diseases or disease processes. 

Main Content � Presentation of diseases 

� Pathology of diseases 

� Disease processes and how to diagnose them 

� Special investigations needed to diagnose diseases and 

disease process 

� Treatment thereof 

Pre-requisites General Medicine 301 

Co-requisites Clinical Diagnosis 402 





Assessment 15 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 27 



Lectures p.w. 3-4 



100 


Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Assignments, Tests 

FE: 40% 

426


Module Topic The science or practice of the diagnosis, treatment, prevention 

of disease 

Generic module name General Medicine 301 




Duration S 



Level 7 


� Describe diseases and disease processes 

� Explain how to diagnose diseases theoretically, 

their presentations in patients, the pathology and the 

treatment of these diseases or disease processes. 

Main Content � Presentation of diseases 

� Pathology of diseases 

� Disease processes and how to diagnose them 

� Special investigations needed to diagnose diseases 

and disease process 

� Treatment thereof 

Pre-requisites Pathology 311 

Co-requisites Pathology 321 





Assessment 15 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 27 



Lectures p.w. 3-4 





FE: 40% 


Module Topic Research Project of Natropathy 

Generic Module Name Research Project 508 



Duration Year 

Proposed semester/term none 

Programmes in which the module will BCM Natropathy 


Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes To generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various 

methodological approaches that can be applied to natural 

medical research. 

To develop a realistic research proposal which will form the 

427

asis of the work they will carry out in their research project. 

To select and apply appropriate techniques to analyse a 

problem and design a solution. 

To apply research project management techniques to the 

management of patient. 

Main Content � The investigation of a research question requiring the 

integration of Principles with Conventional Medicine. 

� The design and performance of experiments and the 

collection and analysis of information 

� The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution 

Pre-requisite modules NRS421 




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 1 4 hour lectures 




Selfstudy 40 


Methods of Student Assessment Examination = 60% 

Continuous Assessment = 40% 


Module Topic The preparation and dispensing of herbal medicine 

Generic module name Herbal Pharmacy 507 




Duration S 



Level 8.2 


� Explain quality and control, storage and labeling methods of 

herbal medicine, according to good manufacturing practice. 

� Explain the principle modes of extraction of herbal medicine. 

� Explain the compounding of different dosage forms for 

external and internal use. 

� Explain incompatibilities and methods for overcoming 

possible incompatibilities when dispensing herbal medicine. 

� Write a prescription, explain the posology and demonstrate 

dispensing techniques. 

Main Content � Introduction to herbal pharmacy, liquids and dry preparations, 

preparations for external use, solids and semisolids 

compounding and prescriptions. 

Pre-requisites Herbal Pharmacology 407 

Co-requisites 





Assessment 6 

Practicals: 0 

428

Selfstudy 28 




week 






FE: 40% 


Module Topic Study of disease processes with the aim of understanding their 

nature and causes 

Generic module name 

Numeric Code 

Pathology 311 



Duration S 



Level 7 


� Categorise and explain the character of various 

common disease states. 

� Identify and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis 

and morphology of common disease processes 

within the major bodily systems. 

� Explain, by understanding the pathological disease 

processes at a cellular level, the consequences or 

clinical outcomes or manifestations, as they affect 

individual organs or systems. 

� Identify and characterise microscopic and 

macroscopic morphological changes in diseased 

organs. 

Main Content � Introduction to pathology 

� Normal cells, injury and cell death 

� Amyloid, calcification, pigmentation 

� Jaundice, fluid, oedema 

� Hyperaemia and congestion 

� Haemorrhage, shock 

� Acute, chonic inflammation 

� Healing and repair 

� Infection 

� Disorders of growth, tumours, malignancy 







Assessment 15 

Practicals: 0 

429

Selfstudy 27 









FE: 40% 


Module Topic Study of disease processes with the aim of understanding their 

nature and causes 

Generic module name 

Numeric Code 

Pathology 321 



Duration S 



Level 7 


� Categorise and explain the character of various 

common disease states. 

� Identify and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis and 

morphology of common disease processes within the 

major bodily systems. 

� Explain, by understanding the pathological disease 

processes at a cellular level, the consequences or 

clinical outcomes or manifestations, as they affect 

individual organs or systems. 

� Identify and characterise microscopic and macroscopic 

morphological changes in diseased organs. 

� Understand the clinical signs and symptoms of disease 

manifestation in its totality, as it relates to the specific 

disease processes and mechanisms which occur on a 

cellular and gross anatomical level. 

Main Content � CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES 

� HEMATOPOIETIC AND LYMPHOID DISEASES 

� RESPIRATORY DISORDERS 

� GASTROINTESTINAL DISORDERS 

� HEPATO-BILIARY DISORDERS 

� DISORDERS OF THE KIDNEYS 

� ENDOCRINE ABNORMALITIES 

� DISORDERS OF BONE AND JOINTS 

� SKIN DISORDERS 

� DISORDERS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 

� CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM PATHOLOGY 

� PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 

Pre-requisites Pathology 311 

Co-requisites General Medicine 301 



430



Assessment 15 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 27 



week 






FE: 40% 


Module Topic Research Project 

Generic module name Research Project 508 




Duration Y 

Programmes in which the module is B Complementary medicine Naturopathy, Phytotherpay, 


Chinese Medicine, Unani Tibb 

Level 8.2 


� Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative 

various methodological approaches that can be 

applied to Phytotherapy medical research. 

� Critically analyse published work and identify gaps 

in current knowledge. 

� Develop a realistic research proposal, which will 

form the basis of the work they will carry out in 

their research project. 

� Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyse a 

problem and design a solution. 

� Apply research project management techniques to 

the management of patient. 

� Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within 

a specified time to match an agreed specification. 

� Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient 

management and the methods used. 

� Communicate technical information effectively 

Main Content The project may involve: 

� The investigation of a research question requiring the 

integration of Phytotherapy Principles with Conventional 

Medicine. 




� The design and implementation of a clinical experiments. 

In all cases, the student develops a creative product, which can 

be evaluated against defined objectives. The product may take a 

variety of forms such as a case study and associated 

431

documentation, a dissertation, documentation of an analysis of 

a problem and the design of a potential patient management 

using Naturopathic Philosophy, theories and Principles and 

evidence-based solution. The project report also critically 

evaluates relevant literature, the student's product, the processes 

performed by the student in its production. 

Syllabus Content 

Project management and Time management 

Problem solving and selection of solutions 

Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal 

communication 

Problem Analysis 

System Design 

Implementation 

Critical evaluation 

Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources and 

analysis 

Pre-requisites Research Methods 421 






Assessment 16 


Selfstudy 15 



week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Proposal, Presentation, Project 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic PHILOSOPHY AND AETIOLOGY OF UNANI TIBB 

Generic module name PHILOSOPHY AND AETIOLOGY OF TIBB 412 


Alpha-numeric code TIB412 


Duration S 

Programmes in which the module is BCM (Unani-Tibb) 


Level 8.1 


� Demonstrate an understanding of the history of 

Tibb and list the unique features of Tibb 

compared to orthodox, allopathic Medicine. 

� Explain the term ‘physis’ 

� Define the term ‘temperament’ and how does it 

relate to structure and function? 

� Describe the 3 factors, which determine a 

432

person’s temperament. 

� Explain the different temperaments with their 

corresponding qualities. 

� Describe the different temperaments and 

describe the temperament you fall into and why? 

� Evaluate the four humours and their 

corresponding qualities? 

� Demonstrate an understanding of the main functions 

of humours? 

� Describe the four different types of tissues and their 

corresponding qualities 

Main Content � Temperament 

� Humours 

� Sanguineous 

� Phlegmatic 

� Bilious 

� Melancholic 

� Physis 

� Macro and Micro Cosmos 

� Governing factorsGoverning Fact 







Assessment 15 


Selfstudy 15 



week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60% Assignments, tests 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic The science of drugs, relating to medicinal products in their 

natural state 

Generic module name Herbal Pharmacognosy 322 


Alpha-numeric code NAT 322 


Duration S 

Programmes in which the module is BSc Complementary Health Sciences 


Level 7 


� Students will be able to identify plants with 

medicinal value, visually and with laboratory tests. 

� Explain the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites: 

433

Alkaloids, essential oils, tannins, fixed oils. 

� Name the common, family and botanical name, uses 

and symptoms produced in the body. 

� Explain the pharmacodynamics of the archetypal 

plant constituents: alkaloids ,essential oils ,tannins, 

fixed oils mucilages and gums 

Main Content � Quality control and standards applicable to crude 

drugs. 

� The geographical sources, collection and 

preparation, chemical tests for identification, 

adulterants and substitutes and uses for the plants 

containing alkaloids, tannins, essential oils. 

� Basic metabolic pathways and the origin of 

secondary metabolites. 

� General methods associated with the phytochemical 

investigation of herbal products 

Pre-requisites Herbal Pharmacognosy 312 

Life Sciences 141 






Assessment 15 

Practicals: 3 

Selfstudy 24 




week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Assignments, Practicals, Tests 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic Acupuncture 213 & 223 

Generic module name Acupuncture 213 & 223 

Numeric Code 878213 & 878223 

Alpha-numeric code CMA 213 & CMA 223 


Duration 1, 2, 3, 4 term 

Programmes in which the module is BSc. Complementary Health Sciences II 


Level 6 


Understand composition of meridian and acupoint 

Explore the distribution of the meridians 

Master locations and the actions of the acupoints 

Master the theory of the special acupoints 

Main Content An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in 

Chinese Medicine 

An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu 

434

points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu 

point, front-mu point, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points, 

etc. 

Introduction into point location methods and needling 

Distributions of the twelve regular channels and Distributions 

of eight extraordinary vessels.. 

Introduction into each point on the twelve regular channels, 

Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the 

location and action and main indication of the points, as well as 

the needling method and contraindication of the points. 

Introduction into main extra-points, including the location and 

action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling 

method. 

Pre-requisites CMA 111 & 121 

Co-requisites CMA 211/221 





Assessment 10 

Practicals: 4 hours/week 

Selfstudy 58 



week 

Lectures p.w. 




Assessment methods: CE: 60%; - Assignments, Tests, Practicals. 

FE; 40% 


Module Topic Chinese Medicine Materia Medica: 

Identification, categorization, actions & indication of single 

herbs 

Generic module name Chinese Herbal Medicine 212 


Alpha-numeric code CMA 212 





Level 6 


Explain the general characteristics of the medicinal plant 

Explain the taste, temperature and property of the medicinal 

plant 

Analyze the attributive meridian of the medicinal plant 

Describe the actions and indications of the medicinal plant 

Main Content 100 Herbs 

* The laws related to the use of herbal medicine in an 

individual use or compound formula with a discreet and strict 

attitude and identifying the difference among the same 

catalogue of the herbs. 

435

* Comprehend the characteristics for same category of the 

herbs as well as the different applications for individual herb; 

Pre-requisites CMA 111/121 

Co-requisites CMA 211/221; CMA 213/223 





Assessment 6 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 28 




week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%; - Assignments, Tests, 

FE; 40% 


Module Topic Chinese Medicine Materia Medica: 

Identification, categorization, actions & indication of single 

herbs 

Generic module name Chinese Herbal Medicine 222 







Level 6 


Explain the general characteristics of the medicinal plant 

Explain the taste, temperature and property of the medicinal 

plant 

Analyze the attributive meridian of the medicinal plant 

Describe the actions and indications of the medicinal plant 

Main Content The laws related to the use of herbal medicine in an individual 

use or compound formula with a discreet and strict attitude and 

identifying the difference among the same catalogue of the 

herbs. 

concepts of individual herbal functions 

Organize the proper formulae for the definite illnesses; 

Comprehend the characteristics for same category of the herbs 

as well as the different applications for individual herb; 

External application for individual herb as well as for related 

formulae 

Pre-requisites CMA 212 

Co-requisites CMA 211/221; CMA 213/223 




436


Assessment 6 

Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 28 




week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%; - Assignments, Tests, 

FE; 40% 


Module Topic Theory of Chinese Internal Medicine: including conditions such 

as influenza, coughs, asthma, rhinitis, etc; 

Generic module name Chinese Medicine Theory 311 & 321 

Numeric Code 878311 & 878321 

Alpha-numeric code CMA 311 & 321 


Duration Two S 



Level 7 


Identify and understand the concepts & patterns of internal 

medicine in diagnosis, Treatment principle, Treatment and 

treatment plan 

Main Content The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and 

organization of the formula and acupuncture formula based on 

the diagnosis and therapeutic method. Understand the laws for 

herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy. 

Pre-requisites CMA 211 & 221; CMA 213/223/ ; CMA 212/222 

Co-requisites CMA 312/322 





Assessment 0 


Selfstudy 87 



week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Assignments and Tests 

FE: 40% 

437


Module Topic Clinical Practice for Naturopathy 





Duration Y 

Programmes in which the module is BSc Complementary Medicine Naturopathy 


Level 8.1 


� Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing 

good listening skills and compassion for the patient, to 

assess the overall health of the patient 

� Examine any body systems of a patient in a thorough and 

competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. 

� To be able to formulate and prepare any herbal medicine 

or medicament required in the treatment of a patient, 


� Manage the patient‘s follow up and treatment plans 








Urinary system 

Pre-requisites � General medicine 301 

Co-requisites � General Medicine 401 

� Clinical Diagnosis 402 





Assessment 0 


Selfstudy 22 



week 





Assessment methods: CE : 60 % : Practical Test 

FE = 40 % 


Module Topic Clinical Practice based on the theory of Chinese Medicine and 

Diagnosis; Herbs, Tuina and Acupuncture 

Generic module name CLINICAL PRACTICE 404 



438


Duration Year 



BCM Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture I 

Level 8.1 



encompassing good listening skills and compassion 

for the patient, to assess the overall health of the 

patient 


systematical and competent manner to make or 

confirm a diagnosis. 

� To be able to formulate and prepare any herbal 

medicine or medicament required in the treatment of a 

patient, whether external or internal treatment. 

� And administer acupuncture, Moxibustion, Cupping, 

Tuina, Ear and scalp acupuncture 









Urinary system 

Pre-requisites � General medicine 301 

CMA 311/321;CMA 313/323 

Co-requisites � CMA 401/402 





Assessment 8 

Practicals: 

Selfstudy 

4 




week 

Lectures p.w 0. 



200 


Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Case studies and practicals 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application there of. 

Generic module name Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy I 411 




439

Duration S 



B Complementary Medicine - Naturopathy 

Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to : 

� Describe the role that supplementation plays in the 

21st century medicine model and in naturopathic 

practice. 

� Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of 

nutrients and causes of impaired absorption, assimilation 

and micronutrient antagonisms. 

� Describe the various principles and practices, 

benefits, limitations, safety aspects, prescribing rules and 

appropriate combinations of supplementation. 

� In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, 

accessory nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, 

amino acids, EFAs and phyonutrients. 

� Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & 

lifestyle changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weightloss 

& anorexia. 

� Describe the benefits of Homeopathy 

Main Content � Principles, practices and manufacturing of 

� 

supplements. 

Supplementation for various conditions, various 

stages in life & lifestyle changes. 

� Safety aspects: Interactions, contra-indications & 

side-effects. 

� Supplementing with functional and fortified foods. 

� Various supplementation product lines. 

� Homeopathy application and practice 

Pre-requisites � Nutrition medicine 315 

� Pharmacology 204 






Assessment 0 


Selfstudy 30 



week 

Lectures p.w.1 

Practicals p.w.1 

Tutorials p.w.1 

100 


Assessment methods: CE : 60 % : Assignment, Test Presentation,Case-Study 

FE = 40 % 

440



Generic module name Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy II 421 




Duration S 

Programmes in which the module is B Complementary Medicine - Naturopathy 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes At the end of this Module students will be able to : 

� Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of nutrients 

and causes of impaired absorption, assimilation and 

micronutrient antagonisms. 

� Describe the various principles and practices, benefits, 

limitations, safety aspects, prescribing rules and 

appropriate combinations of supplementation. 

� In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, accessory 

nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, amino acids, 

EFAs and phyonutrients. 

� Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & 

lifestyle changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weight-loss 

& anorexia. 

Main Content � Clinical Examination (revise/practice) 

� Exposure to a variety of diagnostic tools in practice. 

(Pathlab, Live Blood-, Hair-, and Stool analysis, Iridology, 

Movement and Structural Assessment. 

Critical Appraisal of the above 

� Principles, practices and manufacturing of supplements. 

� Supplementation for various conditions, various stages in 

life & lifestyle changes. 

� Safety aspects: Interactions, contra-indications & sideeffects. 

� Supplementing with functional and fortified foods. 

� Various supplementation product lines. 

Pre-requisites � Treatment Modalities 411 






Assessment 0 


Selfstudy 30 



week 


Practicals p.w.1 

Tutorials p.w.1 


Assessment methods: CE : 60 % : Assignment, Test Presentation,Case-Study, 

FE = 40 % 

441



Generic module name Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy III 511 




Duration S 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � At the end of this module students will be able to : 

� Describe the principles, practice and indication for 

specialised diets. 

� Identify how food relates to health/disease and 

intolerances and the importance of food in the 

maintenance of optimal health. 

� Understand detoxification. 

� Take naturopathic consultations, make a naturopathic 

assessment and prescribe individual treatment plans. 

� Prescribe specific dietary protocols for various conditions. 

Main Content � Therapeutic dietary models. 

� Detoxification therapy & medicinal fasting. 

� Organic,whole& therapeutic foods. 

� Food & mood, food and culture. 

� Natural weight-loss 

� Nutritional consultation including diet & lifestyle 

� Diet therapy for specific conditions and lifestyles 

Pre-requisites Treatment modalities 421 






Assessment 0 


Selfstudy 30 



week 






FE = 40 % 



Generic module name Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy IV 521 




Duration S 


442


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes � Describe the principles, practice and indication for 

specialized diets. 

� Understand basic principles of Botanical Medicine 

� Understand History and Philosophy of Botanical 

Medicine 

� Understand basic terminology used in Botanical 

Medicine 

� Explore the use of Herbal medicines within context 

of Scope of Practice conditions. 

� Understand the principles of Homotoxicology 

� Describe the Basic Principles of Acupressure 

Main Content � Therapeutic dietary models. 

� Detoxification therapy & medicinal fasting. 

� Acupressure Techniques 

� Organic, whole & therapeutic foods. 

� Herbal Medicine 

� Nutritional consultation including diet & lifestyle 

� Diet therapy for specific conditions and lifestyles 

Pre-requisites Treatment modalities 511 






Assessment 0 


Selfstudy 30 



week 






FE = 40 % 


Module Topic Chinese Medicine Massage: Paediatric and adult massage; 

Taichi: Chinese Medicine art of meditation and life force 

regulation movement sequences 

Generic module name Tuina (Taichi) 405 

Numeric Code CMA 405 



Duration Y 

Programmes in which the module is BCM Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture I 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the students will be able to: 

� Apply the various techniques of Tuina application 

to adults, children and infants 

443

� Use the commonly used and most effective points, body 

areas and complex manipulations in terms of TCM 

therapeutic principles and Tuina methods 

� Formulate a treatment plan using pediatric Tuina methods 

to address common pediatric illnesses 

� Effectively teach the parents/guardians simple techniques 

to do at home for the patient 

� Conduct the therapy with confidence and a professional 

demeanor with regard for the patients comfort while 

ensuring techniques are done appropriately 

� Competency in performing basic Taichi Yang-style 

movements in an attempt to improve the practitioners 

strength and health for better practice 

Main Content � This module covers the basic theory of Tuina 

(Chinese therapeutic massage) therapy. Theory and Hands 

on Practical sessions with special focus on Pediatrics 

Tuina. Students learn how to treat common childhood 

illnesses applying this particular modality as an adjunct to 

the other modalities used in their professional practice. 

Classes are predominantly practical in nature with 

repetition of techniques and methods until proficiency is 

attained. Thereafter learned techniques are applied to 

simulated real-life conditions commonly presenting in 

pediatrics. Students also learn the place of Tuina in 

pediatric and how and when it is used most appropriately. 

Reference is made to Internal Medicine and diseases. 

� Basic training in the theory and practice of Yangstyle 

Taichi, focusing on movement, breathing, strength 

and execution of the techniques 

Pre-requisites CMA 311/321; CMA 313/323 

Co-requisites CMA 401/402; 





Assessment 2 


Selfstudy 22 



week 





Assessment methods: CE: 60%: Assignments and Tests 

FE: 40% 


Module Topic Chinese Medicine Theory 879401 

Generic Module Name 401 





444

Programmes in which the module will BCM Chinese Medicine 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes Identify and understand the concepts of the individual disease 

with prevention, diagnosis and treatment, and then apply the 

technique of diagnosis and treatment in the clinical practice. 

Describe special symptoms, and get the correct syndrome 

differentiation; 

Get the correct therapeutic methods according to the theory of 

TCM 

Organize a proper formula for every syndrome; 

Understand the relationship between identifying disease and 

syndrome; 

Identify the prognosis according to the theory of TCM, and get 

correct preventing method, 

Main Content Know the concepts of individual disease with 4 diagnostic 

methods of TCM and Lab test and physical exam. 

The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and 

organization of the formula based on the diagnosis and 

therapeutic method. 

Herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy; 

Pre-requisite modules Chinese Medicine Theory 111, Chinese Medicine Theory 121, 

Chinese Herbal Medicine 112, Chinese Herbal Medicine 122, 

Chinese Herbal Medicine 212, Chinese Herbal Medicine 222, 

Chinese Medicine Theory 311, Chinese Medicine Theory 321, 

Chinese Herbal Medicine 312, Chinese Herbal Medicine 322. 

Co-requisite modules Acupuncture 113, Acupuncture 123, Acupuncture 213, 

Acupuncture 223, Acupuncture 313, Acupuncture 323, 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 1 3 hour lecture 




Selfstudy 30 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation Assignments, Test = 60% 

Examination = 40 % 


Module Topic Principles of Natural Healing 874121 



NAT 111 


Duration Term 

Proposed semester/term First Term 

Programmes in which the module BSc Complementary Health Sciences 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes Understand definitions highlighting health and healing 

Explore the use of Complementary medicine 

Explain how disease occurs and manifests 

Explain how healing occurs 

Describe the Old and New Paradigms of medicine. 

Critically evaluate their own health and make 

445

ecommendations for effective change. 

Main Content An introduction in to the field of Natural medicine and why 

the students have chosen it 

Understanding the Old paradigm-Medicine model 

Understanding the New paradigm-Medicine model 

How disease manifests and returning the body to homeostasis 

The 4 Cornerstone of Health 

Benefits of exercise to the body 

10 Principles of Health and illness 









Selfstudy 27 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation -Assignment, Test = 60 % 



Module Topic Comparative Complementary Healing Systems 874201 



NAT 201 



Proposed semester/term Second Semester 

Programmes in which the module BSc Complementary Health Sciences 


Level 6 

Main Outcomes Outline and compare the main origin and the history of the 5 

modalities of Homeopathy, Chinese Medicine, Ayurvedic 

Medicine, Unani Tibb , Naturopathy and Phytotherapy. 

Describe the practical approaches and the basic philosophy of 

the following modalities: Chinese Medicine; Ayurvedic 

Medicine; Unani-Tibb Medicine; Herbal Medicine; 

Homeopathy .Compare and contrast the five modalities in 

order to select one for further studies. 

Main Content History of medicine through the ages 

Changes within medical application 

Theory of 5 Elements of Chinese medicine 

5-phase Theory: Evolution Stages of Transformation 

Pulse Diagnosis 

The discovery of Homeopathy 

How to administer Homeopathic remedies 

Herbal medicine basic theory 

Pre-requisite modules Principles of Natural Healing 







446


Selfstudy 26 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation- Presentation, Assignment, Test= 60 % 



Module Topic Emergency Care 874409 



BCM 409 




Programmes in which the module BCM Naturopathy, Phytotherpay, Chinese Medicine 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate an understanding of emergencies scene 

management. 

Demonstrate an understanding of elementary anatomy and 

physiology 

Apply an First Aid procedure to the life-threatening situation 

Explain and manage shock. 

Demonstrate the principles of primary emergency care in the 

workplace. 

Main Content Identify and solve problems regarding the mechanism of 

injuries and make decisions, using critical and creative 

thinking, regarding the prevention of complications ,referral 

systems to use and the treatment to be provided with 

improvisation where equipment is unavailable. 






Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 1 3 hour practical 



Selfstudy 27 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation -Test ,Practical = 60 % 

Examination - Final practical = 40 % 


Module Topic Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy II 874421 

Generic Module Name Naturopathic Nutrition and Supplementation 

Alpha-numeric Code NAT 421 



Proposed semester/term Second semester 

Programmes in which the BCM - Naturopathy 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Describe the role that supplementation plays in the 21st century 

medicine model and in naturopathic practice. 

447

Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of nutrients and 

causes of impaired absorption, assimilation and micronutrient 

antagonisms. 

Describe the various principles and practices, benefits, limitations, 

safety aspects, prescribing rules and appropriate combinations of 

supplementation. 

In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, accessory 

nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, amino acids, EFAs 

and phyonutrients. 

Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & lifestyle 

changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weight-loss & anorexia. 

Main Content Principles, practices and manufacturing of supplements. 

Supplementation for various conditions, various stages in life & 

lifestyle changes. 

Safety aspects: Interactions, contra-indications & side-effects. 

Supplementing with functional and fortified foods. 

Various supplementation product lines. 

Pre-requisite modules Nutrition 211/221, Biochemistry 211/221/231, 

211/212/223/224, Pharmacology 204, Pathology 311/321, 

General Medicine 

Co-requisite modules Naturopathic Nutrition 



Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3hrs/wk 




Selfstudy 30 


Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, (CE=40%), presentations (CE=10%) 

Tests (CE=40%), case studies (CE=10%). Total 60%. 

Exams. Total 40% 


Module Topic CLINICAL PRACTICE FOR NATUROPATHY 

Generic Module Name CLINICAL PRACTICE 874504 

Alpha-numeric Code NAT 504 


Duration Two semester 

Proposed semester/term 1 2 3 4 term 

Programmes in which the B Complementary Medicine Phytotherapy 


Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good 

listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the 

overall health of the patient 

Examine any body systems of a patient in a thorough and 

competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis. 

external or internal treatment. 

Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help 

of keeping professional records. 

Main Content Immune system 

Autoimmune diseases 

Pre-requisite modules � Clinical Practice 404 

Co-requisite modules Clinical Phytotherapy 

448



(example) 

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 1 X 2 hours 




Selfstudy 22 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous 60% 



Module Topic MATERIA MEDICA 

Generic Module Name MATERIA MEDICA 875405 

Alpha-numeric Code PHH 405 


Duration Two semester 


Programmes in which the module B Complementary Medicine Phytotherapy 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Explain the main botanical aspects of the medicinal plants in the 

materia medica provided, as well as their medicinal properties, 

application and contraindications. 

Create a 40 plant herbarium, with descriptions of the plants, 

habitat and medicinal use. 

Describe the principles for naturing, maintaining and healing of a 

particular system with herbal medicine, formulating a 

prescription. 

Main Content Integumentary, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, nervous, 

endocrine and musculoskeletal systems. 


Co-requisite modules Herbal pharmacology 







Selfstudy 66 





Module Topic HERBAL PHARMACOLOGY 

Generic Module Name HERBAL PHARMACOLOGY 875407 




Proposed semester/term 3 4 term 



B Complementary Medicine Phytotherapy 

Level 8.1 

449

Main Outcomes Describe the basic principles of pharmacokinetics and 

pharmacodynamics, portray pharmaceutical dosage forms, the 

routes of administration of medicines and the factors that might 

influence these. 

Explain the chemistry, therapeutic properties of actions of 

secondary plant metabolites. 

Explain pharmacology of herbs for the different body systems. 

Explain the toxicity, contraindications and safety of herbal 

medicine. 

Main Content Introduction to Pharmacology, Phytochemistry, digestive, 

urinary, reproductive, endocrine, nervous, cardiovascular and 

respiratory system. 

Pre-requisite modules Herbal Pharmacognosy 








Selfstudy 22 





Module Topic Materia Medica 

Generic Module Name Materia Medica 875505 



Duration Y 




Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes Explain the main botanical aspects of the medicinal plants in the 

materia medica provided, as well as their medicinal properties, 

application and contraindications. 

Create a 40 plant herbarium, with descriptions of the plants, 

habitat and medicinal use. 

Describe the principles for naturing, maintaining and healing of 

a particular system with herbal medicine, formulating a 

prescription. 

Main Content Immune system, Autoimmune diseases, Understanding disease 

and treatment for the various systems done in 405. 

Pre-requisite modules Materia Medica 405 








Selfstudy 66 


450

Methods of Student Assessment Continous (60%) : assignments and tests 

Examination (40%) 


Module Topic HERBAL PHARMACY 

Generic Module Name HERBAL PHARMACY 875507 





Programmes in which the module will B Complementary Medicine Phytotherapy 


Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes Explain quality and control, storage and labeling methods 

of herbal medicine, according to good manufacturing 

practice. 

Explain the principle modes of extraction of herbal 

medicine. 

Explain the compounding of different dosage forms for 

external and internal use. 

Explain incompatibilities and methods for overcoming 

possible incompatibilities when dispensing herbal 

medicine. 

Write a prescription, explain the posology and demonstrate 

dispensing techniques. 

Main Content Introduction to herbal pharmacy, liquids and dry 

preparations, preparations for external use, solids and 

semisolids compounding and prescriptions. 

Pre-requisite modules � Herbal Pharmacognosy 








Selfstudy 28 





Generic Module Name RESEARCH PROJECT 875508 




Proposed semester/term none 



Level 8.2 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to: 

Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various 

methodological approaches that can be applied to 

Phytotherapy medical research. 

451

Critically analyse published work and identify gaps in current 

knowledge. 

Develop a realistic research proposal which will form the 

basis of the work they will carry out in their research project. 

Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyse a problem 

and design a solution. 

Apply research project management techniques to the 


Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a 

specified time to match an agreed specification. 

Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management 

and the methods used. 

Communicate technical information effectively 

Main Content This project will draw on the material and skills developed 

throughout the student's programme. 

The project may involve: 

� The investigation of a research question requiring the 

integration of Phytotherapy Principles with Conventional 

Medicine. 





In all cases, the student develops a creative product which can 

be evaluated against defined objectives. The product may take 

a variety of forms such as a case study and associated 

documentation, a dissertation, documentation of an analysis 

of a problem and the design of a potential patient 

management using Naturopathic Philosophy, theories and 

Principles and evidence- 

based solution. The project report also critically evaluates 

relevant literature, the student's product, the processes 

performed by the student in its production. 

Syllabus Content 

Project management and Time management 

Problem solving and selection of solutions 

Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal 

communication 

Problem Analysis 

System Design 

Implementation 

Critical evaluation 

Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources 

and analysis 

Pre-requisite modules Bachelor of Complementary Health Sciences degree 

OR registration as a: 

medical doctor with the Health Professions Council of South 

Africa 

primary healthcare nurse registered with the South African 

Nursing Council 

Homeopath, Naturopath, Phytotherapist registered with the 

Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa 




452





Self-study 15 




ASSESSMENT METHODS AND WEIGHTINGS: 

The final project report is likely to be more than 10,000 but 

must not exceed 15,000 words in length, excluding 

appendices and inserted tables and graphics. Depending upon 

the topic and methodology adopted, a wide variety of styles 

of presentation and content are possible. The assessment 

weighting for the components of the project will depend upon 

the precise nature of the project, the following is an indicative 

outline: 

Problem definition and methodology are assessed in the 

research proposal which has a 20% weighting. The written 

report has an 80% weighting. An indicative marking scheme 

is shown below; any variation or specific criteria will be 

discussed with the student‘s tutor. 

Planning & Execution: (30%) 

Execution — project planning and management. (5%). 

Critique of the underpinning theory and literature and 

academic conclusions. (25%) 

Contents and Finding: (35%) 

Quality and quantity of the data obtained. Analysis and 

evaluation of the data. 

Conclusions and Recommendations: (30%) 

Originality and validity of conclusions. Recommendations, 

where applicable. Awareness of the project's limit. Academic 

conclusions, on appropriateness of research and literature to 

this project. 

Presentation Style: (5%) 

Layout of project; structure, headings and sub sections. Proof 

reading and binding. Appropriate use of diagrams, tables, 

Illustrative materials and appendices. Style - report format 

and writing style. 


Module Topic Counseling skills 877410 

Generic Module Name 410 

Alpha-numeric Code BCM 410 




Programmes in which the module BCM Naturopathy,Phytotherapy,Unani-Tibb 


Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes Recognize the relationship of physical symptoms to mental 

health. 

Apply cognitive counseling skills. 

Identify appropriate patients for referral to a mental health 

professional 

Main Content An introduction to prevalent mental health conditions and the 

psychiatric definitions. 

453

Problem management cognitive counseling skills 

Pre-requisite modules Bachelor of Science (Complementary Health Sciences) or 

registration as a medical practitioner with HPCSA. 

Homoeopath, Chiropractor, Tibb-medicine, Osteopath, 

Chinese Medicine Practitioner or Acupuncturist, registered 

with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA. 








Selfstudy 27 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation - Assignment, Test=60% 



Module Topic THERAPEUTICS OF UNANI-TIBB MEDICINE 

Generic Module Name THERAPEUTICS OF TIBB 877414 

Alpha-numeric Code TIB 414 




Programmes in which the module BCM (Unani-Tibb Medicine) 


Level 8.1 


Comprehend the laws of treatment according to the principles 

and philosophy of Unani-Tibb. 

Explain how the laws of treatment should be in harmony with 

Physis. 

Demonstrate the importance of making appropriate choices in 

deciding the mode of treatment depending on the illness 

condition and the frame (qualities) associated with the illness. 

Describe the rationale behind each mode of treatment and the 

implementation thereof. 

Recognize that treatment is a response to the causes according 

to the Hippocratic principle of ‗dyspepsia‘. 

Comprehend that therapeutics in Tibb is aimed at counteracting 

the causes and reversing the pathological process of illnesses. 

Discuss the different levels at which physis works in the human 

body? 

List the six different healing routes of physis and give your own 

examples. 

Analyse the significance of the Natural cycle in Tibb 

therapeutics? 

List the three sources of imbalances that cause illnesses? 

Main Content The laws of treatment according to the principles and 

philosophy of Tibb 

Hippocratic principle of ‗dyspepsia‘. 

Therapeutics in Tibb Temperament 

Concoction & elimination/ evacuation of humours 

Humours 

Qualities of illness frames and treatment Laws of treatment 

454

Modes of therapy Physis 

Sanguineous 

Management of conditions associated with the six frames 

Phlegmatic 

Bilious 

Melancholic 

Physis 

Macro and Micro Cosmos 

Governing Factors 

Pre-requisite modules Philosophy and Aetiology of Tibb 877412 

Pathology and Diagnosis 877411 








Self-study 15 



Assessment 

Continuous Assessment=60% 

Exams = 40% 


Module Topic REGIMENTAL THERAPIES IN UNANI-TIBB MEDICINE 

Generic Module Name REGIMENTAL THERAPIES 877415 







Level 8.1 


Recognize the role that meditation/breathing plays in treating 

emotional or psychological conditions 

Explain the importance of dietotherapy, and how it is applied. 

Illustrate the practical insights into the art of cupping 

List the benefits of cupping in many illness conditions 

Analyse the benefits of breathing exercises and meditation 

techniques for different conditions 

Demonstrate an understanding of the Clinical application of diet 

based on taste, qualities. 

Explain why Fasting and detox techniques are important in TIBB 

Medicine 

Demonstrate an understanding of dry and wet cupping technique 

and their cupping sites. 

Explain the rationale and benefits behind cupping. 

Main Content Regimental therapies 

Breathing exercises and meditation dietotherapy 

Fasting and detox techniques 

The practical art of cupping 

Pre-requisite modules Philosophy and Aetiology of Tibb 877412 


455

Therapeutics 877414 

Pharmacology 877413 








Self-study 15 



Assessment 


Exams = 40% 


Module Topic RESEARCH PROJECT IN UNANI-TIBB MEDICINE 

Generic Module Name RESEARCH PROJECT IN UNANI-TIBB 877508 



Duration Two Semesters 

Proposed semester/term 1 st and 2 nd Semester 



Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes By the end of the taught component of the module students will 

be able to: 

Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various 

methodological approaches that can be applied to Unani-Tibb 

medical research. 

Critically analyse published work and identify gaps in current 

knowledge. 

Develop a realistic research proposal which will form the basis 

of the work they will carry out in their research project. 

Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyse a problem 

and design a solution. 

Apply research project management techniques to the 


Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified 

time to match an agreed specification. 

Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management 

and the methods used. 

Communicate technical information effectively 

Main Content This project will draw on the material and skills developed 

throughout the student's programme i.e. from Module 1 to 11 of 

study. The project may involve: 

� The investigation of a research question requiring the integration 

of Unani-Tibb Medical Principles with Conventional Medicine. 

� The design and performance of experiments and the collection 

and analysis of information 



In all cases, the student develops a creative product which can 

be evaluated against defined objectives. The product may take a 

variety of forms such as a case study and associated 

documentation, a dissertation, documentation of an analysis of a 

problem and the design of a potential patient management using 

456

Tibb Philosophy, theories and Principles and evidence-based 

solution. The project report also critically evaluates relevant 

literature, the student's product, the processes performed by the 

student in its production. 

Pre-requisite modules Philosophy and Aetology 877412 




Regimental Therapies 877415 








Self-study 15 



Assessment 

ASSESSMENT METHODS AND WEIGHTINGS: 

The final project report is likely to be more than 10,000 but must 

not exceed 15,000 words in length, excluding appendices and 

inserted tables and graphics. Depending upon the topic and 

methodology adopted, a wide variety of styles of presentation 

and content are possible. The assessment weighting for the 

components of the project will depend upon the precise nature of 

the project, the following is an indicative outline: 

Problem definition and methodology are assessed in the research 

proposal which has a 20% weighting. The written report has an 

80% weighting. An indicative marking scheme is shown below; 

any variation or specific criteria will be discussed with the 

student‘s tutor. 

Planning & Execution: (30%) 

Execution — project planning and management. (5%). Critique 

of the underpinning theory and literature and academic 

conclusions. (25%) 

Contents and Finding: (35%) 

Quality and quantity of the data obtained. Analysis and 

evaluation of the data. 

Conclusions and Recommendations: (30%) 

Originality and validity of conclusions. Recommendations, 

where applicable. Awareness of the project's limit. Academic 

conclusions, on appropriateness of research and literature to this 

project. 

Presentation Style: (5%) 

Layout of project; structure, headings and sub sections. Proof 

reading and binding. Appropriate use of diagrams, tables, 

Illustrative materials and appendices. Style - report format and 

writing style. 


Module Topic HEPATIC, RENAL, GASTRO-INTESTINAL AND METABOLIC 

DISORDERS 

Generic Module Name ILLNESS MANAGEMENT 871521 



Duration Two semesters 

457

Proposed semester/term 1 st and 2 nd Semesters 



BCM (Unani-Tibb Medicine) 

Level 8.1 

Main Outcomes By the end of the module the student will be able to 

Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the 

various common illnesses covered in these modules. 

Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological 

pathways of the illnesses covered. 

Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the 

illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes 

of illnesses as well as the symptoms. 

Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different 

therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients. 

Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Tibb into an 

allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical 

outcomes and cost effectiveness. 

Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways 

of the illnesses covered. 

Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic 

options to suit the needs of individual patients. 

Main Content Illness Management TIBB 631 

� Hepatic disorders 

Hepatitis (acute and chronic), jaundice, alcohol liver disease, 

cirrhosis, gallstones, ascitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis 

� Renal disorders 

Bed-wetting, cystitis, diabetes insipidus, renal calculi (kidney 

stones), bladder calculus, bladder weakness, dysuria, 

haematuria, incontinence in the elderly, nephritis, nephrotic 

syndrome, oliguria, polyuria, urethritis, 

� Gastro-intestinal & metabolic disorders – 

Anorexia, constipation, diabetes mellitus, diarrhoea, 

haemorrhoids, hypercholesterolaemia, indigestion, irritable 

bowel syndrome, lactose intolerance, nausea & vomiting, peptic 

ulcers, anal fissures, cholera, colic pain, duodenal ulcers, 

dysentery, flatulence, halitosis, hyperacidity, obesity, pancreatic 

insufficiency, protein energy malnutrition (PEM), ulcerative 

colitis, Crohn‘s disease 

Pre-requisite modules � Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb 877412 

� Pathology and Diagnosis 877411 

� Therapeutics 877414 


� Regimental Therapies 877415 




Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures pw. 1 




Self-study 15 





Assessment 

Exams = 40% 

458


Module Topic GYNAECOLOGY, ANDROLOGY AND PAEDIATRICS 








BCM (Unani-Tibb Medicine) 

Level 8.1 


Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the 

various common illnesses covered in this series of modules. 

Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological 

pathways of the illnesses covered. 


allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical 

outcomes and cost effectiveness. 

Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways 



illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes 

of illnesses as well as the symptoms. 

Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic 


Main Content � Gynaecological Disorders 

Amenorrhoea, dysmennorrhoea, hypomenorrhoea, leucorrhoea, 

menopause related problems, Menorrhagia, pre- menstrual 

syndrome, delayed puberty, endometriosis, frigidity, habitual 

miscarriages, pruritis vulvae, vaginal thrush, vaginitis 

� Andrological Disorders 

Enlarged prostate, impotency, premature ejaculation, prostatitis, 

azoospermia, flaccid erection, low libido, low sperm count, 

paralysis of penis, spermatorrhoea, thinning of sperm 

� Pediatrics Disorders 

Chicken pox, measles, mumps, attention deficit disorder, 

asthma, common cold 













Self-study 15 




Assessment 

Continuous Assessment=60% Exams = 40% 

459


Module Topic DERMATOLOGY, MUSCULOSKELETAL, 

IMMUNE/INFECTIOUS DISORDERS & GERIATRIC 








Level 8.1 


Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the various 

common illnesses covered in this series of modules. 

Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways 


Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different therapeutic 



allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes 

and cost effectiveness. 

Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of 

the illnesses covered. 


illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of 

illnesses as well as the symptoms. 

Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic options 

to suit the needs of individual patients. 

Main Content Dermatological Disorders 

Acne, athletes foot, boils, dry 

skin, uticaria, allergy, 

aloepecia, eczema, psoriasis, 

leukoderma 

Musculoskeletal Disorders 

Arthritis, gout, Osteo, rheumatoid, backache, ankylosing 

spondylitis, muscle cramps, osteoporosis, psoriatic arthritis, 

Infectious/immune diseases 

Gonorrhoea, syphilis, malaria, shingles, tetanus, tuberculosis, 

thyphoid fever 

Geriatric Health Maintenance 

General discussion on Geriatric conditions 

Pre-requisite modules Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb 877412 




Regimental Therapies 877415 








460

Self-study 15 



Assessment 

Continuous Assessment=60% Exams = 40% 


Module Topic Neurology & Psychiatry, Ent, Endocrinology And Neoplasm 


Alpha-numeric Code TIB524 






Level 8.1 


Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the various 

common illnesses covered in this series of modules. 

Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways 


Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different therapeutic 



allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical outcomes 

and cost effectiveness. 

Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways of 

the illnesses covered. 


illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes of 

illnesses as well as the symptoms. 





Main Content A. Review: anatomy and physiology of the nervous system with 

respect to temperament structure and function. 

B. Common causes of disorders of the central nervous system 

C. Rationale of pathology linked to the central nervous system 

D. Common disorders of the central nervous system: 

� Anxiety and stress 

� Chronic fatigue syndrome 

� Depression 

Headaches 

� Hyperactivity 

Insomnia 

� Huntington‘s disease 

� Epilepsy 

� Hypersomnia 

� Hemiplegia 

� Alzheimer‘s disease. 

� Tremor 

� Vertigo 

� Parkinson‘s disease 

� Schizophrenia 

� Paranoia 

461













Self-study 15 



Assessment 


Exams = 40% 


Module Topic CARDIOVASCULAR, RESPIRATORY & 

HAEMATOLOGICAL DISORDERS 





CMA 111 

Credit Value 

Duration 


15 

Programmes in which the module BCM Chinese Medicine 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes 

Main Content 









Selfstudy 27 



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation Assignment ,Test= 60% 




Generic Module Name CMA 121 



Duration 


Programmes in which the module BCM Chinese Medicine 

462


Level 5 

Main Outcomes 

Main Content 









Selfstudy 27 



Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation – Assignment, Test = 60 % 


Home Department School of natural medicine 

Module Topic Chinese Medicine theory 

Generic Module Name Chinese Medicine Theory CMA 878211 

Alpha-numeric Code CMA211 


Duration S 


Programmes in which the module B Complementary Medicine Chinese 


Level 6 

Main Outcomes Apply Chinese Medicine diagnosis to case studies 

Make diagnostic conclusions based on differential patterns using 

the various diagnostic methods 

Demonstrate beginning skills in diagnosing using various 

diagnostic methods including looking, feeling, smelling, asking, 

facial diagnosis, tongue diagnosis and pulse diagnosis; 

Identify Yin and Yang body types and describe their physiological 

characteristics 

Main Content Differential diagnosis from a Chinese Medicine perspective; 

Diagnosis based on looking, feeling, smelling, asking, facial 

diagnosis, tongue diagnosis and pulse diagnosis; 

Pre-requisite modules : Chinese Medicine Theory CMA 111 and CMA 121 

Co-requisite modules Chinese Herbal Medicine CMA 221 







Selfstudy 27 





463


Module Topic Chinese Medicine 

Generic Module Name Chinese Medicine CMA 878221 

Alpha-numeric Code CMA221 


Duration S 




Level 6 

Main Outcomes Demonstrate knowledge of theories of pathology in Chinese 

Medicine 

Demonstrate emerging understanding of the patterns underlying 

diagnosis 

Identify and describe disease patterns underlying diagnosis in terms 

of: 

Pathology of Full and Empty conditions 

Pathology of Yin, Yang and balance 

Pathology of the Qi mechanism 

Main Content Understanding of theories of pathology in Chinese Medicine 

Pathology of Full and Empty conditions 

Pathology of Yin, Yang and balance 

Pathology of the Qi mechanism 

Identification of patterns 

Pre-requisite modules : Chinese Medicine Theory CMA211 








Selfstudy 27 






Module Topic Tuina 

Generic Module Name CMA 405 



Duration Year 

Proposed semester/term 1, 2, 3, 4 term 



Level 7 

Main Outcomes Apply the various techniques of tuina application to children and 

infants 

Use the commonly used and most effective points, body areas and 

complex manipulations in terms of TCM therapeutic principles and 

tuina methods 

Formulate a treatment plan using pediatric tuina methods to Address 

common pediatric illnesses 

464

Effectively teach the parents/guardians simple techniques to do at 

home for the patient 

Conduct the therapy with confidence and a professional demeanour 

with regard for the patients comfort while ensuring techniques are 

done appropriately 

Main Content This module covers the basic theory of tuina (Chinese therapeutic 

massage) therapy. Theory and Hands on Practical sessions with 

special focus on Pediatrics Tuina. Students learn how to treat 

common childhood illnesses applying this particular modality as an 

adjunct to the other modalities used in their professional practice. 

Classes are predominantly practical in nature with repetition of 

techniques and methods until proficiency is attained. Thereafter 

learned techniques are applied to simulated real-life conditions 

commonly presenting in pediatrics. Students also learn the place of 

tuina in pediatric and how and when it is used most appropriately. 

Reference is made to Internal Medicine and diseases. 

Pre-requisite modules Chinese Medicine Theory 

Acupuncture Theory and Point Location 

Co-requisite modules Internal Medicine (Pediatrics) 







Selfstudy 0 






Module Topic Acupuncture 213 & 223 

Generic Module Name 878213 & 878223 

Alpha-numeric Code CMA 213 & 223 


Duration Year 


Programmes in which the module will BCM Chinese Medicine 


Level 5 

Main Outcomes Understand composition of meridian and acupoint 

Explore the distribution of the meridians 

Master locations and the actions of the acupoints 

Master the theory of the special acupoints 

Main Content An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in 

Chinese Medicine 

An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu points, 

yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu point, front-mu 

point , xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points. 

Introduction into point location methods and needing 

Distributions of the twelve regular channels and Distributions of 

eight extraordinary vessels.. 

Introduction into each points in the twelve regular channels , 

Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the location 

465

and action and main indication of the points, as well as the needing 

method and contraindication of the points. 

Introduction into main extra-points , including the location and 

action and main indication of the points, as well as the needing 

method. 

Pre-requisite modules CMA 111 & 121 






Practicals: 4 per week Tutorials p.w. 


Selfstudy 0 


Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation Assignments, Test = 60% 


Home Department School of natural 

medicine 

Module Topic Chinese Herbal Medicine 878312 /322 

Generic Module Name Chinese Herbal Medicine 312 / 322 

Alpha-numeric Code 878312 /878322 


Duration Year 


Programmes in which the module will B Complementary Medicine Chinese 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes Applies the principles of CMA to the various common illnesses 

covered in this module 

Know well of the eight method? 

Understand relationship between Chinese medicine formula and 

the eight method 

Understand the meaning of ―the formula is prescribed according 

to treating method, and treating method is set up according to 

pattern diagnosis‖ 

Understand the classification of formulaes in past dynasties 

Know well of hierarchy of formulae, and meaning of the Chief 

herb, Deputy herb, assistant herb, Guiding herb in formula 

Know well of three modes of modification in composition. 

Understand that a formula must follow the principle and also 

modifiable according to pattern. 

Understand form, dosage and instruction of formulae preparation 

Know well of 99 the most impotent formulae, understand 66 

second impotent formulae and familiar 66 third impotent 

formulae 

To know the forbidden herbal combinations 

Main Content Ingredients of formula, preparation, dosage, action, 

indication, analyzing formula, clinic application , and 

modification of formula 

Pre-requisite modules Chinese Medicine Theory I & II 

Chinese Herbal Medicine II 

Co-requisite modules Chinese Medicine Theory 311 & 321 

Pathology 311 & 321 

466







Selfstudy 27 




SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH 

Module Name Understanding Public Health 

Home Department School of Public Health 

Alpha-numeric SPH611 


Credit Value 20 credits 


Level 7 

Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to: 

� Discuss the stages in the global development of 

Public Health thinking and intervention. 

� Critically review and interpret different approaches 

to Public Health. 

� Examine the political and economic constraints on 

the evolution of Public Health in Africa. 

� Explore the connections between all components of 

contemporary Public Health practice. 

Main Content The module sets out to help the student locate current thinking 

and strategies associated with contemporary Public Health 

practice, in relation to its historical and conceptual origins. The 

module covers the concept of Public Health and what this has 

meant in over time in various parts of the world. A synopsis of 

Public Health thinking, strategies and key events are briefly 

described. Some of the more prominent approaches adopted 

across this time scale are examined in some detail. The 

developments and influences that have shaped the field of Public 

Health in South Africa and in other parts of Africa are addressed. 

Contemporary issues in Public Health practice are addressed, 

with particular reference to the wide variety of cross-disciplinary 

connections that contribute to its current form. 


Co-requisites 






Practicals: 0 

Selfstudy 75 Text 


Methods of Student Assessment 11. Two written assignments and an externally-moderated 

exam 

467

Home Department School of Public Health (SOPH) 

Module Topic Introducing Public Health: its Basis and Scope 

Generic Module Name Introducing Public Health: its Basis and Scope 


Numeric Code 

SPH 730 (New code) 




Programmes in which the module Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health 


Level 8.1 


1. Define and apply key concepts for this field including: health and 

ill-health in relation to individuals and populations; health 

determinants; the classification of diseases; the concept of burden 

of disease; social capital; health systems approach; prevalence and 

incidence of disease, and other terms and concepts referred to in 

Public Health, etc. 

2. Demonstrate understand the biological basis of disease. 

3. Demonstrate understanding of the social determinants of disease. 

4. Describe examples from the main disease groups and their risk 

factors. 

5. Demonstrate familiarity with common sources of Public Health 

information. 

6. Discuss key phases in the evolution of Public Health thinking 

and intervention. 

7. Identify and analyse the roles of different players in Public 

Health including national and international agencies. 

8. Describe key features of health systems in resource-poor 

countries in contrast to countries with high economic status, and the 

factors that influence these systems. 

9. Demonstrate familiarity with approaches to and criteria for 

prioritizing Public Health problems. 

10. Demonstrate familiarity with common strategies and 

interventions in the field of Public Health. 

Main Content - An overview of the field of Public Health. 

- The biological basis of disease and the social determinants of 

disease. 

- The changing patterns of disease. 

- The evolution of public health practice. 

- Comparative health systems. 

- Applying a Public Health approach. 





Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 Lectures p.w. N/A 

Assignments & tasks: 90 Practicals p.w. N/A 

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. N/A 


Selfstudy 100 



Methods of Student Assessment Formative assessment takes place through self-evaluation tasks 

embedded in the module and through one- to- one tutoring; two 

assignments requiring application of this content to a practice 

468

context will play both a formative and summative role. 

Assignments will be externally moderated in terms of UWC policy. 


Module Topic Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care 

Approach I 

Generic Module Name Population Health and Development 


Numeric Code 







Level 8.1 


1. Conduct a situational analysis in a local environment. 

2. Analyze the burden and distribution of ill-health in selected 

contexts. 

3. Discuss how physical, social, political, economic and 

environmental factors affect health in a local setting (i.e. 

social determinants of health). 

4. Apply this knowledge to analyzing factors which affect Public 

Health practice in your local environment. 

Identify Public Health problems, explore their contexts, 

analyze their immediate, underlying and root (IUR) causes 

and risk factors, and rank their priority using selected models 

5. Discuss how the legacy of colonial health systems have 

impacted on Africa 

6. Explore how development can impact on the health status of 

the population. 

7. Describe the origins, evolution and main features of PHC (and 

particular Comprehensive Primary Health Care). 

8. Discuss key current debates in relation to PHC. 

Plan how to apply a Comprehensive Primary Health Care Approach 

to address a local health problem. 

Main Content This module introduces: 

1. The inter-relationship of health, development and Primary 

Health Care. 

2. The burden, distribution and pattern of ill-health in the world. 

3. The political, social and economic context of health and 

disease. 

4. The Primary Health Care approach. 






Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. N/a 

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 35 hrs at Summer school 


Selfstudy 90 




469

embedded in the module and through one-to-one tutoring; two 


context will play both a formative and summative role. 

Assignments will be externally moderated in terms of UWC policy. 


Module Topic Monitoring and Evaluation for Health Services Improvement I 

Generic Module Name Monitoring and Evaluation 


Numeric Code 





Programmes in which the module Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health; 


Level 8.1 


1. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of monitoring 

and evaluation in district health management. 

Review programme objectives. 

2. Develop a conceptual framework for monitoring a project. 

3. Develop monitoring and evaluation objectives. 

4. Identify key indicators for each component, (e.g. output) of the 

conceptual framework. 

5. Develop a monitoring tool for a project. 

6. Apply the tool and analyse and interpret findings. 

7. Write a monitoring report with recommendations for 

improvement. 

Develop an evaluation plan for a project. 

Main Content - The role of monitoring and evaluation in district health 

management. 

- Monitoring and evaluation – strategies and tools. 

- Key concepts and issues in monitoring and evaluation. 

- Data analysis and interpretation. 

- Case studies of monitoring and evaluation activities in health. 

Pre-requisite modules Descriptive Epidemiology 






Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 35 hours at Winter 

School 


Selfstudy 90 





assignments requiring application of this content to a practice context 

will play both a formative and summative role. Assignments will be 

externally moderated in terms of UWC policy. 

470

Home Department School of Public Health (SOPH), Faculty of Community and Health 

Science 

Module Topic Descriptive Epidemiology 

Generic Module Name Descriptive Epidemiology 


Numeric Code 







Level 8.1 


1. Understand basic concepts of epidemiology 

1. Use appropriate indicators to measure health and disease 

2. Describe health data using simple bio-statistics 

3. Use simple graphical representation techniques. 

4. Interpret epidemiological data and report epidemiological 

events. 

5. Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to 

Public Health practice. 

Main Content Topics covered will include: 

- Definition, scope, uses and application of epidemiology. 

- Historical overview of the development of epidemiology. 

- Practical disease concepts foundational to epidemiology. 

- Descriptive biostatistics. 

- Epidemiological health information. 

- Outbreak investigation. 

- Screening. 

- Disease and injury surveillance. 

- Interpretation of data. 

- Presentation of health information. 

- Reporting epidemiological events. 







Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 35 hours during 

Summer School. 


Selfstudy 100 






context will play both a formative and summative role. Assignments 

will be externally moderated in terms of UWC policy. 

471


Science 

Module Topic Health Promotion for Public Health I 

Generic Module Name Health Promotion for Public Health 


Numeric Code 

SPH733 (New code) 






Level 8.1 


1. Define Health Promotion. 

2. Describe how perceptions of health and the determinants of 

health influence approaches to Health Promotion. 

3. Outline the development of the Health Promotion movement. 

4. Describe the Ottawa Charter action areas and strategies and 

application in local Health Promotion projects. 

5. Discuss selected approaches to Health promotion. 

6. Discuss and classify the range of Health Promotion activities in 

your own context. 

7. Apply selected Models of Change to a Health Promotion 

problem. 

8. Distinguish appropriate methods for Health Promotion 

communication. Plan a Health Promotion programme 

including an appropriate evaluation strategy. 


- Health Promotion. 

- The determinants of health. 

- The development of Health Promotion. 

- The significance of the Ottawa Charter. 

- The Settings Approach to Health Promotion. 

- Models of change in Health Promotion. 

- Programme development and planning in Health Promotion. 

- Communication strategies for Health Promotion. 

- Evaluation strategies. 







Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 35 hrs at Winter school 


Selfstudy 90 






context will play both a formative and summative role. Assignments 

will be externally moderated in terms of UWC policy. 

472


Science 

Module Topic Management Strategies for Public Health I 

Generic Module Name Management Strategies for Public Health 


Numeric Code 





Programmes in which the Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health 


Level 8.1 


1. Describe the District Health System and the rationale 

underpinning it. 

2. Identify management roles. 

3. Apply conflict management concepts and models to a work 

situation. 

4. Describe factors which influence people‘s motivation to work. 

5. Describe the relationship of an appropriate leadership approach 

to a situation. 

6. Describe the manager‘s role in leading a team through its stages 

of development. 

7. Discuss reasons for planning, including scarcity of resources and 

the influence of external factors. 

8. Describe the stages of the Planning Cycle and define key 

planning terms. 

9. Draw up a plan for a small scale project using a planning tool. 

10. Describe the role of health information systems in planning and 

management. 

11. Demonstrate a basic understanding of how to develop and 

interpret budgets. 

12. Summarise the concepts of essential drugs and standard 

treatment guidelines, and inventory control. 

13. Describe the concept of appropriate technology, the value of 

standardisation and maintenance in relation to medical 

equipment. 

14. Describe and evaluate components of a variety of systems. 


- The District Health System 

- The concept of management 

- Health systems management 

- Managing people 

- Managing conflict 

- Leadership, motivation and building teams 

- The Planning Cycle 

- Project planning 

- Information for planning and management 

- Managing resources, e.g. essential drugs, personnel 

- Developing and interpreting budgets 





473



Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 35 hrs at Winter 

school 


Selfstudy 90 





assignments requiring application of this content to a practice context 

will play both a formative and summative role. Assignments will be 

externally moderated in terms of UWC policy. 

474

2012 Faculty of Community & Health Sciences - University of the ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?